PLAXIS (2018) PLAXIS 2D MAterial Models Manual 2018 PDF

PLAXIS 2D Material Models Manual 2018
Build 9462
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 Introduction 7
1.1 On the use of different models 7
1.2 Limitations 10
2 Preliminaries on material modelling 14

2.1 General definitions of stress 14
2.2 General definitions of strain 16
2.3 Elastic strains 18
2.4 Undrained effective stress analysis (effective stiffness parameters) 20
2.5 Undrained effective stress analysis with effective strength parameters
(Undrained A) 26
2.6 Undrained effective stress analysis with undrained strength parameters
(Undrained B) 27
2.7 Undrained total stress analysis with undrained parameters (Undrained C) 28
2.8 The initial pre-consolidation stress in advanced models 29
2.9 On the initial stresses 31
3 Linear elastic perfectly plastic model (Mohr-Coulomb model) 33

3.1 Linear elastic perfectly-plastic behaviour 33
3.2 Formulation of the Mohr-Coulomb model 35
3.3 Basic parameters of the Mohr-Coulomb model 37
3.4 Advanced parameters of the Mohr-Coulomb model 42
3.5 On the use of the Mohr-Coulomb model in dynamic calculations 44
4 The Hoek-Brown model (rock behaviour) 45

4.1 Formulation of the Hoek-Brown model 45
4.2 Conversion of Hoek-Brown to Mohr-Coulomb 48
4.3 Parameters of the Hoek-Brown model 48
4.4 On the use of the Hoek-Brown model in dynamic calculations 56
5 The Jointed Rock model (anisotropy) 57

5.1 Anisotropic elastic material stiffness matrix 58
5.2 Plastic behaviour in three directions 60
5.3 Parameters of the Jointed Rock model 62
5.4 On the use of the Jointed Rock model in dynamic calculations 67
6 The Hardening Soil model (isotropic hardening) 69

6.1 Hyperbolic relationship for standard drained triaxial test 70
6.2 Approximation of hyperbola by the Hardening Soil model 71
6.3 Plastic volumetric strain for triaxial states of stress 73
6.4 Parameters of the Hardening Soil Model 74
6.5 On the cap yield surface in the Hardening Soil model 80
6.6 State parameters in the Hardening Soil model 82
6.7 On the use of the Hardening Soil model in dynamic calculations 82
7 The Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness (HSsmall) 84

7.1 Describing small-strain stiffness with a Simple Hyperbolic Law 85
7.2 Applying the Hardin-Drnevich Relationship in the HS model 86
PLAXIS 2018 | Material Models Manual 3

MATERIAL MODELS MANUAL
7.3 Virgin (initial) loading vs. unloading/reloading 88

7.4 Model parameters 89
7.5 On the parameters G0 and γ0.7 91
7.6 Model initialization 92
7.7 State parameters in the HS small model 93
7.8 On the use of the HS small model in dynamic calculations 93
7.9 Other differences with the Hardening Soil model 94
8 The UBC3D-PLM model 96

8.1 Elasto-plastic behaviour and hardening rule 97
8.2 Flow rule 99
8.3 Load state during liquefaction 100
8.4 Post-liquefaction rule and cyclic mobility 102
8.5 Parameters of the UBC3D-PLM model 103
8.6 State parameters in the UBC3D-PLM model 106
8.7 On the use of the UBC3D-PLM model in dynamic calculations 108
9 The Soft Soil model 109

9.1 Isotropic states of stress and strain (σ '1 = σ '2 = σ '3 ) 110
9.2 Yield function 111
9.3 Parameters of the Soft Soil model 113
9.4 State parameters in the Soft Soil model 116
9.5 On the use of the Soft Soil model in dynamic calculations 117
10 Soft Soil Creep model (time dependent behaviour) 118

10.1 Introduction 118
10.2 Basics of one-dimensional creep 119
10.3 On the variables τc and εc 120
10.4 Differential law for 1D-creep 122
10.5 Three-dimensional-model 123
10.6 Formulation of elastic 3D-strains 126
10.7 Formulation of failure condition 127
10.8 Parameters of the Soft Soil Creep model 127
10.9 State parameters in the Soft Soil Creep model 130
10.10 On the use of the Soft Soil Creep model in dynamic calculations 130
10.11 On the use of the Soft Soil Creep model in practical applications 130
11 Modified Cam-Clay model 132

11.1 Formulation of the Modified Cam-Clay model 132
11.2 Parameters of the Modified Cam-Clay model 133
11.3 State parameters in the Modified Cam-Clay model 134
11.4 On the use of the Modified Cam-Clay model in dynamic calculations 135
11.5 Warning 135
12 The Sekiguchi-Ohta model 136

12.1 Formulation of the Sekiguchi-Ohta model 136
12.2 Parameters of the Sekiguchi-Ohta model 138
12.3 State parameters in the Sekiguchi-Ohta model 142
13 The NGI-ADP model (anisotropic undrained shear strength) 143
4 Material Models Manual | PLAXIS 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS
13.1 Formulation of the NGI-ADP model 143

13.2 Parameters of the NGI-ADP model 148
13.3 State parameters in the NGI-ADP model 152
14 The UDCAM-S model 153

14.1 Parameters of the UDCAM-S model 155
14.2 State parameters in the UDCAM-S model 157
14.3 On the use of the UDCAM-S model in dynamic calculations 158
15 The Concrete model 159

15.1 Formulation of the Concrete model 160
15.2 Strain hardening and softening 161
15.3 Time-dependency of parameters 163
15.4 Parameters of the Concrete model 167
15.5 State parameters in the Concrete model 172
15.6 On the use of the Concrete model in dynamic calculations 174
15.7 Warning 174
16 Application of advanced soil models 175

16.1 Hardening Soil model: Response in drained and undrained triaxial tests 175
16.2 Application of the Hardening Soil model on real soil tests 179
16.3 Application of the HS small model on real soil tests 186
16.4 Soft Soil Creep model : Undrained triaxial tests at different loading rates 189
16.5 Soft Soil Creep model: Response in one-dimensional compression test 192
16.6 Soft Soil model : Response in isotropic compression test 197
16.7 Hardening Soil model and HS small model: Excavation in Berlin sand 199
17 User-defined soil models 202

17.1 Introduction 202
17.2 Implementation of UD models in calculations program 202
17.3 Input of UD model parameters via user-interface 212
18 Structural behaviour 215

18.1 Anchors 215
18.2 3D beams 215
18.3 2D geogrids 216
18.4 3D geogrids 217
18.5 2D plates 218
18.6 3D plates 221
18.7 2D Embedded beam row 227
18.8 3D Embedded beam 230
19 Hydraulic Models 234

19.1 Van Genuchten model 234
19.2 Approximate Van Genuchten model 238
20 References 240
Appendix A - Symbols 247
Appendix B - Applicability of the material models 250

Appendix C - Modelling of embedded structures 253
Appendix D - Fortran subroutines for User-defined soil models 254

INTRODUCTION
1 INTRODUCTION
The mechanical behaviour of soils and rocks may be modelled at various degrees of
accuracy. Hooke's law of linear, isotropic elasticity, for example, may be thought of as the
simplest available stress-strain relationship. As it involves only two input parameters, i.e.
Young's modulus, E , and Poisson's ratio, ν , it is generally too crude to capture essential
features of soil and rock behaviour. The linear elastic perfectly plastic model
(Mohr-Coulomb) may be considered as a first order approximation of soil or rock
behaviour. However, PLAXIS includes more advanced material models involving specific
features such as stress-dependency of stiffness, strain-hardening/softening, memory of
pre-consolidation, critical state, anisotropy, creep, swelling and shrinkage. Users are
encouraged to employ the advanced models in an attempt to simulate the behaviour of
soils and rocks more realistically, thereby obtaining more accurate results from their
PLAXIS calculations. The use of the SoilTest facility may help in calibrating the
corresponding model parameters. An overview of the applicability of the material models
is given in Appendix B.
1.1 ON THE USE OF DIFFERENT MODELS
Linear Elastic model (LE)

The Linear Elastic model is based on Hooke's law of isotropic elasticity. It involves two
basic elastic parameters, i.e. Young's modulus E and Poisson's ratio ν . Although the
Linear Elastic model is not suitable to model soil, it may be used to model stiff volumes in
the soil, like concrete walls, or intact rock formations.
Mohr-Coulomb model (MC)

The linear elastic perfectly-plastic Mohr-Coulomb model involves five input parameters,
i.e. E and ν for soil elasticity; ϕ and c for soil plasticity and ψ as an angle of dilatancy.
This Mohr-Coulomb model represents a 'first-order' approximation of soil or rock
behaviour. It is recommended to use this model for a first analysis of the problem
considered. For each layer one estimates a constant average stiffness or a stiffness that
increases linearly with depth. Due to this constant stiffness, computations tend to be
relatively fast and one obtains a first estimate of deformations.
Hardening Soil model (HS)

The Hardening Soil model is an advanced model for the simulation of soil behaviour. As
for the Mohr-Coulomb model, limiting states of stress are described by means of the
friction angle, ϕ, the cohesion, c , and the dilatancy angle, ψ . However, soil stiffness is
described much more accurately by using three different input stiffnesses: the triaxial
loading stiffness, E50 , the triaxial unloading stiffness, Eur , and the oedometer loading
stiffness, Eoed . As average values for various soil types, Eur ≈ 3E50 and Eoed ≈ E50 are
suggested as default settings, but both very soft and very stiff soils tend to give other
ratios of Eoed /E50 , which can be entered by the user.
In contrast to the Mohr-Coulomb model, the Hardening Soil model also accounts for
stress-dependency of stiffness moduli. This means that all stiffnesses increase with
pressure. Hence, all three input stiffnesses relate to a reference stress, usually taken as

100 kPa (1 bar).

Besides the model parameters mentioned above, initial soil conditions, such as
pre-consolidation, play an essential role in most soil deformation problems. This can be
taken into account in the initial stress generation.
Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness (HSsmall)

The Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness (HSsmall) is a modification of the
above Hardening Soil model that accounts for the increased stiffness of soils at small
strains. At low strain levels most soils exhibit a higher stiffness than at engineering strain
levels, and this stiffness varies non-linearly with strain. This behaviour is described in the
HSsmall model using an additional strain-history parameter and two additional material
parameters, i.e. G0ref and γ0.7 . G0ref is the small-strain shear modulus and γ0.7 is the
strain level at which the shear modulus has reduced to about 70% of the small-strain
shear modulus. The advanced features of the HSsmall model are most apparent in
working load conditions. Here, the model gives more reliable displacements than the HS
model. When used in dynamic applications, the Hardening Soil model with small-strain
stiffness also introduces hysteretic material damping.
Soft Soil model (SS)

The Soft Soil model is a Cam-Clay type model especially meant for primary compression
of near normally-consolidated clay-type soils. Although the modelling capabilities of this
model are generally superseded by the Hardening Soil model, the Soft Soil model is
better capable to model the compression behaviour of very soft soils.
Soft Soil Creep model (SSC)

The Hardening Soil model is generally suitable for all soils, but it does not account for
viscous effects, i.e. creep and stress relaxation. In fact, all soils exhibit some creep and
primary compression is thus followed by a certain amount of secondary compression.
The latter is most dominant in soft soils, i.e. normally consolidated clays, silts and peat,
and PLAXIS thus implemented a model under the name Soft Soil Creep model. The Soft
Soil Creep model has been developed primarily for application to settlement problems of
foundations, embankments, etc. For unloading problems, as normally encountered in
tunnelling and other excavation problems, the Soft Soil Creep model hardly supersedes
the simple Mohr-Coulomb model. As for the Hardening Soil model, proper initial soil
conditions are also essential when using the Soft Soil Creep model. This also includes
data on the pre-consolidation stress, as the model accounts for the effect of
over-consolidation. Note that the initial over-consolidation ratio also determines the initial
creep rate.
Jointed Rock model (JR)

The Jointed Rock model is an anisotropic elastic-plastic model, especially meant to
simulate the behaviour of rock layers involving stratification and particular fault directions.
Plasticity can only occur in a maximum of three shear directions (shear planes). Each
plane has its own strength parameters ϕ and c . The intact rock is considered to behave
fully elastic with constant stiffness properties E and ν . Reduced elastic properties may
be defined for the stratification direction.

INTRODUCTION
Modified Cam-Clay model (MCC)

The Modified Cam-Clay model is a well known model from international soil modelling
literature; see for example Muir Wood (1990). It is meant primarily for the modelling of
near normally-consolidated clay-type soils. This model has been added to PLAXIS to
allow for a comparison with other codes.
NGI-ADP model (NGI-ADP)

The NGI-ADP model is an anisotropic undrained shear strength model. The soil shear
strength is defined by means of su values for active, passive and direct simple shear
stress states. The model may be used for onshore and offshore applications in undrained
clays and silts.
UDCAM-S model (UDCAM-S)

The Simplified UnDrained Cyclic Accumulation Model (UDCAM-S) is an advanced model
to deal with undrained soil behaviour and degradation of the strength and stiffness in
cyclic loading of clay or very low permeable silty soils. The UDCAM-S model is derived
from the complex UDCAM model by NGI (Andersen, 2009) with simplifications in order to
be more suitable for engineering practice. The material model is based on the NGI-ADP
model for the undrained behaviour of clays, implementing a pre-processing procedure
called cyclic accumulation tool (Section 6.1.4 of the Reference Manual) to obtain the
degraded parameter set based on the type of analysis the user has to perform.
Sekiguchi-Ohta model (Sekiguchi-Ohta)

The Sekiguchi-Ohta model is a Cam-Clay type of model with anisotropic yield contour
defined by Knc
0
. Two versions of the model exist: The inviscid model is a time
independent model which has similarities with the Soft Soil model. The viscid model is
time-dependent and has similarities with the Soft Soil Creep model. Both models have
been developed in Japan. These models were previously available as user-defined
models, but have become standard models in PLAXIS nowadays.
Hoek-Brown model (HB)

The Hoek-Brown model is an isotropic elastic perfectly-plastic model for weathered rock
based on the 2002 edition of the Hoek-Brown failure criterion. This non-linear
stress-dependent criterion describes shear failure and tensile failure by a continuous
function, and is familiar to most geologists and rock engineers. Besides the elastic
parameters (E and ν ), the model involves practical rock parameters such as the uni-axial
compressive strength of the intact rock (σci ), the GeologicalStrength Index (GSI ), and the
disturbance factor (D ).
UBC3D-PLM model (UBC3D-PLM)

The UBC3D-PLM model is an advanced model for the simulation of liquefaction
behaviour in dynamic applications. The UBC3D-PLM model employs two yield surfaces
to guarantee a smooth transition near the mobilised friction angle. The UBC3D-PLM
model uses the Mohr-Coulomb yield condition with an hardening law similar to the
Hardening Soil model. For the secondary state, the UBC3D-PLM model incorporates a
densification law through a second yield surface with a kinematic hardening rule based

on the number of loading cycles. This correlation improves the precision of the evolution
of the excess pore pressure.
The dynamic applications require a deep and extended investigation of the soil deposit.
However, the UBC3D-PLM model implements a specific formulation with input
parameters based on the most common tests: drained triaxial tests (CD TxC) or standard
penetration tests (SPT).
Concrete model (Concrete)

The Concrete model is an advanced elastoplastic model for concrete and shotcrete
structures. It simulates the time-dependent strength and stiffness of concrete, strain
hardening-softening in compression and tension as well as creep and shrinkage. The
failure criterion involves a Mohr-Coulomb yield surface for deviatoric loading, which is
combined with a Rankine yield surface in the tensile regime. The Concrete model
employs 25 input parameters, but most of them can be derived from standard uniaxial
tensile and compression tests and are generally familiar to structural engineers.
Calibration of model parameters using the SoilTest facility

The SoilTest facility may be used to check the performance of material models and the
chosen model parameters in well defined soil lab test conditions as well as in arbitrary
stress-strain conditions. In this way, users can compare the model response with real lab
test data and get a feel for the accuracy at which real soil behaviour is approximated by
the model. Even if a perfect match is obtained, it is good to realise that using calibrated
material models in practical applications (where conditions are different than in the lab)
may still lead to differences between the finite element model and reality. Nevertheless,
the use of the SoilTest facility can help in understanding the capabilities and limitations of
the material model and the influence of the model parameters.
1.2 LIMITATIONS
The PLAXIS code and its soil models have been developed to perform calculations of
realistic geotechnical problems. In this respect PLAXIS can be considered as a
geotechnical simulation tool. The soil models can be regarded as a qualitative
representation of soil behaviour whereas the model parameters are used to quantify the
soil characteristics. Although much care has been taken for the development of the
PLAXIS code and its soil models, the simulation of reality remains an approximation,
which implicitly involves some inevitable numerical and modelling errors. Moreover, the
accuracy at which reality is approximated depends highly on the expertise of the user
regarding the modelling of the problem, the understanding of the soil models and their
limitations, the selection of model parameters, and the ability to judge the reliability of the
computational results.
Some of the limitations in the currently available models are listed below:
Linear Elastic model

Soil behaviour is highly non-linear and irreversible. The linear elastic model is insufficient
to capture the essential features of soil. The use of the linear elastic model may, however,
be considered to model strong massive structures in the soil or bedrock layers. Stress

INTRODUCTION
states in the linear elastic model are not limited in any way, which means that the model
shows infinite strength. Be careful using this model for materials that are loaded up to
their material strength.
Mohr-Coulomb model
The linear elastic perfectly-plastic Mohr-Coulomb model is a first order model that
includes only a limited number of features that soil behaviour shows in reality. Although
the increase of stiffness with depth can be taken into account, the Mohr-Coulomb model
does neither include stress-dependency nor stress-path dependency nor strain
dependency of stiffness or anisotropic stiffness. In general, effective stress states at
failure are quite well described using the Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion with effective
strength parameters ϕ' and c '. For undrained materials, the Mohr-Coulomb model may
be used with the friction angle ϕ set to 0◦ and the cohesion c set to cu (su ), to enable a
direct control of undrained shear strength. In that case note that the model does not
automatically include the increase of shear strength with consolidation.
Hardening Soil model

Although the Hardening Soil model can be regarded as an advanced soil model, there
are a number of features of real soil behaviour the model does not include. It is a
hardening model that does not account for softening due to soil dilatancy and de-bonding
effects. In fact, it is an isotropic hardening model so that it models neither hysteretic and
cyclic loading nor cyclic mobility. Moreover, the model does not distinguish between large
stiffness at small strains and reduced stiffness at engineering strain levels. The user has
to select the stiffness parameters in accordance with the dominant strain levels in the
application. Last but not least, the use of the Hardening Soil model generally results in
longer calculation times, since the material stiffness matrix is formed and decomposed in
each calculation step.
Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness

As the Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness (HSsmall) incorporates the
loading history of the soil and a strain-dependent stiffness, it can, to some extent, be
used to model cyclic loading. However, it does not incorporate a gradual softening during
cyclic loading, so is not suitable for cyclic loading problems in which softening plays a
role. In fact, just as in the Hardening Soil model, softening due to soil dilatancy and
debonding effects are not taken into account. Moreover, the HSsmall does not
incorporate the accumulation of irreversible volumetric straining nor liquefaction
behaviour with cyclic loading. The use of the HSsmall will generally result in calculation
times that are even longer than those of the Hardening Soil model.
Soft Soil model

The same limitations (including the ones for the Soft Soil Creep model) hold in the Soft
Soil model. The utilization of the Soft Soil model should be limited to the situations that
are dominated by compression. It is not recommended for use in excavation problems,
since the model hardly supercedes the Mohr-Coulomb model in unloading problems.

Soft Soil Creep model

All above limitations also hold true for the Soft Soil Creep model. In addition this model
tends to over-predict the range of elastic soil behaviour. This is especially the case for
excavation problems, including tunnelling. Care must also be taken with the generation of
initial stresses for normally consolidated soils. Although it would seem logical to use OCR
= 1.0 for normally consolidated soils, such use would generally lead to an over-prediction
of deformations in problems where the stress level is dominated by the initial self-weight
stresses. Therefore, for such problems it is recommended to use a slightly increased
OCR-value to generate the initial stress state. In fact, in reality most soils tend to show a
slightly increased pre-consolidation stress in comparison with the initial effective stress.
Before starting an analysis with external loading it is suggested to perform a single
calculation phase with a short time interval and without loadingto verify the surface
settlement rate based on common practice.
Jointed Rock model

The Jointed Rock model is a first order anisotropic model that includes a limited number
of features that rock behaviour shows in reality. Plasticity can only occur in a maximum of
three shear directions (shear planes). Each plane has its own shear strength parameters
ϕi and ci and tensile strength ti . Hence, the maximum shear stress is linearly dependent
on the normal stress, and not curved as in reality. The intact rock is considered to behave
fully elastic with constant stiffness properties E and ν . Reduced elastic properties may be
defined for the stratification direction. Note that failure is limited to the predefined shear
plane directions. It is possible that realistic potential failure mechanisms are not captured
by the model because of the elastic behaviour in any other direction than the three shear
planes.
Modified Cam-Clay model

The same limitations (including those in the Soft Soil Creep model) hold in the Modified
Cam-Clay model. Moreover, the Modified Cam-Clay model may allow for unrealistically
high shear stresses. This is particularly the case for overconsolidated stress states where
the stress path crosses the critical state line. Furthermore, the Modified Cam-Clay model
may give softening behaviour for such stress paths. Without special regularization
techniques, softening behaviour may lead to mesh dependency and convergence
problems of iterative procedures. Moreover, the Modified Cam-Clay model cannot be
used in combination with Safety analysis by means of phi-c reduction.
NGI-ADP model (NGI-ADP)

The NGI-ADP model is an undrained shear strength model particularly meant to model
undrained clays and silts. It can be used in a drained or effective stress analysis, but note
that the shear strength is not automatically updated with changes of effective stress. Also
note that the NGI-ADP model does not include a tension cut-off.
UDCAM-S model (UDCAM-S)

The UDCAM-S model is an undrained shear strength model particularly meant to model
undrained clays and silts under design storms. It can be used in a drained or effective
stress analysis, but note that the shear strength is not automatically updated with changes
of effective stress. Also note that the NGI-ADP model does not include a tension cut-off.

INTRODUCTION
Hoek-Brown model (HB)

The Hoek-Brown model is an isotropic continuum model particularly meant to model
weathered rock. Hence, the model is not suitable for stratified or jointed rock sections
with a significant anisotropic stiffness or with one or more dominant sliding directions. For
such behaviour, the Jointed Rock model is available.
UBC3D-PLM model
The UBC3D-PLM model is designed to evaluate liquefaction in sandy soils and it
implements correlations based on experimental data for this purpose. Hence, it’s not
advisable for static analysis. The use of UBC3D-PLM model in other dynamic
applications involving sandy soils could be affected by an overdamping due to use of
Gmax in elastic unloading. This limitation can be overcome by using the HS small model.
Concrete model (Concrete)

The Concrete model is an elastoplastic time-dependent model particularly meant to
model shotcrete or concrete structures. The design approach is separately implemented
in the model through two safety factor parameters in order to avoid inconsistency between
the different aspects computed by the Concrete model. The user should be careful in
dynamic analysis because of the time interval difference between dynamic input and
shotcrete hardening. The model is not suitable for failure involving low fracture energy.
Interfaces
Interface elements are generally modelled by means of the bilinear Mohr-Coulomb
model. When a more advanced model is used for the corresponding cluster material data
set, the interface element will only pick up the relevant data (c , ϕ, ψ , E , ν ) for the
Mohr-Coulomb model, as described in the Reference Manual. In such cases the interface
stiffness is set equal to the elastic soil stiffness. Hence, E = Eur where Eur is stress level
dependent, following a power law with Eur proportional to σ m . For the Soft Soil model,
Soft Soil Creep model and Modified Cam-Clay model the power m is equal to 1 and Eur
is largely determined by the swelling constant κ*.
Undrained behaviour
In general, care must be taken in undrained conditions, since the effective stress path
that is followed in any of the models may deviate significantly from reality. Although
PLAXIS has options to deal with undrained behaviour in an effective stress analysis, the
use of undrained shear strength (cu or su ) may be preferred over the use of effective
strength properties (ϕ' and c ') in such cases. Please note that direct input on undrained
shear strength does not automatically include the increase of shear strength with
consolidation. If, for any reason, the user decides to use effective strength properties in
undrained conditions, it is strongly recommended to check the resulting mobilised shear
strength using the corresponding option in the PLAXIS Output program.

2 PRELIMINARIES ON MATERIAL MODELLING
A material model is described by a set of mathematical equations that give a relationship

between stress and strain. Material models are often expressed in a form in which
infinitesimal increments of stress (or 'stress rates') are related to infinitesimal increments
of strain (or 'strain rates'). All material models implemented in PLAXIS are based on a
relationship between the effective stress rates, σ̇ ', and the strain rates, ε̇. In the following
section it is described how stresses and strains are defined in PLAXIS. In subsequent
sections the basic stress-strain relationship is formulated and the influence of pore
pressures in undrained materials is described. Later sections focus on initial conditions
for advanced material models.
This Material Models Manual is a general manual for all PLAXIS programs and uses the
coordinate system as used in most programs (Figure 2.1). Please note that the PLAXIS
3D uses a different coordinate system where z is the vertical axis. Users should realize
this when reading this manual.
2.1 GENERAL DEFINITIONS OF STRESS
Stress is a tensor which can be represented by a matrix in Cartesian coordinates:

 
σxx σxy σxz
 
 
σ =  σyx σyy σyz  (2.1)
 
σzx σzy σzz
In the standard deformation theory, the stress tensor is symmetric such that σ xy = σ yx ,
σ yz = σ zy and σ zx = σ xz . In this situation, stresses are often written in vector notation,
which involve only six different components:

σ = σxx σyy σzz σxy σyz σzx T (2.2)
According to Terzaghi's principle, stresses in the soil are divided into effective stresses,
σ ', and pore pressures, σ w :
σ = σ' + σw (2.3)
Pore pressures are generally provided by water in the pores. Water is considered not to
σyy
y σyx
σyz σxy
σzy
σxx
x
σxz
z σzz σzx
Figure 2.1 General three-dimensional coordinate system and sign convention for stresses

PRELIMINARIES ON MATERIAL MODELLING
sustain any shear stresses. As a result, effective shear stresses are equal to total shear
stresses. Positive normal stress components are considered to represent tension,
whereas negative normal stress components indicate pressure (or compression).
Moreover, water is considered to be fully isotropic, so all pore pressure components are
equal. Hence, pore pressure can be represented by a single value, pw :

σ w = pw pw pw 0 0 0 T (2.4)
Material models for soil and rock are generally expressed as a relationship between
infinitesimal increments of effective stress and infinitesimal increments of strain. In such a
relationship, infinitesimal increments of effective stress are represented by stress rates
(with a dot above the stress symbol):

σ̇ ' = σ̇ 'xx σ̇ 'yy σ̇ 'zz σ̇xy σ̇yz σ̇zx T (2.5)
It is often useful to apply principal stresses rather than Cartesian stress components
when formulating material models. Principal stresses are the stresses in such a
coordinate system direction that all shear stress components are zero. Principal stresses
are, in fact, the eigenvalues of the stress tensor. Principal effective stresses can be
determined in the following way:

det σ ' − σ ' I = 0 (2.6)
where I is the identity matrix. This equation gives three solutions for σ ', i.e. the principal
effective stresses (σ '1 , σ '2 , σ '3 ). In PLAXIS the principal effective stresses are arranged
in algebraic order:
σ '1 ≤ σ '2 ≤ σ '3 (2.7)
Hence, σ '1 is the largest compressive principal stress and σ '3 is the smallest compressive
principal stress. In this manual, models are often presented with reference to the principal
stress space, as indicated in Figure 2.2.
In addition to principal stresses it is also useful to define invariants of stress, which are
stress measures that are independent of the orientation of the coordinate system. Two
useful stress invariants are:
1
p' = σ 'xx + σ 'yy + σ 'zz (2.8a)
3
r
1
q= σ 'xx − σ 'yy 2 + σ 'yy − σ 'zz 2 + (σ 'zz − σ 'xx ) 2 + 6 σxy
2 + σ2 + σ2
yz zx
2
(2.8b)
where p' is the isotropic effective stress, or mean effective stress, and q is the equivalent
shear stress. The equivalent shear stress, q , has the important property that it reduces to
q = |σ '1 − σ '3 | for triaxial stress states with σ '2 = σ '3 .

- σ '1
- σ '1 = - σ '2 = - σ '3
- σ '3
- σ '2
Figure 2.2 Principal stress space
Principal effective stresses can be written in terms of the invariants:

2 2
σ '1 = p' + q sin θ − π (2.9a)
3 3
2
σ '2 = p ' + q sin(θ) (2.9b)
3

2 2
σ '3 = p' + q sin θ + π (2.9c)
3 3
in which θ is referred to as Lode 's angle (a third invariant), which is defined as:

1 27 J3
θ = arcsin (2.10)
3 2 q3
with
2
J3 = (σ 'xx − p') σ 'yy − p' (σ 'zz − p') − (σ 'xx − p')σyz +
2 2
− σ 'yy − p' σzx − (σ 'zz − p')σxy + 2σxy σyz σzx (2.11)
2.2 GENERAL DEFINITIONS OF STRAIN
Strain is a tensor which can be represented by a matrix with Cartesian coordinates as:
 
εxx εxy εxz
 
 
ε =  εyx εyy εyz  (2.12)
 
εzx εzy εzz
Strains are the derivatives of the displacement components, i.e. εij = ½(∂ui /∂j + ∂uj /∂i ),
where i and j are either x , y or z . According to the small deformation theory, only the
sum of complementing Cartesian shear strain components εij and εji result in shear
stress. This sum is denoted as the shear strain γ . Hence, instead of εxy , εyx , εyz , εzy , εzx

and εxz the shear strain components γxy , γyz and γzx are used respectively. Under the
above conditions, strains are often written in vector notation, which involve only six
different components:

ε = εxx εyy εzz γxy γyz γzx T (2.13)
∂ux
εxx = (2.14a)
∂x
∂uy
εyy = (2.14b)
∂y
∂uz
εzz = (2.14c)
∂z
∂ux ∂uy
γxy = εxy + εyx = + (2.14d)
∂y ∂x
∂uy ∂uz
γyz = εyz + εzy = + (2.14e)
∂z ∂y
∂uz ∂ux
γzx = εzx + εxz = + (2.14f)
∂x ∂z
Similarly as for stresses, positive normal strain components refer to extension, whereas
negative normal strain components indicate compression.
In the formulation of material models, where infinitesimal increments of strain are
considered, these increments are represented by strain rates (with a dot above the strain
symbol).

ε̇ = ε̇xx ε̇yy ε̇zz γ̇xy γ̇yz γ̇zx T (2.15)
In analogy to the invariants of stress, it is also useful to define invariants of strain. A strain
invariant that is often used is the volumetric strain, εν , which is defined as the sum of all
normal strain components in a standard calculation according to small deformation
theory:
εv = εxx + εyy + εzz = ε1 + ε2 + ε3 (2.16)
In Updated mesh calculations the volumetric strain is calculated as:
εv = εxx + εyy + εzz + εxx εyy + εxx εzz + εyy εzz + εxx εyy εzz (2.17)
The volumetric strain is defined as negative for compaction and as positive for dilatancy.
Another invariant is the deviatoric strain (εq ), which is calculated as:
r
2 1
εq = (εxx − εyy )2 + (εyy − εzz )2 + (εzz − εxx )2 + (γxy
2 + γ2 + γ2 )
yz zx (2.18)
9 3

For triaxial conditions i.e. ε2 = ε3 the deviatoric strain, reduces to:
2
εq = |ε1 − ε3 | (2.19)
3
where ε1 and ε3 are the major and minor principal strains components respectively.
Furthermore, when volumetric strains are negligibble (εv = 0), then ε3 = − ½ε1 , so
εq = |ε1 |
For elastoplastic models, as used in PLAXIS, strains are decomposed into elastic and
plastic components:
ε = εe + εp (2.20)
Throughout this manual, the superscript e will be used to denote elastic strains and the
superscript p will be used to denote plastic strains.
2.3 ELASTIC STRAINS
Material models for soil and rock are generally expressed as a relationship between
infinitesimal increments of effective stress ('effective stress rates') and infinitesimal
increments of strain ('strain rates'). This relationship may be expressed in the form:
σ̇ ' = M ε̇ (2.21)
where M is a material stiffness matrix. Note that in this type of approach, pore-pressures
are explicitly excluded from the stress-strain relationship.
Figure 2.3 Parameters tabsheet for the Linear Elastic model

The simplest material model in PLAXIS is based on Hooke's law for isotropic linear
elastic behaviour. This model is available under the name Linear Elastic model, but it is
also the basis of other models. Hooke's law can be given by the equation:
    
σ̇ 'xx 1 − ν' ν' ν' 0 0 0
     ε̇xx 
   
 σ̇ 'yy   ν' 1 − ν' ν' 0 0 0  
    ε̇yy 
   


 σ̇ 'zz  E '  ν' ν' 1 − ν' 0 0 0   ε̇zz 
 =    (2.22)
  (1 − 2ν ')(1 + ν ') 
 0 0 0 1 − ν' 0 0 
 
 σ̇ 'xy    γ̇ 
   2   xy 
   1 − ν'  
 σ̇ 'yz   0 0 0 0 0   γ̇yz 
   2  
σ̇ 'zx 0 0 0 0 0 1 − ν' γ̇zx
2
e
The elastic material stiffness matrix is often denoted as D . Two parameters are used in
this model, the effective Young's modulus, E ', and the effective Poisson's ratio, ν '. In the
remaining part of this manual effective parameters are denoted without dash ('), unless a
different meaning is explicitly stated. The symbols E and ν are sometimes used in this
manual in combination with the subscript ur to emphasize that the parameter is explicitly
meant for unloading and reloading. A stiffness modulus may also be indicated with the
subscript ref to emphasize that it refers to a particular reference level (yref )(see next
page).
According to Hooke's law, the relationship between Young's modulus E and other
stiffness moduli, such as the shear modulus G, the bulk modulus K , and the oedometer
modulus Eoed , is given by:
E
G= (2.23a)
2(1 + ν)
E
K = (2.23b)
3(1 − 2ν)
(1 − ν)E
Eoed = (2.23c)
(1 − 2ν)(1 + ν)
Using these auxiliary stiffness parameters, Hooke’s law can be presented in an

alternative form as:
    
ṗ K 0 ε̇v
 =   (2.24)
q̇ 0 3G ε̇q
During the input of material parameters for the Linear Elastic model or the Mohr-Coulomb
model the values of G and Eoed are presented as auxiliary parameters (alternatives),
calculated from Eq. (2.23). Note that the alternatives are influenced by the input values of
E and ν . Entering a particular value for one of the alternatives G or Eoed results in a
change of the E modulus, while ν remains the same.
It is possible for the Linear Elastic model and the Mohr-Coulomb model to specify a
stiffness that varies linearly with depth. This can be done by entering a value for Einc

which is the increment of stiffness per unit of depth, as indicated in Figure 2.3.
Together with the input of Einc the input of yref becomes relevant. Above yref the stiffness
is equal to Eref . Below the stiffness is given by:
E(y) = Eref + (yref − y )Einc y < yref (2.25)
The Linear Elastic model is usually inappropriate to model the highly non-linear behaviour
of soil, but it is of interest to simulate structural behaviour, such as thick concrete walls or
plates, for which strength properties are usually very high compared with those of soil.
For these applications, the Linear Elastic model will often be selected together with
Non-porous drainage type in order to exclude pore pressures from these structural
elements.
2.4 UNDRAINED EFFECTIVE STRESS ANALYSIS (EFFECTIVE STIFFNESS

PARAMETERS)
In PLAXIS it is possible to specify undrained behaviour in an effective stress analysis

using effective model parameters. This is achieved by identifying the type of material
behaviour (Drainage type) of a soil layer as Undrained (A) or Undrained (B) (Section 2.5
and Section 2.6). In this section, it is explained how PLAXIS deals with this special
option.
The presence of pore pressures in a soil body, usually caused by water, contributes to the
total stress level. According to Terzaghi's principle, total stresses σ can be divided into
effective stresses σ ', active pore pressure pactive and pore water pressures pw (see also
Eq. 2.3). However, water is supposed not to sustain any shear stress, and therefore the
effective shear stresses are equal to the total shear stresses:
σ = σ ' + m pactive (2.26a)
where,
 
1
 
 
1
 
 
1
m =
 
 and pactive = αBiot Seff pw (2.26b)
0
 
 
0
 
0
σxx = σ 'xx + αBiot Seff pw (2.26c)
σyy = σ 'yy + αBiot Seff pw (2.26d)
σzz = σ 'zz + αBiot Seff pw (2.26e)

σxy = σ 'xy (2.26f)
σyz = σ 'yz (2.26g)
σzx = σ 'zx (2.26h)
where αBiot is Biot's pore pressure coefficient and Seff is the effective degree of
saturation. Considering incompressible grains, Biot's coefficient αBiot is equal to unity
(αBiot = 1). The situation of compressible grains or compressible solid material (αBiot < 1)
is explained in more detail at the end of this section.
Note that, similar to the total and the effective stress components, pw is considered
negative for pressure.
The product αBiot Seff pw is termed 'Active pore pressure', pactive in PLAXIS. A further
distinction is made between steady state pore stress, psteady , and excess pore stress,
pexcess :
pw = psteady + pexcess (2.27)
Steady state pore pressures are considered to be input data, i.e. generated on the basis
of phreatic levels or by means of a groundwater flow calculation. Excess pore pressures
are generated during plastic calculations for the case of undrained (A) or (B) material
behaviour or during a consolidation analysis. Undrained material behaviour and the
corresponding calculation of excess pore pressures are described below.
Since the time derivative of the steady state component equals zero, it follows:
ṗw = ṗexcess (2.28)
Hooke's law can be inverted to obtain:

    
ε̇exx 1 −ν ' −ν ' 0 0 0 σ̇ 'xx
    
 e    
 ε̇yy   −ν ' 1 −ν ' 0 0 0   σ̇ 'yy 
    
 e    
 ε̇zz  1  −ν ' −ν ' 1 0 0 0   σ̇ 'zz 
 =    (2.29)
 e  E'   
 γ̇xy   0 0 0 2 + 2ν ' 0 0   σ̇ 'xy 
    
 e    
 γ̇yz   0 0 0 0 2 + 2ν ' 0   σ̇ 'yz 
    
e
γ̇zx 0 0 0 0 0 2 + 2ν ' σ̇ 'zx

Substituting Eq. (2.26) gives:

    
ε̇exx 1 −ν ' −ν ' 0 0 0 σ̇xx − αBiot ṗw
    
 e    
 ε̇yy   −ν ' 1 −ν ' 0 0 0   σ̇yy − αBiot ṗw 
    
 e    
 ε̇zz  1  −ν ' −ν ' 1 0 0 0   σ̇zz − αBiot ṗw 
 =    (2.30)
 e  E'   
 γ̇xy   0 0 0 2 + 2ν ' 0 0  σ̇xy 
    
 e    
 γ̇yz   0 0 0 0 2 + 2ν ' 0  σ̇yz 
    
e
γ̇zx 0 0 0 0 0 2 + 2ν ' σ̇zx
Considering slightly compressible water, the rate of excess pore pressure is written as:
αBiot ε̇v
ṗexcess = (2.31a)
nCw + (αBiot − n)Cs
1
Cw = (2.31b)
Kw
1
Cs = (2.31c)
Ks
in which Kw is the bulk modulus of the water, Ks is the bulk modulus of the solid material,
Cw is the compressibility of the water, Cs is the compressibility of the solid material and n
is the soil porosity.
e0
n= (2.32)
1 + e0
where e0 is the initial void ratio as specified in the general soil properties.
The inverted form of Hooke's law may be written in terms of the total stress rates and the
undrained parameters Eu and νu :
    
ε̇exx 1 −νu −νu 0 0 0 σ̇xx
    
 e    
 ε̇yy   −νu 1 −νu 0 0 0   σ̇yy 
    
 e    
 ε̇zz   −ν −ν 1 0 0 0   σ̇zz 
 = 1  u u
  (2.33)
 e  
Eu  0  
 γ̇xy  0 0 2 + 2νu 0 0   σ̇xy 
    
 e    
 γ̇yz   0 0 0 0 2 + 2νu 0   σ̇yz 
    
e
γ̇zx 0 0 0 0 0 2 + 2νu σ̇zx
where:
3ν ' + αBiot B(1 − 2ν ') αBiot

Eu = 2G(1 + νu ); νu = ; B=
3 − αBiot B(1 − 2ν ') K'
αBiot +n + αBiot − 1
Kw
(2.34)
where B is Skempton's B-parameter.

Hence, the special option for undrained behaviour in PLAXIS (Undrained (A) or
Undrained (B)) is such that the effective parameters G and ν ' are transformed into
undrained parameters Eu and νu according to Eq. (2.34). Note that the index u is used to
indicate auxiliary parameters for undrained soil. Hence, Eu and νu should not be
confused with Eur and νur as used to denote unloading / reloading.
Fully incompressible behaviour is obtained for νu = 0.5. However, taking νu = 0.5 leads to
singularity of the stiffness matrix. In fact, water is not fully incompressible, but a realistic
bulk modulus for water is very large. In order to avoid numerical problems caused by an
extremely low compressibility, νu is, by default, taken as 0.495, which makes the
undrained soil body slightly compressible. In order to ensure realistic computational
results, the bulk modulus of the water must be high compared with the bulk modulus of
the soil skeleton, i.e. Kw >> nK '. This condition is sufficiently ensured by requiring
ν ' ≤ 0.35.
Consequently, for material behaviour Undrained (A) or Undrained (B), a bulk modulus for
water is automatically added to the stiffness matrix. The bulk modulus of water is
obtained in three ways: automatically from Eq. (2.35) (Standard), automatically but by
specifying the Skempton's B-parameter (Manual - Stiffness dependent Kw ) and manually
by directly specifying Kw and αBiot (Manual - Constant Kw ).
Kw 3(νu − ν ') 0.495 − ν '

= K' = 300K ' ≥ 30K ' (For αBiot = 1) (2.35)
n (1 − 2νu )(1 + ν ') 1 + ν'
Hint: In the UBC3D-PLM model, the implicit Poisson's ratio (ν ') is defined based
on the elastic bulk modulus K and the elastic shear modulus G at the current
stress state, ν ' = (3K − 2G)/(6K + 2G). For this reason, the value follows
the evolution of the stiffnesses and it is not constant.
Hence, Kw /n is larger than 30K ', at least for ν ' ≤ 0.35 and αBiot = 1. The bulk stiffness
of water Kw , calculated in this way, is a numerical value related to the soil stiffness. It is
lower than or equal to the real bulk stiffness of pure water, Kw0 (2 · 106 kN/m2 ). In
retrospect it is worth mentioning here a review about the Skempton B-parameter.
Skempton B-parameter
When the Drainage type is set to Undrained (A) or Undrained (B), PLAXIS automatically
assumes an implicit undrained bulk modulus, Ku , for the soil as a whole (soil skeleton +
water) and distinguishes between total stress rates, effective stress rates and rates of
excess pore pressure:
Total stress: ṗ = Ku ε̇ν
Excess pore pressure: ṗexcess = B ṗ =

αBiot ε̇ν
Effective stress: ṗ' = (1 − αBiot B)ṗ = K 'ε̇ν
Note that for Undrained (A) or Undrained (B) effective stiffness parameters should be

entered in the material data set, i.e. E ' and ν ' and not Eu and νu , or the respective
stiffness parameters in advanced models; the latter should be done for Undrained (C)
behaviour in a total stress analysis (Section 2.7). The undrained bulk modulus is
automatically calculated by PLAXIS using Hooke's law of elasticity:
Ku =
2G(1 + νu )
where G = E'
3(1 − 2νu ) 2(1 + ν ')
When using the Standard option, νu = 0.495 and αBiot = 1, whereas when using the
Manual option with input of Skempton's B-parameter (Manual - Stiffness dependent Kw )
or Biot's pore pressure coefficient (Manual - Constant Kw ), νu is calculated as:
3ν ' + αBiot B(1 − 2ν ')

νu =
3 − αBiot B(1 − 2ν ')
If the value of Skempton's B -parameter is unknown, but the degree of saturation, S is

known instead, and automatic determination of Kw is selected, the bulk stiffness of the
pore fluid can be estimated from:
Kw0 Kair
Kw = (2.36)
SKair + (1 − S)Kw0
Where Kw0 (2 · 106 kN/m2 ) is the bulk modulus of pure water and Kair is the bulk modulus
of air which is about 100 kPa under atmospheric pressure. In PLAXIS, it is assumed that
pa (air pore pressure) is equal to 0 for practical application and therefore an artificial and
small value (1 kPa) is used for the bulk modulus of air.
The value of Skempton's B-parameter is calculated from the ratio of the bulk stiffnesses
of the soil skeleton and the pore fluid, as already defined in Eq. (2.34):
αBiot
B=
K'
αBiot +n + αBiot − 1
Kw
The rate of excess pore pressure is calculated from the (small) volumetric strain rate,
according to:
αBiot ε̇v
ṗexcess = (2.37)
The types of elements used in PLAXIS are sufficiently adequate to avoid mesh locking
effects for nearly incompressible materials.
This special option to model undrained material behaviour on the basis of effective model
parameters is available for most material models in PLAXIS. This enables undrained
calculations to be executed with effective stiffness parameters, with explicit distinction
between effective stresses and (excess) pore pressures. However, shear induced
(excess) pore pressure may not be sufficiently included.
Such an analysis requires effective soil parameters and is therefore highly convenient
when such parameters are available. For soft soil projects, accurate data on effective
parameters may not always be available. Instead, in situ tests and laboratory tests may

have been performed to obtain undrained soil parameters. In such situations measured
undrained Young's moduli can be easily converted into effective Young's moduli based on
Hooke's law:
2(1 + ν ')
E' = Eu (2.38)
3
For advanced models there is no such direct conversion possible. In that case it is
recommended to estimate the required effective stiffness parameter from the measured
undrained stiffness parameter, then perform a simple undrained test to check the
resulting undrained stiffness and adapt the effective stiffness if needed. The Soil test
facility (Reference Manual) may be used as a convenient tool to perform such test.
Biot pore pressure coefficient αBiot

In general, for geotechnical applications, the compressibility of the soil skeleton is much
higher than the compressibility of the individual grains, so deformations of the grains
themselves can be ignored. However, in the case of very deep soil layers at very high
pressures, the stiffness of the soil or rock matrix comes close to the stiffness of the solid
material of which the soil grains or the rock is composed of, and, therefore, the
compressibility of the solid material cannot be ignored. This has consequences for the
division of total stress into effective stress and pore pressure. Considering compressible
solid material, Terzaghi's effective stress definition changes into:
σ ' = σ − αBiot Seff mpw (2.39)
Where αBiot is Biot's pore pressure coefficient, Seff is the effective degree of saturation,
m is a vector with unity values (1) for the normal components and 0-values for the shear
components, and pw is the pore water pressure. The alpha coefficient is defined as:
K'
αBiot = 1 − (2.40)
Ks
Where K ' is the effective bulk modulus of the soil matrix and Ks is the bulk modulus of
the solid material. Indeed, for incompressible solid material (Ks = ∞) Terzaghi's original
stress definition is retained. A lower value of αBiot implies that for a given value of total
stress and pore water pressure, the resulting effective stress is higher than when
considering incompressible solid material (αBiot = 1).
In the case of undrained soil behaviour (Undrained A or B in PLAXIS), Biot's pore
pressure coefficient also affects the undrained Poisson's ratio νu that is automatically
calculated by PLAXIS based on a manual input of Kw parameter (see Eq. (2.34)).
The default value of Biot's pore pressure coefficient is 1.0 (Standard and Manual -
Stiffness dependent Kw option), but users may change this value in the range of [0.001,
1.0] for the Manual - Constant Kw option.

2.5 UNDRAINED EFFECTIVE STRESS ANALYSIS WITH EFFECTIVE STRENGTH

PARAMETERS (UNDRAINED A)
In principle, undrained effective stress analysis as described in Section 2.4 can be used
in combination with effective strength parameters ϕ' and c ' to model the material's
undrained shear strength (Undrained (A)). In this case, the development of the pore
pressure plays a crucial role in providing the right effective stress path that leads to failure
at a realistic value of undrained shear strength (cu or su ). However, note that most soil
models are not capable of providing the right effective stress path in undrained loading.
As a result, they will produce the wrong undrained shear strength if the material strength
has been specified on the basis of effective strength parameters. Another problem is that
for undrained materials effective strength parameters are usually not available from soil
investigation data. In order to overcome these problems, some models allow for a direct
input of undrained shear strength. This approach is described in Section 2.6.
If the user wants to model the material strength of undrained materials using the effective
strength parameters ϕ' and c ', this can be done in PLAXIS in the same way as for
drained materials. However, in this case the Drainage type must be set to Undrained (A).
As a result, PLAXIS will automatically add the stiffness of water to the stiffness matrix
(see Section 2.4) in order to distinguish between effective stresses and (excess) pore
pressures (= effective stress analysis). The advantage of using effective strength
parameters in undrained loading conditions is that after consolidation a qualitatively
increased shear strength is obtained, although this increased shear strength could also
be quantitatively wrong, for the same reason as explained before.
MC failure line
q
Shear strength (4) MC model

Shear strength: increase
model
su
reality (3) consolidation
reality (2)
(1) MC model
c ', ϕ' p'
Figure 2.4 Illustration of stress paths; reality vs. Mohr-Coulomb model
Figure 2.4 illustrates an example using the Mohr-Coulomb model. When the Drainage
type is set to Undrained (A), the model will follow an effective stress path where the mean
effective stress, p', remains constant all the way up to failure (1). It is known that
especially soft soils, like normally consolidated clays and peat, will follow an effective
stress path in undrained loading where p' reduces significantly as a result of shear
induced pore pressure (2). As a result, the maximum deviatoric stress that can be

reached in the model is over-estimated in the Mohr-Coulomb model. In other words, the
mobilised shear strength in the model supersedes the available undrained shear strength.
If, at some stress state, the soil is consolidated, the mean effective stress will increase
(3). Upon further undrained loading with the Mohr-Coulomb model, the observed shear
strength will be increased (4) compared to the previous shear strength, but this increased
shear strength may again be unrealistic, especially for soft soils.
On the other hand, advanced models do include, to some extent, the reduction of mean
effective stress in undrained loading, but even when using advanced models it is
generally advised to check the mobilised shear strength in the Output program against
the available (undrained) shear strength when this approach is followed.
Note that whenever the Drainage type parameter is set to Undrained (A), effective values
must be entered for the stiffness parameters (Young's modulus E ' and Poisson ratio ν ' in
case of the Mohr-Coulomb model or the respective stiffness parameters in the advanced
models).
Care must be taken when using Undrained (A) together with a non-zero dilatancy angle
ψ . The use of a positive dilatancy angle may lead to unrealistically large tensile pore
stresses and, as a result, an unrealistically large shear strength. The use of a negative
dilatancy angle may lead to unrealistically high pore pressure and unrealistic liquefication
type of behaviour. Hence, for Undrained (A) it is recommended to use ψ = 0.
2.6 UNDRAINED EFFECTIVE STRESS ANALYSIS WITH UNDRAINED STRENGTH

PARAMETERS (UNDRAINED B)
For undrained soil layers with a known undrained shear strength profile, PLAXIS offers
for some models the possibility of an undrained effective stress analysis, as described in
Section 2.4, with direct input of the undrained shear strength, i.e. setting the friction angle
to zero and the cohesion equal to the undrained shear strength (ϕ = ϕu = 0◦ ; c = su )
(Drainage type = Undrained (B)). Also in this case, distinction is made between pore
pressures and effective stresses. Although the pore pressures and effective stress path
may not be fully correct, the resulting undrained shear strength is not affected, since it is
directly specified as an input parameter.
The option to perform an undrained effective stress analysis with undrained strength
properties is only available for the Mohr-Coulomb model, the Hardening Soil model, the
HS small model and the NGI-ADP model. Since most soils show an increasing shear
strength with depth, it is possible to specify the increase per unit of depth in PLAXIS in
the Advanced subtree in the Parameters tabsheet of the Soil window.
Note that if the Hardening Soil model or the HS small model is used with ϕ = 0◦ , the
stiffness moduli in the model are no longer stress-dependent and the model exhibits no
compression hardening, although the model retains its separate unloading-reloading
modulus and shear hardening. Also note that a direct input of undrained shear strength
does not automatically give the increase of shear strength with consolidation.
Further note that whenever the Drainage type parameter is set to Undrained (B), effective
values must be entered for the stiffness parameters (Young's modulus E ' and Poisson
ratio ν ' in case of the Mohr-Coulomb model or the respective stiffness parameters in the
advanced models).

2.7 UNDRAINED TOTAL STRESS ANALYSIS WITH UNDRAINED PARAMETERS

(UNDRAINED C)
If, for any reason, it is desired not to use the Undrained (A) or Undrained (B) options in
PLAXIS to perform an undrained effective stress analysis, one may simulate undrained
behaviour using a conventional total stress analysis with all parameters specified as
undrained. In that case, stiffness is modelled using an undrained Young's modulus Eu
and an undrained Poisson ratio νu , and strength is modelled using an undrained shear
strength su and ϕ = ϕu = 0◦ . Typically, for the undrained Poisson ratio a value close to
0.5 is selected (between 0.495 and 0.499). A value of 0.5 exactly is not possible, since
this would lead to singularity of the stiffness matrix.
In PLAXIS it is possible to perform a total stress analysis with undrained parameters if the
Mohr-Coulomb model or the NGI-ADP model is used. In this case, one should select
Undrained (C) as the Drainage type. The disadvantage of the undrained total stress
analysis is that no distinction is made between effective stresses and pore pressures.
Hence, all output referring to effective stresses should now be interpreted as total
stresses and all pore pressures are equal to zero.
Note that a direct input of undrained shear strength does not automatically give the
increase of shear strength with consolidation. In fact, it does not make sense to perform a
consolidation analysis since there are no pore pressures to consolidate. Also note that
the K0 -value to generate initial stresses refers to total stresses rather than effective
stresses in this case. This type of approach is not possible for most advanced models.
Overview of models and allowable drainage types
Material model Drainage type

Drained
Undrained (A)
Linear Elastic model
Undrained (C)
Non-porous
Drained
Undrained (A)
Mohr-Coulomb model Undrained (B)
Undrained (C)
Non-porous
Drained
Hardening Soil model Undrained (A)
Undrained (B)

Drained
HS small model Undrained (A)
Undrained (B)
Drained
UBC3D-PLM model
Undrained (A)
Drained
Soft Soil model
Undrained (A)
Drained
Soft Soil Creep model
Undrained (A)
Drained
Jointed Rock model
Non-porous
Drained
Modified Cam-Clay model
Undrained (A)
Drained
NGI-ADP model Undrained (B)
Undrained (C)
Undrained (B)
UDCAM-S model
Undrained (C)
Drained
Hoek-Brown model
Non-porous
Drained
Sekiguchi-Ohta model
Undrained (A)
Drained
Concrete model
Non-porous
Drained
User-defined soil models Undrained (A)
Non-porous
2.8 THE INITIAL PRE-CONSOLIDATION STRESS IN ADVANCED MODELS
When using advanced models in PLAXIS an initial pre-consolidation stress has to be

determined. In the engineering practice it is common to use a vertical pre-consolidation
eq
stress, σp , but PLAXIS needs an equivalent isotropic pre-consolidation stress, pp to

determine the initial position of a cap-type yield surface. If a material is over-consolidated,

information is required about the Over-Consolidation Ratio (OCR), i.e. the ratio of the
greatest effective vertical stress previously reached, σp (see Figure 2.5), and the in-situ
'0
effective vertical stress, σ '0yy (note that in PLAXIS 3D the vertical (effective) stress is σzz ).
σp
OCR = (2.41)
σ '0yy
σp
OCR=
σ '0yy POP
σ '0yy σp σ '0yy σp
a. Using OCR b. Using POP
Figure 2.5 Illustration of vertical pre-consolidation stress in relation to the in-situ vertical stress
It is also possible to specify the initial stress state using the Pre-Overburden Pressure
(POP) as an alternative to prescribing the over-consolidation ratio. The Pre-Overburden
Pressure is defined by:
POP = |σp − σ '0yy | (2.42)
These two ways of specifying the vertical pre-consolidation stress are illustrated in Figure
2.5.
The pre-consolidation stress σp is used to compute the equivalent pre-consolidation
eq
pressure pp which determines the initial position of a cap-type yield surface in the
eq
advanced soil models. The calculation of pp is based on the principal stress history
(σ '1,max , σ '2 , σ '3 ). The actual determination of ppeq depends on the constitutive model
being used. The principal stress history is initialised in the Initial phase (K0-procedure or
Gravity loading) based on the Cartesian effective stress components and the
pre-overburden pressure (POP) or over-consolidation ratio (OCR) defined in the
boreholes or data set. From this, Cartesian pre-consolidation stress levels are calculated
based on the following equations:
σ 'xx,c = K0nc OCR σ 'yy (2.43a)
σ 'yy ,c = OCR σ 'yy (2.43b)
σ 'zz,c = K0nc OCR σ 'yy (2.43c)
σxy,c = σxy (2.43d)
where K0nc is the K0 -value associated with normally consolidated states of stress. K0nc is
a model parameter in advanced constitutive models and estimated in simple models

(K0nc = 1 − sinϕ). Models that do not have ϕ as input parameter use K0nc = 0.5 (ϕ = 30◦ ).
For the Modified Cam-Clay model, K0nc is automatically determined based on the
parameter M as entered by the user. The exact relationship between M and K0nc can be
formulated as (Brinkgreve, 1994):
s 2
1 − K0nc 1 − K0nc (1 − 2νur )(λ∗ /κ∗ − 1)
M=3 + (2.44)
1 + 2K0nc 2 1 + 2K0nc (1 − 2νur )λ∗ /κ∗ − 1 − K0nc (1 + νur )
For more details about the Modified Cam-Clay model see Chapter 11.
The Cartesian stress components (σ 'xx,c , σ 'yy,c , σ 'zz,c , σ 'xy,c ) are transformed to principal
stress components (σ '1,max , σ '2 , σ '3 ) and the maximum major principal stress, σ '1,max , is
kept as a general state parameter which is available for succeeding phases. In
subsequent phases, σ '1,max is updated if the major principal stress is larger than the
current one.
If, in later calculation phases, the soil behaviour is changed to an(other) advanced
eq
material model, the equivalent pre-consolidation pressure pp is initialised according to
the current (updated) principal stress history (σ '1,max , σ '2 , σ '3 ).
The stress state at pre-consolidation stress level is expressed in (p, q):
1
p' = − 1 + 2K0nc σp and q = 1 − K0nc σp (2.45)
3
The equivalent isotropic pre-consolidation stress is calculated depending on the model
used.
Note that OCR and POP are only taken into account in the K0 -procedure (initial
calculation phase). Gravity loading does not consider OCR or POP , and always gives a
normally-consolidated stress state. If an advanced soil model (involving pre-consolidation
stress) is activated in a later calculation phase, i.e.
• The corresponding soil cluster is activated for the first time, or
• The material data of a soil is changed from a 'simple'soil model without
pre-consolidation stress to an 'advanced'soil model with the pre-consolidation stress
as a state parameter,
then the stress state at the beginning of that phase is assumed to be
normally-consolidated, i.e. the pre-consolidation stress is initiated in accordance with the
current stress state. If, in such a case, an over-consolidated stress state is to be
modelled, the over-consolidation has to be simulated by applying and removing an
overburden load.
2.9 ON THE INITIAL STRESSES
In overconsolidated soils the coefficient of lateral earth pressure for the initial stress state
is larger than for normally consolidated soils. This effect is automatically taken into
account for advanced soil models when generating the initial stresses using the
K0 -procedure. The procedure that is followed here is described below. The procedure is
described for the lateral stress in x-direction (σ 'xx based on K0,x ), but a similar procedure

is followed for the lateral stress in z-direction (σ 'zz based on K0,z ).
- σ 'yy
- σp
K0nc
1 1-ν ur
ν ur
- σ '0yy
- σ 'xx
- σ '0xx
Figure 2.6 Overconsolidated stress state obtained from primary loading and subsequent unloading
Consider a one-dimensional compression test, preloaded to σ 'yy = σp and subsequently

unloaded to σ 'yy = σ '0yy . During unloading the sample behaves elastically and the
incremental stress ratio is, according to Hooke's law, given by (see Figure 2.6):
nc 0 0
∆σ 'xx K0nc σp − σ '0xx K0 OCRσ 'yy − σ 'xx νur
= 0
= 0
= (2.46)
∆σ 'yy σp − σ 'yy (OCR − 1)σ 'yy 1 − νur
where K0nc is the stress ratio in the normally consolidated state. Hence, the default stress
ratio of the overconsolidated soil sample is given by:
σ '0xx νur
K0,x = = K0nc OCR − (OCR − 1) (2.47)
σ '0yy 1 − νur
When using POP as an alternative way to define overconsolidation, the default initial
horizontal stress is defined by:
νur
σ '0xx = K0nc σp − POP (2.48)
1 − νur
The use of a small Poisson's ratio will lead to a relatively large ratio of lateral stress and
vertical stress, as generally observed in overconsolidated soils. Note that Eq. (2.47) and
Eq. (2.48) are only valid in the elastic domain, because the formulas are derived from
Hooke's law of elasticity. If a soil sample is unloaded by a large amount, resulting in a
high degree of over-consolidation, the stress ratio will be limited by the Mohr-Coulomb
failure condition.
Note that the above initial stress ratio's are only suggested (default) values, and may be
overruled by the user if more precise data are available or if other values seem more
appropriate.

LINEAR ELASTIC PERFECTLY PLASTIC MODEL (MOHR-COULOMB MODEL)
3 LINEAR ELASTIC PERFECTLY PLASTIC MODEL (MOHR-COULOMB MODEL)
Soils behave rather non-linear when subjected to changes of stress or strain. In reality,
the stiffness of soil depends at least on the stress level, the stress path and the strain
level. Some such features are included in the advanced soil models in PLAXIS. The
Mohr-Coulomb model however, is a simple and well-known linear elastic perfectly plastic
model, which can be used as a first approximation of soil behaviour. The linear elastic
part of the Mohr-Coulomb model is based on Hooke’s law of isotropic elasticity (Section
3.1). The perfectly plastic part is based on the Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion, formulated
in a non-associated plasticity framework.
Plasticity involves the development of irreversible strains. In order to evaluate whether or
not plasticity occurs in a calculation, a yield function, f , is introduced as a function of
stress and strain. Plastic yielding is related with the condition f = 0. This condition can
often be presented as a surface in principal stress space. A perfectly-plastic model is a
constitutive model with a fixed yield surface, i.e. a yield surface that is fully defined by
model parameters and not affected by (plastic) straining. For stress states represented by
points within the yield surface, the behaviour is purely elastic and all strains are
reversible.
3.1 LINEAR ELASTIC PERFECTLY-PLASTIC BEHAVIOUR
The basic principle of elastoplasticity is that strains and strain rates are decomposed into
an elastic part and a plastic part:
ε = εe + εp ε̇ = ε̇e + ε̇p (3.1)
Hooke's law is used to relate the stress rates to the elastic strain rates. Substitution of Eq.
(3.1) into Hooke's law Eq. (2.22) leads to:
σ̇ ' = D e ε̇e = D e (ε̇ − ε̇p ) (3.2)
According to the classical theory of plasticity (Hill, 1950), plastic strain rates are
proportional to the derivative of the yield function with respect to the stresses. This
means that the plastic strain rates can be represented as vectors perpendicular to the
yield surface. This classical form of the theory is referred to as associated plasticity.
However, for Mohr-Coulomb type yield functions, the theory of associated plasticity
overestimates dilatancy. Therefore, in addition to the yield function, a plastic potential
function g is introduced. The case g 6= f is denoted as non-associated plasticity. In
general, the plastic strain rates are written as:
∂g
ε̇p = λ (3.3)
∂σ '
in which λ is the plastic multiplier. For purely elastic behaviour λ is zero, whereas in the

case of plastic behaviour λ is positive:
∂f T e
λ=0 for: f <0 or : D ε̇ ≤ 0 (Elasticity) (3.4a)
∂σ '
∂f T e
λ>0 for: f =0 and: D ε̇ > 0 (Plasticity) (3.4b)
∂σ '
σ'
εe εp
ε
Figure 3.1 Basic idea of an elastic perfectly plastic model
These equations may be used to obtain the following relationship between the effective
stress rates and strain rates for elastic perfectly-plastic behaviour (Smith & Griffiths,
1982; Vermeer & Borst, 1984):
!
α e ∂g ∂f T e
e
σ̇ ' = D − D D ε̇ (3.5a)
d ∂σ ' ∂σ '
where:
∂f T e ∂g
d= D (3.5b)
∂σ ' ∂σ '
The parameter α is used as a switch. If the material behaviour is elastic, as defined by
Eq. (3.4a), the value of α is equal to zero, whilst for plasticity, as defined by Eq. (3.4b),
the value of α is equal to unity.
The above theory of plasticity is restricted to smooth yield surfaces and does not cover a
multi surface yield contour as present in the full Mohr-Coulomb model. For such a yield
surface the theory of plasticity has been extended by Koiter (1960) and others to account
for flow vertices involving two or more plastic potential functions:
∂g1 ∂g2
ε̇p = λ1 + λ2 + ... (3.6)
∂σ ' ∂σ '
Similarly, several quasi independent yield functions (f1 , f2 , ...) are used to determine the
magnitude of the multipliers (λ1 , λ2 , ...).

3.2 FORMULATION OF THE MOHR-COULOMB MODEL
The Mohr-Coulomb yield condition is an extension of Coulomb's friction law to general

states of stress. In fact, this condition ensures that Coulomb's friction law is obeyed in
any plane within a material element.
The full Mohr-Coulomb yield condition consists of six yield functions when formulated in
terms of principal stresses (see for instance Smith & Griffiths,1982):
1 1
f1a = (σ '2 − σ '3 ) + (σ '2 + σ '3 )sin ϕ − c cos ϕ ≤ 0 (3.7a)
2 2
1 1
f1b = (σ '3 − σ '2 ) + (σ '3 + σ '2 )sin ϕ − c cos ϕ ≤ 0 (3.7b)
2 2
1 1
f2a = (σ '3 − σ '1 ) + (σ '3 + σ '1 )sin ϕ − c cos ϕ ≤ 0 (3.7c)
2 2
1 1
f2b = (σ '1 − σ '3 ) + (σ '1 + σ '3 )sin ϕ − c cos ϕ ≤ 0 (3.7d)
2 2
1 1
f3a = (σ '1 − σ '2 ) + (σ '1 + σ '2 )sin ϕ − c cos ϕ ≤ 0 (3.7e)
2 2
1 1
f3b = (σ '2 − σ '1 ) + (σ '2 + σ '1 )sin ϕ − c cos ϕ ≤ 0 (3.7f)
2 2
The two plastic model parameters appearing in the yield functions are the well-known
friction angle ϕ and the cohesion c . The condition fi = 0 for all yield functions together
(where fi is used to denote each individual yield function) represents a fixed hexagonal
cone in principal stress space as shown in Figure 3.2.
-σ1
-σ3
-σ2
Figure 3.2 The Mohr-Coulomb yield surface in principal stress space (c = 0)
In addition to the yield functions, six plastic potential functions are defined for the
Mohr-Coulomb model:
1 1
g1a = (σ '2 − σ '3 ) + (σ '2 + σ '3 )sin ψ (3.8a)
2 2

1 1
g1b = (σ '3 − σ '2 ) + (σ '3 + σ '2 )sin ψ (3.8b)
2 2
1 1
g2a = (σ '3 − σ '1 ) + (σ '3 + σ '1 )sin ψ (3.8c)
2 2
1 1
g2b = (σ '1 − σ '3 ) + (σ '1 + σ '3 )sin ψ (3.8d)
2 2
1 1
g3a = (σ '1 − σ '2 ) + (σ '1 + σ '2 )sin ψ (3.8e)
2 2
1 1
g3b = (σ '2 − σ '1 ) + (σ '2 + σ '1 )sin ψ (3.8f)
2 2
The plastic potential functions contain a third plasticity parameter, the dilatancy angle ψ .
This parameter is required to model positive plastic volumetric strain increments
(dilatancy) as actually observed for dense soils. A discussion of all of the model
parameters used in the Mohr-Coulomb model is given in the next section.
When implementing the Mohr-Coulomb model for general stress states, special treatment
is required for the intersection of two yield surfaces. Some programs use a smooth
transition from one yield surface to another, i.e. the rounding-off of the corners (see for
example Smith & Griffiths,1982). In PLAXIS, however, the exact form of the full
Mohr-Coulomb model is implemented, using a sharp transition from one yield surface to
another. For a detailed description of the corner treatment the reader is referred to the
literature (Koiter, 1960; van Langen & Vermeer, 1990).
For c > 0, the standard Mohr-Coulomb criterion allows for tension. In fact, allowable
tensile stresses increase with cohesion. In reality, soil can sustain none or only very small
tensile stresses. This behaviour can be included in a PLAXIS analysis by specifying a
tension cut-off. In this case, Mohr circles with positive principal stresses are not allowed.
The tension cut-off introduces three additional yield functions, defined as:
f4 = σ '1 − σt ≤ 0 (3.9a)
f5 = σ '2 − σt ≤ 0 (3.9b)
f6 = σ '3 − σt ≤ 0 (3.9c)
When this tension cut-off procedure is used, the allowable tensile stress, σt , is, by
default, taken equal to zero, but this value can be changed by the user. For these three
yield functions an associated flow rule is adopted.
For stress states within the yield surface, the behaviour is elastic and obeys Hooke's law
for isotropic linear elasticity, as discussed in Section 2.3. Hence, besides the plasticity
parameters c , ϕ, and ψ , input is required on the elastic Young's modulus E and Poisson's
ratio ν . The model described here is officially called the linear elastic perfectly plastic
model with Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion. For simplicity, this model is called the
Mohr-Coulomb model in PLAXIS.

3.3 BASIC PARAMETERS OF THE MOHR-COULOMB MODEL
The linear elastic perfectly-plastic Mohr-Coulomb model requires a total of five

parameters, which are generally familiar to most geotechnical engineers and which can
be obtained from basic tests on soil samples. These parameters with their standard units
are listed below:
E : Young's modulus [kN/m2 ]
ν : Poisson's ratio [-]
c : Cohesion [kN/m2 ]
ϕ : Friction angle [◦ ]
ψ : Dilatancy angle [◦ ]
σt : Tension cut-off and tensile strength [kN/m2 ]
Figure 3.3 Parameter tabsheet for Mohr-Coulomb model
Instead of using the Young's modulus as a stiffness parameter, alternative stiffness

parameters can be entered (Section 2.3). These parameters with their standard units are
listed below:
G : Shear modulus [kN/m2 ]
Eoed : Oedometer modulus [kN/m2 ]
Parameters can either be effective parameters (indicated by a prime sign (')) or undrained
parameters (indicated by a subscript u), depending on the selected drainage type.

In the case of dynamic applications, alternative and/or additional parameters may be

used to define stiffness based on wave velocities. These parameters are listed below:
Vp : Compression wave velocity [m/s]
Vs : Shear wave velocity [m/s]
Young's modulus (E)

PLAXIS uses the Young's modulus as the basic stiffness modulus in the elastic model
and the Mohr-Coulomb model, but some alternative stiffness moduli are displayed as
well. A stiffness modulus has the dimension of stress. The values of the stiffness
parameter adopted in a calculation require special attention as many geomaterials show
a non-linear behaviour from the very beginning of loading. In triaxial testing of soil
samples the initial slope of the stress-strain curve (tangent modulus) is usually indicated
as E0 and the secant modulus at 50% strength is denoted as E50 (see Figure 3.4). For
materials with a large linear elastic range it is realistic to use E0 , but for loading of soils
one generally uses E50 . Considering unloading problems, as in the case of tunnelling
and excavations, one needs an unload-reload modulus (Eur ) instead of E50 .
For soils, both the unloading modulus, Eur , and the first loading modulus, E50 , tend to
increase with the confining pressure. Hence, deep soil layers tend to have greater
stiffness than shallow layers. Moreover, the observed stiffness depends on the stress
path that is followed. The stiffness is much higher for unloading and reloading than for
primary loading. Also, the observed soil stiffness in terms of a Young's modulus may be
lower for (drained) compression than for shearing. Hence, when using a constant
stiffness modulus to represent soil behaviour one should choose a value that is
consistent with the stress level and the stress path development. Note that some
stress-dependency of soil behaviour is taken into account in the advanced models in
PLAXIS which are described in subsequent chapters. For the Mohr-Coulomb model,
PLAXIS offers a special option for the input of a stiffness increasing with depth (see
Section 3.4). Note that for material data sets where the drainage type is set to Undrained
(A) or Undrained (B), Young's modulus has the meaning of an effective Young's modulus,
whilst PLAXIS automatically takes care of the incompressibility (Section 2.4).
Poisson's ratio (ν )
Standard drained triaxial tests may yield a significant rate of volume decrease at the very
beginning of axial loading and, consequently, a low initial value of Poisson's ratio (ν0 ).
For some cases, such as particular unloading problems, it may be realistic to use such a
low initial value, but in general when using the Mohr-Coulomb model the use of a higher
value is recommended.
The selection of a Poisson's ratio is particularly simple when the elastic model or
Mohr-Coulomb model is used for gravity loading under conditions of one-dimensional
compression. For this type of loading PLAXIS should give realistic ratios of K0 = σh ' / σν '.
As both models will give the well-known ratio of σh ' / σν ' = ν / (1 − ν ) for one-dimensional
compression it is easy to select a Poisson's ratio that gives a realistic value of K0 . Hence,
ν is evaluated by matching K0 . In many cases one will obtain ν values in the range
between 0.3 and 0.4. In general, such values can also be used for loading conditions
other than one-dimensional compression. Please note that in this way it is not possible to
create K0 values larger than 1, as may be observed in highly overconsolidated stress

|σ1 − σ3 | Eur
1
1
E50
E0
strain (ε1 )
Figure 3.4 Definition of E0 , E50 and Eu r for drained triaxial test results
states. For unloading conditions, however, it is more appropriate to use values in the
range between 0.15 and 0.25.
Further note that for material data sets where the drainage type is set to Undrained (A) or
Undrained (B), Poisson's ratio has the meaning of an effective Poisson's ratio, whilst
PLAXIS automatically takes care of the incompressibility (Section 2.4). To ensure that the
soil skeleton is much more compressible than the pore water, the effective Poisson's ratio
should be smaller than 0.35 for Undrained (A) or Undrained (B) materials.
Cohesion (c) or undrained shear strength (su )

The cohesive strength has the dimension of stress. In the Mohr-Coulomb model, the
cohesion parameter may be used to model the effective cohesion c ' of the soil (cohesion
intercept), in combination with a realistic effective friction angle ϕ' (see Figure 3.5a). This
may not only be done for drained soil behaviour, but also if the type of material behaviour
is set to Undrained (A), as in both cases PLAXIS will perform an effective stress analysis.
Alternatively, the cohesion parameter may be used to model the undrained shear strength
su of the soil, in combination with ϕ = ϕu = 0 when the Drainage type is set to Undrained
(B) or Undrained (C) In that case the Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion reduces to the
well-known Tresca criterion. PLAXIS allows for an increase of shear strength with depth
using the su,inc parameter (Section 3.4).
The disadvantage of using effective strength parameters c ' and ϕ' in combination with the
drainage type being set to Undrained (A) is that the undrained shear strength as obtained
from the model may deviate from the undrained shear strength in reality because of
differences in the actual stress path being followed. In this respect, advanced soil models
generally perform better than the Mohr-Coulomb model, but in all cases it is
recommended to compare the resulting stress state in all calculation phases with the
present shear strength in reality (|σ1 − σ3 | ≤ 2su ).
On the other hand, the advantage of using effective strength parameters is that the

change in shear strength with consolidation is obtained automatically, although it is still

recommended to check the resulting stress state after consolidation.
The advantage of using the cohesion parameter to model undrained shear strength in
combination with ϕ = 0 (Undrained (B) or Undrained (C)) is that the user has direct
control over the shear strength, independent of the actual stress state and stress path
followed. Please note that this option may not be appropriate when using advanced soil
models.
PLAXIS can handle cohesionless sands (c = 0), but some options may not perform well.
To avoid complications, non-experienced users are advised to enter at least a small value
in soil layers near the ground surface (use c > 0.2 kPa). Please note that a positive value
for the cohesion may lead to a tensile strength, which may be unrealistic for soils. By
default,the Tension cut-off option is used to reduce the tensile strength.
PLAXIS offers a special option for the input of layers in which the cohesion increases with
depth (see Section 3.4).
Friction angle (ϕ)

The friction angle ϕ (phi) is entered in degrees. In general the friction angle is used to
model the effective friction of the soil, in combination with an effective cohesion c ' (Figure
3.5a). This may not only be done for drained soil behaviour, but also if the type of
material behaviour is set to Undrained (A), since in both cases PLAXIS will perform an
effective stress analysis. Alternatively, the soil strength is modelled by setting the
cohesion parameter equal to the undrained shear strength of the soil, in combination with
ϕ = 0 (Undrained (B) or Undrained (C)) (Figure 3.5b). In that case the Mohr-Coulomb
failure criterion reduces to the well-known Tresca criterion.
shear
stress
shear
−σ1 stress ϕ' ϕ=0
−σ3
−σ2 c = su
c' normal
normal
0 −σ3 −σ2 −σ1 stress −σ3 −σ2 −σ1 stress
a. Using effective strength parameters (Mohr- b. Using undrained strength parameters
Coulomb) (Tresca)
Figure 3.5 Stress circles at yield; one touches Coulomb's envelope.
High friction angles, as sometimes obtained for dense sands, will substantially increase
plastic computational effort. Moreover, high friction may be subjected to strain-softening
behaviour, which means that such high friction angles are not sustainable under (large)
deformation. Hence, high friction angles should be avoided when performing preliminary
computations for a particular project ∗ . The friction angle largely determines the shear
strength as shown in Figure 3.5 by means of Mohr's stress circles. A more general
representation of the yield criterion is shown in Figure 3.6. The Mohr-Coulomb failure
criterion proves to be better for describing soil strength for general stress states than the
∗ Typical effective friction angles are in the order of 20 - 30 degrees for clay and silt (the more plastic the clay,
the lower the friction), and 30 - 40 degrees for sand and gravel (the denser the sand, the higher the friction).

−σ1
−σ3
−σ2
Figure 3.6 Failure surface in principal stress space for cohesionless soil
Drucker-Prager approximation.
Dilatancy angle (ψ )
The dilatancy angle, ψ (psi), is specified in degrees. Apart from heavily over-consolidated
layers, clay soils tend to show little dilatancy (ψ ≈ 0). The dilatancy of sand depends on
both the density and the friction angle. In general the dilatancy angle of soils is much
smaller than the friction angle. For quartz sands the order of magnitude is ψ ≈ ϕ − 30◦ .
For ϕ-values of less than 30◦ , however, the angle of dilatancy is mostly zero. A small
negative value for ψ is only realistic for extremely loose sands. In the Hardening Soil
model or Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness the end of dilatancy, as
generally observed when the soil reaches the critical state, can be modelled using the
Dilatancy cut-off. However, this option is not available for the Mohr-Coulomb model. For
further information about the link between the friction angle and dilatancy, see Bolton
(1986).
A positive dilatancy angle implies that in drained conditions the soil will continue to dilate
as long as shear deformation occurs. This is clearly unrealistic, as most soils will reach a
critical state at some point and further shear deformation will occur without volume
changes. In undrained conditions a positive dilatancy angle, combined with the restriction
on volume changes, leads to a generation of tensile pore stresses. In an undrained
effective stress analysis therefore the strength of the soil may be overestimated.
When the soil strength is modelled as undrained shear strength, su , and ϕ = 0,
(Undrained (B) or Undrained (C)) the dilatancy angle is automatially set to zero. Great
care must be taken when using a positive value of dilatancy in combination with drainage
type set to Undrained (A). In that case the model will show unlimited soil strength due to
tensile pore stresses. These tensile pore stresses can be limited by setting the cavitation
cut-off.

Shear modulus (G)

The shear modulus, G, has the dimension of stress. According to Hooke's law, the
relationship between Young's modulus E and the shear modulus is given by (see Eq.
2.23a):
E
G= (3.10)
2(1 + ν)
Entering a particular value for one of the alternatives G or Eoed results in a change of the
E modulus whilst ν remains the same.
Oedometer modulus (Eoed )

The oedometer modulus, Eoed , or constrained modulus, has the dimension of stress.
According to Hooke's law, the relationship between Young's modulus E and the
oedometer modulus is given by (see Eq. 2.23c).
(1 − ν)E
Eoed = (3.11)
(1 − 2ν)(1 + ν)
Entering a particular value for one of the alternatives G or Eoed results in a change of the
E modulus whilst ν remains the same.
Compression wave velocity Vp

The compression wave velocity, Vp , in a confined one-dimensional soil is a function of
stiffness, Eoed , and the mass density, ρ, as:
s
Eoed (1 − ν)E γunsat
Vp = where Eoed = and ρ = (3.12)
ρ (1 + ν)(1 − 2ν) g
in which γunsat is the total unsaturated unit weight and g is the gravity acceleration (9.8
m/s2 ).
Shear wave velocity Vs

The shear wave velocity, Vs , in a confined one-dimensional soil is a function of shear
stiffness, G, and the mass density, ρ, as:
s
G E γunsat
Vs = where G = and ρ = (3.13)
ρ 2 (1 + ν) g
in which γunsat is the total unsaturated unit weight and g is the gravity acceleration (9.8
m/s2 ).
3.4 ADVANCED PARAMETERS OF THE MOHR-COULOMB MODEL
The advanced features comprise the increase of stiffness and cohesive strength with
depth and the use of a tension cut-off. In fact, the latter option is used by default, but it
may be deactivated here, if desired. These parameters are defined in the Advanced
subtree in the Parameters tabsheet of the Soil window.

Increase of stiffness (Einc )

In real soils, the stiffness depends significantly on the stress level, which means that the
stiffness generally increases with depth. When using the Mohr-Coulomb model, the
stiffness is a constant value. In order to account for the increase of the stiffness with
depth the Einc -value may be used, which is the increase of the Young’s modulus per unit
of depth (expressed in the unit of stress per unit depth). At the level given by the yref
parameter, and above, the stiffness is equal to the reference Young’s modulus, Eref , as
entered in the Parameters tabsheet. Below, the stiffness is given by:
E(y ) = Eref + (yref − y)Einc (y < yref ) (3.14)
where y represents the vertical direction. The actual value of Young's modulus in the
stress points is obtained from the reference value and Einc . Note that during calculations
a stiffness increasing with depth does not change as a function of the stress state.
Hint: Note that in PLAXIS 3D the vertical coordinate is z instead of y .
Increase of cohesion or shear strength with depth (cinc or su,inc )

PLAXIS offers an advanced option for the input of clay layers in which the cohesion, c, (or
undrained shear strength, su ) increases with depth. In order to account for the increase
of the cohesion with depth the cinc -value may be used, which is the increase of cohesion
per unit of depth (expressed in the unit of stress per unit depth). At the level given by the
yref parameter, and above, the cohesion is equal to the (reference) cohesion, cref , as
entered in the Parameters tabsheet. Below, the cohesive strength is given by:
c(y ) = cref + (yref − y)cinc (y < yref ) (3.15a)
su (y) = su,ref + (yref − y )su,inc (y < yref ) (3.15b)
where y represents the vertical direction. Note that when using effective strength
properties (ϕ' > 0) it is generally not necessary to use an increase of cohesion with
depth, since the friction together with the initial effective stress will result in an increasing
shear strength with depth.
Tension cut-off
In some practical problems an area with tensile stresses may develop. According to the
Coulomb envelope shown in Figure 3.5 this is allowed when the shear stress (radius of
Mohr circle) is sufficiently small. However, the soil surface near a trench in clay
sometimes shows tensile cracks. This indicates that soil may also fail in tension instead
of in shear. Such behaviour can be included in a PLAXIS analysis by selecting the
tension cut-off. In this case Mohr circles with positive principal stresses are not allowed.
When selecting the tension cut-off the allowable tensile strength may be entered. For the
Mohr-Coulomb model the tension cut-off is, by default, selected with a tensile strength of
zero.

3.5 ON THE USE OF THE MOHR-COULOMB MODEL IN DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS
When using the Mohr-Coulomb model in dynamic calculations, the stiffness parameters
need to be selected such that the model correctly predicts wave velocities in the soil
(Equations (3.12) and (3.13)). This generally requires a much larger small strain stiffness
rather than a stiffness at engineering strain levels. When subjected to dynamic or cyclic
loading, the Mohr-Coulomb model may generate plastic strains if stress points reach the
Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion, which will lead to damping in dynamic calculations.
However, it should be noted that the stress cycles within the Mohr-Coulomb failure
contour will only generate elastic strains and no (hysteretic) damping, nor accumulation of
strains or pore pressure or liquefaction. In order to simulate the soil's damping
characteristics in cyclic loading, Rayleigh damping may be defined.

THE HOEK-BROWN MODEL (ROCK BEHAVIOUR)
4 THE HOEK-BROWN MODEL (ROCK BEHAVIOUR)
The material behaviour of rock differs from the behaviour of soils in the sense that it is
generally stiffer and stronger. The dependency of the stiffness on the stress level is
almost negligible, so stiffness of rocks can be considered constant. On the other hand,
the dependency of the (shear) strength on the stress level is significant. In this respect,
heavily jointed or weathered rock can be regarded a frictional material. A first approach is
to model the shear strength of rock by means of the Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion.
However, considering the large range of stress levels where rock may be subjected to, a
linear stress-dependency, as obtained from the Mohr-Coulomb model, is generally not
sufficient. Furthermore, rock may also show a significant tensile strength. The
Hoek-Brown failure criterion is a better non-linear approximation of the strength of rocks.
It involves shear strength as well as tensile strength in a continuous formulation. Together
with Hooke's law of isotropic linear elastic behaviour it forms the Hoek-Brown model for
rock behaviour. The 2002 edition of this model (Hoek, Carranza-Torres & Corkum, 2002)
has been implemented in PLAXIS to simulate the isotropic behaviour of rock-type
materials. The implementation of the model, including the material strength factorization,
is based on Benz, Schwab, Vermeer & Kauther (2007). More background information on
the Hoek-Brown model and the selection of model parameters can be found in Hoek
(2006). For anisotropic behaviour of stratified rock reference is made to Chapter 5.
4.1 FORMULATION OF THE HOEK-BROWN MODEL
The generalised Hoek-Brown failure criterion can be formulated as a non-linear

relationship between the major and minor effective principal stresses (considering tension
positive and compression negative):

−σ3 '
σ1 ' = σ3 ' −|σci | mb +s a (4.1)
σci
where mb is a reduced value of the intact rock parameter mi , which also depends on the
Geological Strength Index (GSI) and the Disturbance Factor (D):

GSI − 100
mb = mi exp (4.2)
28 − 14D
s and a are auxiliary material constants for the rock mass, that can be expressed as:

GSI − 100
s = exp (4.3)
9 − 3D

1 1 −GSI −20
a = + exp − exp (4.4)
2 6 15 3
σci is the uni-axial compressive strength of the intact rock material (defined as a positive
value). From this value, the uni-axial compressive strength of the specific rock under
consideration, σc , can be obtained by:
σc = −|σci |sa (4.5)

The tensile strength of the specific rock under consideration, σt , can be obtained by:
s|σci |
σt = (4.6)
mb
The Hoek-Brown failure criterion is illustrated in Figure 4.1.
'
Figure 4.1 Hoek-Brown failure criterion in principal stresses
In the framework of plasticity theory, the Hoek-Brown failure criterion is reformulated into
the following yield function:

fHB = σ '1 − σ '3 + f (σ '3 ) where f (σ '3 ) = |σci | mb −σ '3 + s a (4.7)
|σci |
For general three-dimensional stress states, more than one yield function is required to
deal with the corners of the yield contour, similar as for the full Mohr-Coulomb criterion.
Defining compression as negative and considering ordering of principal stresses such
that σ '1 ≤ σ '2 ≤ σ '3 , the full criterion can be captured by two yield functions:

fHB,13 = σ '1 − σ '3 + f (σ '3 ) where f (σ '3 ) = |σci | mb −σ '3 + s a (4.8a)
|σci |

fHB,12 = σ '1 − σ '2 + f (σ '2 ) where f (σ '2 ) = |σci | mb −σ '2 + s a (4.8b)
|σci |
The full Hoek-Brown failure contour (fi = 0) in principal stress space is illustrated in Figure
4.2.
In addition to the two yield functions, two corresponding plastic potential functions are
defined for the Hoek-Brown model:

1 + sin ψmob
gHB,13 = S1 − S3 (4.9a)
1 − sin ψmob

1 + sin ψmob
gHB,12 = S1 − S2 (4.9b)
1 − sin ψmob

p
Figure 4.2 The Hoek-Brown failure contour in principal stress space
where Si are the transformed stresses, defined as:

−σ1 s
Si = + 2 for i = 1, 2, 3 (4.10)
mb|σci | mb
ψmob is the mobilised dilatancy angle, varying with σ '3 from its input value at (σ '3 = 0)
down to zero at −σ '3 = σψ and beyond:
σψ + σ '3
ψmob = ψ≥0 0 ≥ −σ '3 ≥ σψ (4.11)
σψ
Moreover, in order to allow for plastic expansion in the tensile zone, an increased artificial
value of the mobilised dilatancy is used:
σ '3
ψmob = ψ + (90◦ − ψ) (σt ≥ σ '3 ≥ 0) (4.12)
σt
The evolution of the mobilised dilatancy angle as a function of σ '3 is visualized in Figure
4.3.
ψmob
90◦
σt 0 σψ −σ '3
Figure 4.3 Evolution of mobilised dilatancy angle
Regarding the elastic behaviour of the Hoek-Brown model, Hooke's law of isotropic linear
elastic behaviour, as described in Section 2.3, is adopted. This part of the model involves
Young's modulus, E , representing the in-situ stiffness of the jointed rock mass before
failure, and Poisson's ratio, ν , describing transverse straining.

4.2 CONVERSION OF HOEK-BROWN TO MOHR-COULOMB
In order to compare the Hoek-Brown failure criterion with the well-known Mohr-Coulomb
failure criterion for practical applications involving a particular stress range, a balanced fit
can be made for confining stresses in the range (considering tension positive and
compression negative):
−σt < σ '3 < −σ3,max
This gives the following expressions for the Mohr-Coulomb effective strength parameters
ϕ' and c ' (Carranza-Torres, 2004):
6a mb (s + mb σ '3n ) a−1
sin ϕ' = (4.13)
2(1 + a) (2 + a) + 6amb (s + mb σ '3n ) a−1
|σci |[(1 + 2a)s + (1 − a)mb σ '3n ] (s + mb σ '3n ) a−1
c' = s (4.14)
6amb (s + mb σ '3n ) a−1
(1 + a) (2 + a) 1 +
(1 + a) (2 + a)
where σ '3n = −σ '3max /|σci |. The upper limit of the confining stress, σ '3,max , depends on
the application.
4.3 PARAMETERS OF THE HOEK-BROWN MODEL
The Hoek-Brown model involves a total of 8 parameters, which are generally familiar to
geologists and mining engineers. These parameters with their standard units are listed
below:
Erm : The rock mass Young's modulus [kN/m2 ]
|σci | : Uni-axial compressive strength of the intact rock (>0) [kN/m2 ]
mi : Intact rock parameter [-]
GSI : Geological Strength Index [-]
D : Disturbance factor [-]
ψmax : Dilatancy angle (at σ '3 = 0) [◦ ]
σψ : Absolute value of confining pressure σ '3 at which [kN/m2 ]
◦
ψ=0
In the Parameters tabsheet the rock mass intrinsic parameters are also displayed:
mb : Rock mass parameter [-]
s : Rock mass parameter [-]
a : Rock mass parameter [-]
σt : Rock mass tensile strength [kN/m2 ]
σc : Rock mass uni-axial compressive strength [kN/m2 ]
The Hoek-Brown model is the most used failure criterion for rock masses, nevertheless
there are some uncertainties regarding the input parameters that require a consolidated

Hint: Note that it is common in rock mechanics to express E , σci and σψ in the unit
MPa (megaPascal = MN/m2 ), whereas the input values in PLAXIS are given
in standard units as defined in the project properties.
Figure 4.4 Parameter tabsheet for Hoek-Brown model
experience. For this reason, PLAXIS implements in the side panel of the Parameters
tabsheet of the Hoek-Brown model a pre-processing tool to guide the user in the
determination of the rock mass strength and stiffness parameters.
• Analysis: shows the Hoek-Brown failure envelope in the plane of principal effective
stresses σ '3 - σ '1 , in order to visualise the effects of changing of rock mass
parameters on the failure envelope.
• The second tabsheet is specific to determine the parameter |σci |, mi , GSI and D .
More details are given below.
The rock mass Young's modulus Erm

In principle, Young's modulus can be measured from axial compression tests or direct
shear tests on rock samples. However, this modulus is more applicable to the intact rock
material, and should be reduced to obtain a representative stiffness of the in-situ rock
mass. The rock mass Young's modulus Erm is assumed to be a constant value for the
considered rock layer. The rock mass stiffness Erm can be estimated through one of the
suggested empirical correlations.
Generalised Hoek & Diederichs (2006):

1 − D/2
Erm = Ei 0.02 + (4.15)
1 + e((60+15D−GSI)/11)

where Ei is the intact rock modulus, GSI is the Geological Strength Index and D is the
disturbance factor.
When no direct values of the intact rock modulus Ei are available or where undisturbed
sampling for measurement of Ei is difficult, it is possible to estimate the intact rock
modulus from the following relationship:
Ei = MRσci (4.16)
where MR is the Modulus Ratio originally proposed by (Deere, 1968) and reported in
Table 4.1 and σci is the uni-axial compressive strength .
Simplified Hoek & Diederichs (2006) that depends only on GSI and D :

1 − D/2
Erm (MPa) = 100000 (4.17)
1 + e((75+25D−GSI)/11)
Note that the input of Young's modulus in PLAXIS is generally in kN/m2
(= kPa = 10−3 MPa), which means that the value obtained from the above formula must
be multiplied by 103 .
Poisson's ratio ν
Poisson's ratio, ν , is generally in the range of 0.1 - 0.4. Typical values for particular rock
types are listed in Figure 4.5.
Uni-axial compressive strength of intact rock |σci |

The uni-axial strength of intact rock |σci | can be determined in laboratory testing, e.g. axial
compression. Laboratory testing is often conducted on intact rock so that GSI = 100 and
D = 0. In accordance with estimation methods generally executed in the field (i.e.
geological hammer, pocket knife), typical values are reported in the side panel of the
pre-processing tool.
Intact rock parameter mi

The intact rock parameter mi is an empirical model parameter. Typical values are given in
the side panel of the pre-processing tool which are based on the rock type as reported by
Marinos & Hoek (2001) and Wyllie & Mah (2004) (see also Table 6.2)
Geological Strength Index GSI

The GSI parameter can be computed thanks to the side panel of the pre-processing tool.
The GSI tabsheet allows to choose between two rock types: General and Flysch. An
intact rock is equivalent to GSI = 100, whereas a soil structure is in proximity to GSI = 0.
Based on the selected rock type, the GSI can be chosen taking the structure and the
surface conditions of the rock mass into account.
Disturbance factor D
The Disturbance factor, D, is a parameter that depends on the amount of disturbance of
the rock as a result of mechanical processes in open excavations, tunnels or mines, such
as blasting, tunnel boring, machine driven or manual excavation. No disturbance is

Table 4.1 Guidelines for the selection of modulus ratio (MR ) values (Hoek & Diederichs (2006))
Name Rock type Texture MR MR ±
Agglomerate Igneous Coarse 500 100
Amphibolites Metamorhpic Medium 450 50
Andesite Igneous Medium 400 100
Anhydrite Sedimentary Fine 350 0
Basalt Igneous Fine 350 100
Breccia Igneous Medium 500 0
Breccia Sedimentary Coarse 290 60
Chalk Sedimentary Very fine 1000 0
Claystones Sedimentary Very fine 250 50
Conglomerates Sedimentary Coarse 350 50
Crystalline Sedimentary Coarse 500 100
limestone
Dacite Igneous Fine 400 50
Diabase Igneous Fine 325 25
Diorite Igneous Medium 325 25
Dolerite Igneous Medium 350 50
Dolomites Sedimentary Very fine 425 75
Gabbro Igneous Coarse 450 50
Gneiss Metamorhpic Fine 525 225
Granite Igneous Coarse 425 125
Granodiorite Igneous Coarse, 425 25
Medium
Greywackes Sedimentary Fine 350 0
Gypsum Sedimentary Medium 350 0
Hornfels Metamorhpic Medium 550 150
Marble Metamorhpic Coarse 850 150
Marls Sedimentary Very fine 175 25
Metasandstone Metamorhpic Medium 250 50
Mictric limestones Sedimentary Fine 900 100
Migmatite Metamorhpic Coarse 375 25
Norite Igneous Coarse, 375 25
Medium
Peridotite Igneous Very fine 275 25
Phyllites Metamorhpic Fine 550 250
Porphyries Igneous Coarse, 400 0
Medium
Quartzites Metamorhpic Fine 375 75
Rhyolite Igneous Medium 400 100
Sandstones Sedimentary Medium 275 75
Schists Metamorhpic Medium 675 425
Shales Sedimentary Very fine 200 50
Siltstones Sedimentary Fine 375 25
Slates Metamorhpic Very fine 500 100
Sparitic limestones Sedimentary Medium 700 100
Tuff Igneous Fine 300 100
equivalent to D = 0, whereas severe disturbance is equivalent to D = 1. For more

information see Hoek (2006). Typical values are given in the side panel of the
pre-processing tool.
Dilatancy ψ and σψ
Rocks may show dilatant material behaviour when subjected to shear under relatively low
confining stress. At larger confining stress, dilatancy is suppressed. This behaviour is

Andesite
Basalt
Claystone
Conglomerate
Diabase
Diorite
Dolerite
Dolomite
Gneiss
Granite
Granodiorite
Greywacke
Limestone
Marble
Marl
Norite
Quartzite
Rock salt
Sandstone
Shale
Siltstone
Tuff
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
Poisson's ratio ν
Figure 4.5 Typical Poisson's ratio values
Hint: The disturbance factor D should only be applied to the actual zone of
damaged rock in order to avoid greatly underestimation of the strength and
overall stability. The thickness T of the blast damaged zone depends upon
the design of the blast (Section 6.1.3 of the Reference Manual).
modelled by means of a specified value of ψ for σ3 = 0, with a linear decrease down to

zero for σ '3 = σψ , where σψ is an additional input parameter (Figure 4.3).

Figure 4.6 Intact rock parameter mi for Hoek-Brown model

Figure 4.7 Geological Strength Index GSI for Hoek-Brown model

Figure 4.8 Disturbance factor D for Hoek-Brown model

4.4 ON THE USE OF THE HOEK-BROWN MODEL IN DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS
When using the Hoek-Brown model in dynamic calculations, the stiffness need to be
selected such that the model correctly predicts wave velocities in the soil (Equation
(3.13)). When subjected to dynamic or cyclic loading, the Hoek-Brown model may
generate plastic strains if stress points reach the Hoek-Brown failure criterion, which will
lead to damping in dynamic calculations. However, the stress cycles within the
Hoek-Brown failure contour will only generate elastic strains and no (hysteretic) damping,
nor accumulation of strains or pore pressure or liquefaction. In order to simulate the
rock's damping characteristics in cyclic loading, Rayleigh damping may be defined.

THE JOINTED ROCK MODEL (ANISOTROPY)
5 THE JOINTED ROCK MODEL (ANISOTROPY)
Materials may have different properties in different directions. As a result, they may
respond differently when subjected to particular conditions in one direction or another.
This aspect of material behaviour is called anisotropy. When modelling anisotropy,
distinction can be made between elastic anisotropy and plastic anisotropy. Elastic
anisotropy refers to the use of different elastic stiffness properties in different directions.
Plastic anisotropy may involve the use of different strength properties in different
directions, as considered in the Jointed Rock model. Another form of plastic anisotropy is
kinematic hardening. The latter is not considered in PLAXIS.
E1
E2
stratification
major joint
direction
Figure 5.1 Visualization of concept behind the Jointed Rock model
The Jointed Rock model is an anisotropic elastic perfectly-plastic model, especially

meant to simulate the behaviour of stratified and jointed rock layers. In this model it is
assumed that there is intact rock with an optional stratification direction and major joint
directions. The intact rock is considered to behave as a transversely anisotropic elastic
material, quantified by five parameters and a direction. The anisotropy may result from
stratification or from other phenomena. In the major joint directions it is assumed that
shear stresses are limited according to Coulomb's criterion. Upon reaching the maximum
shear stress in such a direction, plastic sliding will occur. A maximum of three sliding
directions ('planes') can be defined, of which the first plane is assumed to coincide with
the direction of elastic anisotropy. Each plane may have different shear strength
properties. In addition to plastic shearing, the tensile stresses perpendicular to the three
planes are limited according to a predefined tensile strength (tension cut-off).
The application of the Jointed Rock model is justified when families of joints or joint sets
are present. These joint sets have to be parallel, not filled with fault gouge, and their
spacing has to be small compared to the characteristic dimension of the structure.
Some basic characteristics of the Jointed Rock model are:
• Anisotropic elastic behaviour for intact rock Parameters E1 ,E2 ,ν1 ,ν2 ,G2
• Shear failure according to Coulomb in 3 directions, i Parameters ci , ϕi and ψi
• Limited tensile strength in three directions, i Parameters σt,i

5.1 ANISOTROPIC ELASTIC MATERIAL STIFFNESS MATRIX
The elastic material behaviour in the Jointed Rock model is described by an elastic
∗
material stiffness matrix, D . In contrast to Hooke's law, the D ∗ -matrix as used in the
Jointed Rock model is transversely anisotropic. Different stiffnesses can be used normal
to and in a predefined direction ('plane 1'). This direction may correspond to the
stratification direction or to any other direction with significantly different elastic stiffness
properties.
Consider, for example, a horizontal stratification, where the stiffness in z- direction, E2 , is
different from the stiffness in the rock as a continuum, E1 . In this case the 'plane 1'
direction is parallel to the x-yplane and the following constitutive relations exist (See:
Zienkiewicz & Taylor: The Finite Element Method, 4th Ed.):
σ̇xx ν1 σ̇yy ν2 σ̇zz

ε̇xx = − − (5.1a)
E1 E1 E2
ν1 σ̇xx σ̇yy ν2 σ̇zz
ε̇yy = − + − (5.1b)
E1 E1 E2
ν2 σ̇xx ν2 σ̇yy σ̇zz
ε̇zz = − − + (5.1c)
E2 E2 E2
2(1 + ν1 )
γ̇xy = σxy (5.1d)
E1
σ̇yz
γ̇yz = (5.1e)
G2
σ̇zx
γ̇zx = (5.1f)
G2
∗
The inverse of the anisotropic elastic material stiffness matrix, (D )−1 , follows from the
∗
above relations. This matrix is symmetric. The regular material stiffness matrix D can
only be obtained by numerical inversion.
In order for the D ∗ to remain positive definite, the following requirement has to be obeyed:
s
E2 1 − ν1
ν2 < (5.2)
E1 2
In general, the stratification plane will not be parallel to the global x -y plane, but the above
relations will generally hold for a local (n,s ,t ) coordinate system where the stratification
plane is parallel to the s -t -plane. The orientation of this plane is defined by the dip angle
(or shortly dip) and strike (see Section 5.3). As a consequence, the local material
stiffness matrix has to be transformed from the local to the global coordinate system.
Therefore we consider first a transformation of stresses and strains:
σ nst = R σ σ xyz σ xyz = R −1

σ
σ nst (5.3a)
εnst = R ε εxyz εxyz = R −1
ε
εnst (5.3b)

where
 
nx2 ny2 nz2 2nx ny 2ny nz 2nx nz
 
 2 2 2 
 sx sy sz 2sx sy 2sy sz 2sx sz 
 
 2 
 tx ty2 tz2 2tx ty 2ty tz 2tx tz 

Rσ =  (5.4)

 nx sx ny sy nz sz nx sy + ny sx ny sz + nz sy nz sx + nx sz 
 
 
 sx tx sy ty sz tz sx ty + sy tx sy tz + sz ty sx tz + sz tx 
 
nx tx ny ty nz tz nx ty + ny tx ny tz + nz ty nz tx + nx tz
and
 
nx2 ny2 nz2 nx ny ny nz nx nz
 
 
 sx2 sy 2
sz 2
sx sy sy sz sx sz 
 
 2 
 tx ty2 tz2 tx ty ty tz tx tz 

Rε =  (5.5)

 2nx sx 2ny sy 2nz sz nx sy + ny sx ny sz + nz sy nz sx + nx sz 
 
 
 2sx tx 2sy ty 2sz tz sx ty + sy tx sy tz + sz ty sx tz + sz tx 
 
2nx tx 2ny ty 2nz tz nx ty + ny tx ny tz + nz ty nz tx + nx tz
nx , ny , nz , sx , sy , sz , tx , ty and tz are the components of the normalised n, s and

t -vectors in global (x ,y ,z )-coordinates (i.e. 'sines' and 'cosines'; see Section 5.3). For
plane strain condition nz = sz = tx = ty = 0 and tz = 1.
It further holds that:
R Tε = R −1
σ
R Tσ = R −1
ε
(5.6)
A local stress-strain relationship in (n,s ,t )-coordinates can be transformed to a global

relationship in (x ,y ,z )-coordinates in the following way:

σ nst = D ∗nst εnst 



σ nst = R σ σ xyz ⇒ R σ σ xyz = D ∗nst R ε εxyz (5.7)




ε =R ε
nst ε xyz
Hence,
σ xyz = R −1
σ
D ∗nst R ε εxyz (5.8)
Using to above condition (Eq. 5.6):
σ xyz = R Tε D ∗nst R ε εxyz = D ∗xyz εxyz or D ∗xyz = R Tε D ∗nst R ε (5.9)

∗ −1
Actually, not the D *-matrix is given in local coordinates but the inverse matrix (D ).

εnst = D ∗nst
−1
σ nst 



−1 −1
σ nst = R σ σ xyz ⇒ εxyz = R −1 D ∗nst R σ σ xyz = R Tσ D ∗nst R σ σ xyz (5.10)


ε


εnst = R ε εxyz
Hence,
h i
−1 −1 −1
D ∗xyz = R Tσ D ∗nst Rσ or D ∗xyz = R Tσ D ∗nst R σ −1 (5.11)
∗ −1
Instead of inverting the (D nst ) -matrix in the first place, the transformation is considered
first, after which the total is numerically inverted to obtain the global material stiffness
∗
matrix D xyz .
5.2 PLASTIC BEHAVIOUR IN THREE DIRECTIONS
A maximum of 3 sliding directions (sliding planes) can be defined in the Jointed Rock
model. The first sliding plane corresponds to the direction of elastic anisotropy. In
addition, a maximum of two other sliding directions may be defined. However, the
formulation of plasticity on all planes is similar. On each plane a local Coulomb condition
applies to limit the shear stress, |τ |. Moreover, a tension cut-off criterion is used to limit
the tensile stress on a plane. Each plane, i, has its own strength parameters ci , ϕi , ψi
and σt,i .
In order to check the plasticity conditions for a plane with local (n, s , t )-coordinates it is
necessary to calculate the local stresses from the Cartesian stresses. The local stresses
involve three components, i.e. a normal stress component, σn , and two independent
shear stress components, τs and τt .
σ i = T Ti σ (5.12)
where

σ i = σn τs τt T (5.13a)

σ = σxx σyy σzz σxy σyz σzx T (5.13b)
T Ti = transformation matrix (3x6), for plane i
As usual in PLAXIS, tensile (normal) stresses are defined as positive whereas

compression is defined as negative.
Consider a plane strain situation as visualised in Figure 5.2. Here a sliding plane is
considered under an angle α1 (= dip) with respect to the x-axis. In this case the

y
s
n
α1 sliding plane
α1
x
Figure 5.2 Plane strain situation with a single sliding plane and vectors n, s
T
transformation matrix T becomes:
 
s2 c 2 0 −2sc 0 0
 
 
T T =  sc −sc 0 −s2 + c 2 0 0  (5.14)
 
0 0 0 0 −c −s
where
s = sin α1
c = cos α1
In the general three-dimensional case the transformation matrix is more complex, since it
involves both dip and strike (see Section 5.3):
 
nx2 ny2 nz2 2nx ny 2ny nz 2nz nx
 
 
T T =  nx sx ny sy nz sz nx sy + ny sx nz sy + ny sz nz sx + nx sz  (5.15)
 
nx tx ny ty nz tz ny tx + nx ty ny tz + nz ty nz tx + nx tz
T
Note that the general transformation matrix, T , for the calculation of local stresses
corresponds to rows 1, 4 and 6 of R σ (see Eq. 5.4).
After having determined the local stress components, the plasticity conditions can be
checked on the basis of yield functions. The yield functions for plane i are defined as:
fic =|τs |+ σn tan ϕi − ci (Coulomb) (5.16a)

fit = σn − σt,i (σt,i ≤ ci cotϕi ) (Tension cut-off) (5.16b)
Figure 5.3 visualizes the full yield criterion on a single plane.

|τ |
ci
ϕi
−σn
σt,i
Figure 5.3 Yield criterion for individual plane
The local plastic strains are defined by:
∂gjc
∆εpj = λj (5.17)
∂σ j
where gj is the local plastic potential function for plane j :

gjc = τj + σn tanψj − cj (Coulomb) (5.18a)
gjt = σn − σt,j (Tension cut-off) (5.18b)
The transformation matrix, T , is also used to transform the local plastic strain increments
p
of plane j , ∆εj , into global plastic strain increments, ∆εp :
∆εp = T j ∆εpj (5.19)
The consistency condition requires that at yielding the value of the yield function must
remain zero for all active yield functions. For all planes together, a maximum of 6 yield
functions exist, so up to 6 plastic multipliers must be found such that all yield functions
are at most zero and the plastic multipliers are non-negative.
np np
X ∂f c
T
∂gj X c
∂f c ∂gj T t
fic = fic(e) − < λcj > i TiT DTj − < λtj > i TiT DTj (5.20a)
j=1
∂σ ∂σ j=1
∂σ ∂σ
np T np T
X ∂fit
c
∂gj X ∂f t ∂gj t
fit = fit(e) − < λcj > TiT DTj − < λtj > i TiT DTj (5.20b)
j=1
∂σ ∂σ j=1
∂σ ∂σ
This means finding up to 6 values of λi ≥ 0 such that all fi ≤ 0 and λi fi = 0.

When the maximum of 3 planes are used, there are 26 = 64 possibilities of (combined)
yielding. In the calculation process, all these possibilities are taken into account in order
to provide an exact calculation of stresses.
5.3 PARAMETERS OF THE JOINTED ROCK MODEL
Most parameters of the Jointed Rock model coincide with those of the isotropic
Mohr-Coulomb model. These are the basic elastic parameters and the basic strength

parameters.
Elastic parameters as in Mohr-Coulomb model (see Section 3.3):

E1 : Young's modulus for rock as a continuum [kN/m2 ]
ν1 : Poisson's ratio for rock as a continuum [-]
Anisotropic elastic parameters 'Plane 1' direction (e.g. stratification direction):

E2 : Young's modulus perpendicular to 'Plane 1' direction [kN/m2 ]
G2 : Shear modulus perpendicular to 'Plane 1' direction [kN/m2 ]
ν2 : Poisson's
r ratio perpendicular to 'Plane 1' direction [-]

(ν2 < E2 1 − ν1 )
E1 2
Strength parameters in joint directions (Plane i=1, 2, 3):

ci : Cohesion [kN/m2 ]
ϕi : Friction angle [◦ ]
ψi : Dilatancy angle [◦ ]
σt,i : Tensile strength [kN/m2 ]
Definition of joint directions (Plane i=1, 2, 3):

n : Number of joint directions (1 ≤ n ≤ 3) [-]
α1,i : Dip (−180 ≤ α1,i ≤ 180) [◦ ]
α2,i : Strike (−180 ≤ α1,i ≤ 180) (α2,i = 90 in PLAXIS 2D) [◦ ]
Elastic parameters
The elastic parameters E1 and ν1 are the (constant) stiffness (Young's modulus) and
Poisson's ratio of the rock as a continuum according to Hooke's law, i.e. as if it would not
be anisotropic.
Elastic anisotropy in a rock formation may be introduced by stratification. The stiffness
perpendicular to the stratification direction is usually reduced compared with the general
stiffness. This reduced stiffness can be represented by the parameter E2 , together with a
second Poisson's ratio, ν2 . In general, the elastic stiffness normal to the direction of
elastic anisotropy is defined by the parameters E2 and ν2 . In order to avoid singularity of
the material stiffness matrix, the input of ν2 is limited by:
s
E2 1 − ν1
ν< (5.21)
E1 2
Elastic shearing in the stratification direction is also considered to be 'weaker' than elastic
shearing in other directions. In general, the shear stiffness in the anisotropic direction can
explicitly be defined by means of the elastic shear modulus G2 . In contrast to Hooke's
law of isotropic elasticity, G2 is a separate parameter and is not simply related to Young's

Figure 5.4 Parameters for the Jointed Rock model
modulus by means of Poisson's ratio (see Eq. 5.1d and e).

If the elastic behaviour of the rock is fully isotropic, then the parameters E2 and ν2 can be
simply set equal to E1 and ν1 respectively, whereas G2 should be set to ½E1 /(1 + ν1 ).
Strength parameters
Each sliding direction (plane) has its own strength properties ci , ϕi and σt,i and dilatancy
angle ψi . The strength properties ci and ϕi determine the allowable shear strength
according to Coulomb's criterion and σt determines the tensile strength according to the
tension cut-off criterion. The latter is displayed after pressing Advanced button. By
default, the tension cut-off is active and the tensile strength is set to zero. The dilatancy
angle, ψi , is used in the plastic potential function g , and determines the plastic volume
expansion due to shearing.
Definition of joint directions

It is assumed that the direction of elastic anisotropy corresponds with the first direction
where plastic shearing may occur ('plane 1'). This direction must always be specified. In
the case the rock formation is stratified without major joints, the number of sliding planes
(= sliding directions) is still 1, and strength parameters must be specified for this direction
anyway. A maximum of three sliding directions can be defined. These directions may
correspond to the most critical directions of joints in the rock formation.

The sliding directions are defined by means of two parameters: The Dip angle (α1 ) (or
shortly Dip) and the Strike (α2 ). The definition of both parameters is visualised in Figure
5.5.
Consider a sliding plane, as indicated in Figure 5.5. The sliding plane can be defined by
the vectors (s, t ), which are both normal to the vector n. The vector n is the 'normal' to the
sliding plane, whereas the vector s is the 'fall line' of the sliding plane (dip) and the vector
t is the 'horizontal line' of the sliding plane (strike). The sliding plane makes an angle α1
with respect to the horizontal plane, where the horizontal plane can be defined by the
vectors (s ∗ , t ), which are both normal to the vertical axis. The angle α1 is the dip, which is
defined as the positive 'downward' inclination angle between the horizontal plane and the
sliding plane. Hence, α1 is the angle between the vectors s ∗ and s , measured clockwise
from s ∗ to s when looking in the positive t -direction. The dip ought to be entered in the
range [0◦ , 90◦ ], but negative values as well as values larger than 90◦ can also be entered.
s∗
Figure 5.5 Definition of dip angle and strike
The orientation of the sliding plane is further defined by the strike, α2 , which is defined in
PLAXIS as the orientation of the vector t with respect to the x -direction. The strike is
defined as the positive angle from the x -direction, measured clockwise to the t -axis. The
dip direction is entered in the range [-180◦ , 180◦ ].
From the definitions as given above, it follows for PLAXIS 3D that:
   
nx − sin α1 sin α2
   
   
n =  ny  =  − sin α1 cos α2  (5.22a)
   
nz cos α1
   
sx − cos α1 sin α2
   
   
s =  sy  =  − cos α1 cos α2  (5.22b)
   
sz − sin α1

   
tx cos α2
   
   
t =  ty  =  − sin α2  (5.22c)
   
tz 0
whereas for PLAXIS 2D α2 is taken by definition as α2 = 90◦ , such that:

   
nx − sin α1
   
   
n =  ny  =  cos α1  (5.23a)
   
nz 0
   
sx − cos α1
   
   
s =  sy  =  − sin α1  (5.23b)
   
sz 0
   
t 0
 x  
   
t =  ty  =  0  (5.23c)
   
tz 1
Figure 5.6 shows some examples of how sliding planes occur in a 3D models for different
values of α1 and α2 . As it can be seen, for plane strain conditions (the cases considered
in PLAXIS 2D) only α1 is required. By default, α2 is fixed at 90◦ .

z
PLAXIS 3D α2 = 0◦
α1
α1 = 30◦
α2 = 0◦
x
z
α2 = 90◦
α1
α1 = 30◦
α2 = 90◦
PLAXIS 2D y
α1
α1 = 30◦
α2 = 90◦
Figure 5.6 Examples of failure directions defined by α1 and α2
5.4 ON THE USE OF THE JOINTED ROCK MODEL IN DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS
When using the Jointed Rock model in dynamic calculations, the stiffness need to be
selected such that the model correctly predicts wave velocities in the soil (Equation
(3.13)). When subjected to dynamic or cyclic loading, the Jointed Rock model may
generate plastic strains if stress points reach the Coulomb failure criterion, which will lead
to damping in dynamic calculations. However, it should be noted that stress cycles within
the Coulomb failure contour will only generate elastic strains and no (hysteretic) damping,
nor accumulation of strains or pore pressure or liquefaction. In order to simulate the
rock's damping characteristics in cyclic loading, Rayleigh damping may be defined.
Hint: A slightly modified version of the Jointed Rock model with generalised
Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion in addition to the individual failure directions is
available as user-defined soil model. Contact Plaxis for more information.

Hint: In a geological context, strike is defined as the angle from the North to the
strike of the dipping plane (positive towards East direction), whereas in
PLAXIS definition strike is defined from the global x − direction to the strike
of the dipping plane (with the same positive rotation direction). If we define
the angle from the North direction to the x − direction of the PLAXIS model
as declination, then strike in PLAXIS is the geological strike minus
declination.
» Moreover, there might be confusion between true strike and its opposite
direction (180◦ direction). Hence, care must be taken when translating strike
from geological data into PLAXIS input.

THE HARDENING SOIL MODEL (ISOTROPIC HARDENING)
6 THE HARDENING SOIL MODEL (ISOTROPIC HARDENING)
In contrast to an elastic perfectly-plastic model, the yield surface of a hardening plasticity

model is not fixed in principal stress space, but it can expand due to plastic straining.
Distinction can be made between two main types of hardening, namely shear hardening
and compression hardening. Shear hardening is used to model irreversible strains due to
primary deviatoric loading. Compression hardening is used to model irreversible plastic
strains due to primary compression in oedometer loading and isotropic loading. Both
types of hardening are contained in the present model.
The Hardening Soil model is an advanced model for simulating the behaviour of different
types of soil, both soft soils and stiff soils, Schanz (1998). When subjected to primary
deviatoric loading, soil shows a decreasing stiffness and simultaneously irreversible
plastic strains develop. In the special case of a drained triaxial test, the observed
relationship between the axial strain and the deviatoric stress can be well approximated
by a hyperbola. Such a relationship was first formulated by Kondner (1963) and later
used in the well-known hyperbolic model (Duncan & Chang, 1970). The Hardening Soil
model, however, supersedes the hyperbolic model by far: Firstly by using the theory of
plasticity rather than the theory of elasticity, secondly by including soil dilatancy and
thirdly by introducing a yield cap. Some basic characteristics of the model are:
• Stress dependent stiffness according to a power law Input parameter m
• Plastic straining due to primary deviatoric loading Input parameter E50
ref
• Plastic straining due to primary compression Input parameter Eoed

ref
• Elastic unloading / reloading Input parametersEur

ref
, νur
• Failure according to the Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion Parameters c , ϕ and ψ
A basic feature of the present Hardening Soil model is the stress dependency of soil
stiffness. For oedometer conditions of stress and strain, the model implies for example
the relationship Eoed = Eoed
ref
σ/pref m . In the special case of soft soils it is realistic to
use m = 1. In such situations there is also a simple relationship between the modified
compression index λ∗ , as used in models for soft soil and the oedometer loading
modulus (see also Section 10.8).
pref λ
ref
Eoed = λ∗ =
λ∗ (1 + e0 )
where pref is a reference pressure. Here we consider a tangent oedometer modulus at a

particular reference pressure pref . Hence, the primary loading stiffness relates to the
modified compression index λ∗ or to the standard Cam-Clay compression index λ.
Similarly, the unloading-reloading modulus relates to the modified swelling index κ∗ or to
the standard Cam-Clay swelling index κ. There is the approximate relationship:
2pref κ
ref
Eur ≈ κ∗ =
κ∗ (1 + e0 )
This relationship applies in combination with the input value m = 1.

6.1 HYPERBOLIC RELATIONSHIP FOR STANDARD DRAINED TRIAXIAL TEST
A basic idea for the formulation of the Hardening Soil model is the hyperbolic relationship
between the vertical strain, ε1 , and the deviatoric stress, q , in primary triaxial loading.
Here standard drained triaxial tests tend to yield curves that can be described by:
1 q
− ε1 = for: q < qf (6.1)
Ei 1 − q/qa
Where qa is the asymptotic value of the shear strength and Ei the initial stiffness. Ei is
related to E50 by:
2E50
Ei = (6.2)
2 − Rf
This relationship is plotted in Figure 6.1. The parameter E50 is the confining stress
dependent stiffness modulus for primary loading and is given by the equation:

ref c cos ϕ − σ '3 sin ϕ m
E50 = E50 (6.3)
c cos ϕ + pref sin ϕ
where E50 ref

is a reference stiffness modulus corresponding to the reference confining
pressure pref . In PLAXIS, a default setting pref = 100 stress units is used. The actual
stiffness depends on the minor principal stress, σ '3 , which is the confining pressure in a
triaxial test. Please note that σ '3 is negative for compression. The amount of stress
dependency is given by the power m. In order to simulate a logarithmic compression
behaviour, as observed for soft clays, the power should be taken equal to 1.0. Janbu
(1963) reports values of m around 0.5 for Norwegian sands and silts, whilst von Soos
(1990) reports various different values in the range 0.5 < m < 1.0.
The ultimate deviatoric stress, qf , and the quantity qa in Eq. (6.1) are defined as:
2 sin ϕ qf
qf = (c cot ϕ − σ '3 ) and: qa = (6.4)
1 − sin ϕ Rf
Again it is remarked that σ '3 is usually negative. The above relationship for qf is derived
from the Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion, which involves the strength parameters c and ϕ.
As soon as q = qf , the failure criterion is satisfied and perfectly plastic yielding occurs as
described by the Mohr-Coulomb model.
The ratio between qf and qa is given by the failure ratio Rf , which should obviously be
smaller than or equal to 1. In PLAXIS, Rf = 0.9 is chosen as a suitable default setting.
For unloading and reloading stress paths, another stress-dependent stiffness modulus is
used:

ref c cos ϕ − σ '3 sin ϕ m
Eur = Eur (6.5)
where Eur ref

is the reference Young's modulus for unloading and reloading, corresponding
to the reference pressure pref . In many practical cases it is appropriate to set Eur
ref
equal
to 3E50 ; this is the default setting used in PLAXIS.
ref

deviatoric stress
|σ1 − σ3 |
qa asymptote
failure line
qf
Ei E50
1 1
Eur
1
axial strain - ε1
Figure 6.1 Hyperbolic stress-strain relation in primary loading for a standard drained triaxial test
6.2 APPROXIMATION OF HYPERBOLA BY THE HARDENING SOIL MODEL
For the sake of convenience, restriction is made here to triaxial loading conditions with
σ '2 = σ '3 and σ '1 being the major compressive stress. In fact, for general states of stress,
q can be replaced by q e where:
3 + sinϕ
e = σ1 + (α − 1)σ2 ' − ασ3 '
q with α= (6.6)
3 − sinϕ
(refer Section 6.5 for more details). Moreover, it is assumed that q < qf , as also indicated
in Figure 6.1. It should also be realised that compressive stress and strain are considered
negative. For a more general presentation of the Hardening Soil model the reader is
referred to Schanz, Vermeer & Bonnier (1999). In this section it will be shown that this
model gives virtually the hyperbolic stress strain curve of Eq. (6.1) when considering
stress paths of standard drained triaxial tests. Let us first consider the corresponding
plastic strains. This stems from a shear hardening yield function of the form:
f = f − γp (6.7)
where f is a function of stress and γ p is a function of plastic strains:
2 q 2q
f = − γ p = −(2εp1 − εpν ) ≈ −2εp1 (6.8)
Ei 1 − q/qa Eur
with q , qa , Ei and Eur as defined by Eq. (6.1) to Eq. (6.5), whilst the superscript p is used
p
to denote plastic strains. For hard soils, plastic volume changes (εv ) tend to be relatively
p
small and this leads to the approximation γ p ≈ −2ε1 . The above definition of the
strain-hardening parameter γ p will be referred to later.
An essential feature of the above definitions for f is that it matches the well-known
hyperbolic law Eq. (6.1). For checking this statement, one has to consider primary
loading, as this implies the yield condition f = 0. For primary loading, it thus yields γ p = f
and it follows from Eq. (6.7) that:
1 1 q q
εp1 ≈ f = − (6.9)
2 Ei 1 − q/qa Eur

In addition to the plastic strains, the model accounts for elastic strains. Plastic strains
develop in primary loading alone, but elastic strains develop both in primary loading and
unloading / reloading. For drained triaxial test stress paths with σ '2 = σ '3 = constant, the
elastic Young's modulus Eur remains constant and the elastic strains are given by the
equations:
q q
− εe1 = − εe2 = −εe3 = −νur (6.10)
Eur Eur
where νur is the unloading / reloading Poisson's ratio. Here it should be realised that
restriction is made to strains that develop during deviatoric loading, whilst the strains that
develop during the very first stage of the test (isotropic compression with consolidation)
are not considered.
For the deviatoric loading stage of the triaxial test, the axial strain is the sum of an elastic
component given by Eq. (6.10) and a plastic component according to Eq. (6.9). Hence, it
follows that:
1 q
−ε1 = −εe1 − εp1 ≈ (6.11)
Ei 1 − q/qa
p
This relationship holds exactly in absence of plastic volume strains, i.e. when εv = 0.
In reality, plastic volumetric strains will never be precisely equal to zero, but for hard soils
plastic volume changes tend to be small when compared with the axial strain so that this
formulation yields a hyperbolic stress-strain curve under triaxial testing conditions.
For a given constant value of the hardening parameter, γ p , the yield condition f = 0, can
be visualised in p' - q -plane by means of a yield locus. Hence, γ p is associated with
mobilised friction. When plotting such yield loci, one has to use Eq. (6.8) as well as Eqs.
(6.3) and (6.5) for E50 and Eur respectively. Because of the latter expressions, the shape
of the yield loci depends on the exponent m. For m = 1, straight lines are obtained, but
slightly curved yield loci correspond to lower values of the exponent. Figure 6.2 shows
the shape of yield loci for increasing values of γ p considering m = 0.5, being typical for
hard soils. Hence, γ p can be regarded as the plastic shear strain related to the mobilised
shear resistance.
Hint: Note that there is approximately a factor 2 difference between the plastic
p p
shear strain parameter γ p and the deviatoric plastic strain εq (γ p ≈ 2εq )

Deviatoric stress
|σ1 − σ3 |
Mohr-Coulomb failure line
Mean effective stress
Figure 6.2 Successive yield loci for various constant values of the hardening parameter γ p
6.3 PLASTIC VOLUMETRIC STRAIN FOR TRIAXIAL STATES OF STRESS
Having presented a relationship for the plastic shear strain, γ p , attention is now focused
p
on the plastic volumetric strain, εv . As for all plasticity models, the Hardening Soil model
p
involves a relationship between rates of plastic strain, i.e. a relationship between ε̇v and
γ̇ . This shear hardening flow rule has the linear form:
p
ε̇pv = sin ψm γ̇ p (6.12)
Clearly, further detail is needed by specifying the mobilised dilatancy angle ψm . For the
present model, the following is considered (see also Figure 6.3):
For sin ϕm < 3/4 sin ϕ : ψm = 0

sin ϕm − sin ϕcv
For sin ϕm ≥ 3/4 sin ϕ and ψ > 0 sin ψm = max ,0 (6.13)
1 − sin ϕm sin ϕcv
For sin ϕm ≥ 3/4 sin ϕ and ψ ≤ 0 ψm = ψ
If ϕ = 0 ψm = 0
where ϕcν is the critical state friction angle, being a material constant independent of
density, and ϕm is the mobilised friction angle:
σ '1 − σ '3
sin ϕm = (6.14)
σ '1 + σ '3 − 2c cot ϕ
The above equations are a small adaptation from the well-known stress-dilatancy theory
by Rowe (1962), as explained by Schanz & Vermeer (1996). The mobilised dilatancy
angle, ψm , follows Rowe's theory for larger values of the mobilised friction angle, as long
as this results in a positive value of ψm . For small mobilised friction angles and for
negative values of ψm , as computed by Rowe's formula (as long as the dilatancy angle ψ

ψm
ϕm
Figure 6.3 Plot of mobilized dilatancy angle ψm and mobilized friction angle ϕm for Hardening Soil
model
is positive), ψm is taken zero. Furthermore, in all cases when ϕ = 0, ψm is set equal to

zero.
The essential property of the stress-dilatancy theory is that the material contracts for
small stress ratios ϕm < ϕcν , whilst dilatancy occurs for high stress ratios ϕm > ϕcν . At
failure, when the mobilised friction angle equals the failure angle, ϕ, it is found from Eq.
(6.13) that:
sin ϕ − sin ϕcv

sin ψ = (6.15a)
1 − sin ϕ sin ϕcv
or equivalently:
sin ϕ − sin ψ
sin ϕcv = (6.15b)
1 − sin ϕ sin ψ
Hence, the critical state angle can be computed from the failure angles ϕ and ψ . PLAXIS
performs this computation automatically and therefore users do not need to specify a
value for ϕcν . Instead, one has to provide input data on the peak friction angle, ϕ, and
the peak dilatancy angle, ψ .
The shear hardening process will continue with the mobilization of the shear strength,
until the maximum shear strength according to the Mohr-Coulomb model failure criterion
is reached.
6.4 PARAMETERS OF THE HARDENING SOIL MODEL
Some parameters of the present hardening model coincide with those of the
non-hardening Mohr-Coulomb model. These are the failure parameters c , ϕ and ψ .

Figure 6.4 Parameters for the Hardening Soil model
Failure parameters as in Mohr-Coulomb model (see Section 3.3):

c : (Effective) cohesion [kN/m2 ]
ϕ : (Effective) angle of internal friction [◦ ]
ψ : Angle of dilatancy [◦ ]
Basic parameters for soil stiffness:

ref
E50 : Secant stiffness in standard drained triaxial test [kN/m2 ]
ref
Eoed : Tangent stiffness for primary oedometer loading [kN/m2 ]
ref
Eur : Unloading / reloading stiffness (default Eur
ref
= 3E50
ref
) [kN/m2 ]
m : Power for stress-level dependency of stiffness [-]
Advanced parameters (it is advised to use the default setting):

νur : Poisson's ratio for unloading-reloading (default νur = [-]
0.2)
pref : Reference stress for stiffnesses (default pref = 100 [kN/m2 ]
kN/m2 )
K0nc : K0 -value for normal consolidation (default K0nc = [-]
1 − sin ϕ)
Rf : Failure ratio qf / qa (default Rf = 0.9) (see Figure 6.1) [-]
σtension : Tensile strength (default σtension = 0 stress units) [kN/m2 ]

cinc : As in Mohr-Coulomb model (default cinc = 0) [kN/m3 ]

Instead of entering the basic parameters for soil stiffness, alternative parameters can be
entered. These parameters are listed below:
Cc : Compression index [-]
Cs : Swelling index or reloading index [-]
einit : Initial void ratio [-]
ref ref ref

Stiffness moduli E50 , Eoed & Eur and power m
The advantage of the Hardening Soil model over the Mohr-Coulomb model is not only the
use of a hyperbolic stress-strain curve instead of a bi-linear curve, but also the control of
stress level dependency. When using the Mohr-Coulomb model, the user has to select a
fixed value of Young's modulus whereas for real soils this stiffness depends on the stress
level. It is therefore necessary to estimate the stress levels within the soil and use these
to obtain suitable values of stiffness. With the Hardening Soil model, however, this
cumbersome selection of input parameters is not required.
Instead, a stiffness modulus E50ref
is defined for a reference minor principal effective stress
of −σ '3 = p . This is the secant stiffness at 50 % of the maximum deviatoric stress, at a
ref
cell pressure equal to the reference stress pref (Figure 6.5). As a default value, the
program uses pref = 100 kN/m2 .
|σ1 − σ3 | ref
Eur σ '3 = −pref
1
ref
E50
strain (ε1 )
ref ref
Figure 6.5 Definition of E50 and Eur for drained triaxial test results
As some PLAXIS users are familiar with the input of shear moduli rather than the above
stiffness moduli, shear moduli will now be discussed. Within Hooke's law of isotropic
elasticity conversion between E and G goes by the equation E = 2 (1 + ν ) G. As Eur is a
real elastic stiffness, one may thus write Eur = 2 (1 + ν ) Gur , where Gur is an elastic
shear modulus. Please note that PLAXIS allows for the input of Eur and νur but not for a
direct input of Gur . In contrast to Eur , the secant modulus E50 is not used within a

concept of elasticity. As a consequence, there is no simple conversion from E50 to G50 .

In contrast to elasticity based models, the elastoplastic Hardening Soil model does not
involve a fixed relationship between the (drained) triaxial stiffness E50 and the oedometer
stiffness Eoed for one-dimensional compression. Instead, these stiffnesses can be
inputted independently. Having defined E50 by Eq. (6.3), it is now important to define the
oedometer stiffness. Here we use the equation:
 σ '3 
c cos ϕ − sin ϕ

ref  K0nc m
Eoed = Eoed  (6.16)
 c cos ϕ + p ref
sin ϕ 
where Eoed is a tangent stiffness modulus obtained from an oedometer test, as indicated
in Figure 6.6.
Hence, E ref is a tangent stiffness at a vertical stress of −σ ' = −σ '3 = pref . Note that we
oed 1
K0nc
basically use σ '1 rather than σ '3 and that we consider primary loading.
When undrained behaviour is considered in the Hardening Soil model the Drainage type
should preferably be set to Undrained (A). Alternatively, Undrained (B) can be used in
case the effective strength properties are not known or the undrained shear strength is
not properly captured using Undrained (A). However, it should be noted that the material
loses its stress-dependency of stiffness in that case. Undrained (C) is not possible since
the model is essentially formulated as an effective stress model.
Alternative stiffness parameters

When soft soils are considered, the stiffness parameters can be calculated from the
compression index, swelling index and the initial void ratio† . The relationship between
these parameters and the compression index, Cc , is given by:
2.3(1 + einit )pref

Cc = ref
(6.17)
Eoed
- σ1
ref
Eoed
1
pref
- ε1
ref
Figure 6.6 Definition of Eoed in oedometer test results
†In the PLAXIS material database, these alternative parameters depend on the initial void ratio. In reality, these
parameters depend on the actual void ratio, which is not a constant.

The relationship between the Eur

ref
and the swelling index, Cs , is given by:
2.3(1 + einit ) (1 + νur ) (1 − 2νur )pref

Cs ≈ ref
(6.18)
(1 − νur )Eur K0
Hint: During unloading the K0 -value will increase, where values above 1.0 may be
observed for significant unloading. By default, PLAXIS assumes that on
average the horizontal stress is equal to the vertical stress (K0 =1).
Regardless the previous value of E50 , a new value will be automatically assigned
according to:
ref ref
E50 = 1.25Eoed (6.19)
Although for Soft soils, E50

ref
could be as high as 2Eoed
ref
, this high value could lead to a
limitation in the modeling; therefore a lower value is used. Changing the value of Cs will
change the stiffness parameter Eur .
Note that the value of the power for stress-level dependency of stiffness (m) is
automatically set to 1.
Advanced parameters
Realistic values of νur are about 0.2 and this value is thus used as a default setting, as
indicated in Figure 6.4. Note that in the Hardening Soil model, νur is a pure elastic
parameter.
In contrast to the Mohr-Coulomb model, K0nc is not simply a function of Poisson's ratio,
but an independent input parameter. As a default setting PLAXIS uses the correlation
K0nc = 1 − sin ϕ. It is suggested to maintain this value as the correlation is quite realistic.
However, users do have the possibility to select different values. Not all possible input
values for K0nc can be accommodated for. Depending on other parameters, such as E50 ref
,
Eoed , Eur and νur , there happens to be a certain range of valid K0 -values. K0 values
ref ref nc nc
outside this range are rejected by PLAXIS. On inputting values, the program shows the
nearest possible value that will be used in the computations.
Dilatancy cut-off
After extensive shearing, dilating materials arrive in a state of critical density where
dilatancy has come to an end, as indicated in Figure 6.7. This phenomenon of soil
behaviour can be included in the Hardening Soil model by means of a dilatancy cut-off. In
order to specify this behaviour, the initial void ratio, einit , and the maximum void ratio,
emax , of the material must be entered as general parameters. As soon as the volume
change results in a state of maximum void, the mobilised dilatancy angle, ψm , is

automatically set back to zero, as indicated in Figure 6.7.

for e < emax : sin ψm =
sin ϕ − sin ψ
where: sin ϕcν = (6.20a)
1 − sin ϕ sin ψ
for e ≥ emax : ψm = 0 (6.20b)
The void ratio is related to the volumetric strain, εν by the relationship:

1+e
− εv − εinit
v = ln (6.21)
1 − einit
where an increment of εν is positive for dilatancy.
dilatancy cut - off OFF

εv
dilatancy cut - off ON
1 sin ψ maximum porosity reached
2 sin ψ
ε1
Figure 6.7 Resulting strain curve for a standard drained triaxial test when including dilatancy cut-off
The initial void ratio, einit , is the in-situ void ratio of the soil body. The maximum void ratio
is the void ratio of the material in a state of critical void (critical state). As soon as the
maximum void ratio is reached, the dilatancy angle is set to zero. The minimum void
ratio, emin , of a soil can also be input, but this general soil parameter is not used within
the context of the Hardening Soil model.
Please note that the selection of the dilatancy cut-off and the input of void ratios are done
in the General tabsheet (Figure 6.8) of the Soil window and not in the Parameters
tabsheet. The selection of the Dilatancy cut-off is only available when the Hardening Soil
model or the Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness has been selected. By
default, the Dilatancy cut-off is not active. Note that the dilatancy cut-off does not help in
limiting the shear strength when using the Undrained (A) drainage type with a positive
dilatancy angle. This is because the void ratio remains constant for undrained materials.
Therefore, it is strongly recommended to set ψ = 0 for undrained material behaviour
(Undrained A).

Figure 6.8 General tabsheet
6.5 ON THE CAP YIELD SURFACE IN THE HARDENING SOIL MODEL
Shear hardening yield surfaces as indicated in Figure 6.2 do not explain the plastic
volume strain that is measured in isotropic compression which is mostly observed in
softer types of soil. A second type of yield surface must therefore be introduced to close
the elastic region for compressive (compaction hardening) stress paths. Without such a
cap type yield surface it would not be possible to formulate a model with independent
input of both E50ref
and Eoed
ref
. The triaxial modulus largely controls the shear yield surface
and the oedometer modulus controls the cap yield surface. In fact, E50 ref
largely controls
the magnitude of the plastic strains that are associated with the shear yield surface.
Similarly, Eoed
ref
is used to control the magnitude of plastic strains that originate from the
yield cap. In this section the yield cap will be described in detail. To this end we consider
the definition of the cap yield surface:
e2
q
fc = + (p')2 − pp2 (6.22)
M2
where M is an auxiliary model parameter that relates to K0nc as will be discussed later.
Further more we have p' = (σ '1 + σ '2 + σ '3 )/3 and qe = σ '1 + (α − 1)σ '2 − ασ '3 with
α = (3 + sin ϕ)/(3 − sin ϕ). q e is a special stress measure for deviatoric stresses. In the
special case of triaxial compression (−σ '1 > −σ '2 = −σ '3 ) it yields qe = −(σ '1 − σ '3 ) and
for triaxial extension (−σ '1 = −σ '2 > −σ '3 ) q reduces to q = −α(σ '1 − σ '3 ). The
e e
magnitude of the yield cap is determined by the isotropic pre-consolidation stress pp . In a
(p', q
e) plane, the yield cap (fc = 0) is a part of an ellipse with its centre point in the origin
pc
(Figure 6.9). The hardening law relating p˙p to volumetric cap strain ε̇v is:

Ks /Kc − 1 pp + c cot ϕ
ε̇pc
v =
−m
p˙p (6.23)
Ksref pref + c cot ϕ

in which Ksref is the reference bulk modulus in unloading / reloading:

ref
Eur
Ksref = (6.24)
3(1 − 2νur )
and Ks /Kc is the ratio of bulk moduli in isotropic swelling and primary isotropic
compression.
The volumetric cap strain is the plastic volumetric strain in isotropic compression. In
addition to the well known constants m and pref there is another model constant Ks /Kc .
Both M (Eq. (6.22)) and Ks /Kc (Eq. (6.23)) are cap parameters, but these are not used
as direct input parameters. Instead, there is a relationship of the form:
M ↔ K0nc (default : K0nc = 1 − sin ϕ)
and the ratio Ks /Kc can be approximated as:

ref
Eur K0nc
Ks /Kc ≈
ref 1 + 2K nc (1 − 2ν )
Eoed 0 ur
such that K0nc , Eur

ref
and Eoed
ref
can be used as input parameters that determine the
magnitude of M and Ks /Kc respectively.
The ellipse on which the yield cap is located has length pp on the p-axis and Mpp on the
e-axis. Hence, pp determines its magnitude and M its aspect ratio. High values of M lead
q
to steep caps underneath the Mohr-Coulomb line and correspondingly small K0nc -values,
whereas small M -values define caps that are much more pointed around the p-axis
leading to large K0nc -values. The ellipse is used both as a yield surface and as a plastic
potential (associated plasticity). Input data on initial pp -values is provided by means of
the PLAXIS procedure for initial stresses. Here, pp is either computed from the input
over-consolidation ratio (OCR) or the pre-overburden pressure (POP) (see Section 2.9).
e
q
Mpp
elastic region
pp p
c cot ϕ
Figure 6.9 Yield surfaces of Hardening Soil model in p - q
e-plane. The elastic region can be further
reduced by means of a tension cut-off
For understanding the yield surfaces in full detail, one should consider both Figure 6.9
and Figure 6.10. The first figure shows simple yield lines, whereas the second one
depicts yield surfaces in principal stress space. Both the shear locus and the yield cap
have the hexagonal shape of the classical Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion. In fact, the

−σ 1
−σ 3
−σ 2
Figure 6.10 Representation of total yield contour of the Hardening Soil model in principal stress
space for cohesionless soil
shear yield locus can expand up to the ultimate Mohr-Coulomb failure surface. The cap
yield surface expands as a function of the pre-consolidation stress pp .
6.6 STATE PARAMETERS IN THE HARDENING SOIL MODEL
In addition to the output of standard stress and strain quantities, the Hardening Soil
model provides output (when being used) on state variables such as the hardening
parameter γ p and the isotropic pre-consolidation stress pp . These parameters can be
visualised by selecting the State parameters option from the stresses menu. An overview
of available state parameters is given below:
peq : Equivalent isotropic stress [kN/m2 ]
s
e2
q
peq = + (p') 2
M2
pp : Isotropic preconsolidation stress [kN/m2 ]
OCR : Isotropic over-consolidation ratio (OCR = pp /peq ) [-]
γ p
: Hardening parameter (equivalent mobilised plastic [-]
shear strain)
Eur : Current stress-dependent elastic Young's modulus [-]
c : Current depth-dependent cohesion [-]
6.7 ON THE USE OF THE HARDENING SOIL MODEL IN DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS
When using the Hardening Soil model in dynamic calculations, the elastic stiffness
parameter Eur ref
needs to be selected such that the model correctly predicts wave
velocities in the soil. This generally requires an even larger small strain stiffness rather

than just an unloading-reloading stiffness to be entered for Eurref

. When subjected to
dynamic or cyclic loading, the Hardening Soil model will generate plastic strains when
mobilizing the soil's material strength (shear hardening) or increasing the soil's
preconsolidation stress (compaction hardening). However, it should be noted that stress
cycles within the current hardening contours will only generate elastic strains and no
(hysteretic) damping, nor accumulation of strains or pore pressure nor liquefaction. In
order to simulate the soil's damping characteristics in cyclic loading, Rayleigh damping
may be defined. Note that some of the limitations of the Hardening Soil model in dynamic
applications can be overcome by using the HS small model (Chapter 7).

7 THE HARDENING SOIL MODEL WITH SMALL-STRAIN STIFFNESS (HSSMALL)
The original Hardening Soil model assumes elastic material behaviour during unloading
and reloading. However, the strain range in which soils can be considered truly elastic,
i.e. where they recover from applied straining almost completely, is very small. With
increasing strain amplitude, soil stiffness decays nonlinearly. Plotting soil stiffness
against log(strain) yields characteristic S-shaped stiffness reduction curves. Figure 7.1
gives an example of such a stiffness reduction curve. It outlines also the characteristic
shear strains that can be measured near geotechnical structures and the applicable strain
ranges of laboratory tests. It turns out that at the minimum strain which can be reliably
measured in classical laboratory tests, i.e. triaxial tests and oedometer tests without
special instrumentation, soil stiffness is often decreased to less than half its initial value.
1 Retaining walls
Shear modulus G/G0 [-]
Foundations
Tunnels
Very
small
Conventional soil testing
strains Small strains
Larger strains
0 Shear strain gS [-]
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1
1e 1e 1e 1e 1e 1e
Dynamic methods
Local gauges
Figure 7.1 Characteristic stiffness-strain behaviour of soil with typical strain ranges for laboratory
tests and structures (after Atkinson & Sallfors (1991))
The soil stiffness that should be used in the analysis of geotechnical structures is not the
one that relates to the strain range at the end of construction according to Figure 7.1.
Instead, very small-strain soil stiffness and its non-linear dependency on strain amplitude
should be properly taken into account. In addition to all features of the Hardening Soil
model, the Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness offers the possibility to do so.
The Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness implemented in PLAXIS is based on
the Hardening Soil model and uses almost entirely the same parameters (see Section
6.4). In fact, only two additional parameters are needed to describe the variation of
stiffness with strain:
• the initial or very small-strain shear modulus G0
• the shear strain level γ0.7 at which the secant shear modulus Gs is reduced to about
70% of G0

THE HARDENING SOIL MODEL WITH SMALL-STRAIN STIFFNESS (HSSMALL)
7.1 DESCRIBING SMALL-STRAIN STIFFNESS WITH A SIMPLE HYPERBOLIC LAW
In soil dynamics, small-strain stiffness has been a well known phenomenon for a long
time. In static analysis, the findings from soil dynamics have long been considered not to
be applicable.
Seeming differences between static and dynamic soil stiffness have been attributed to the
nature of loading (e.g. inertia forces and strain rate effects) rather than to the magnitude
of applied strain which is generally small in dynamic conditions (earthquakes excluded).
As inertia forces and strain rate have only little influence on the initial soil stiffness,
dynamic soil stiffness and small-strain stiffness can in fact be considered as synonyms.
Probably the most frequently used model in soil dynamics is the Hardin-Drnevich
relationship. From test data, sufficient agreement is found that the stress-strain curve for
small strains can be adequately described by a simple hyperbolic law. The following
analogy to the hyperbolic law for larger strains by Kondner (1963) (see previous Section)
was proposed by Hardin & Drnevich (1972):
Gs 1
= (7.1)
G0 γ
1 +
γr
where the threshold shear strain γr is quantified as:
τmax
γr = (7.2)
G0
with τmax being the shear stress at failure. Essentially, Eqs. (7.1) and (7.2) relate large
(failure) strains to small-strain properties which often work well.
More straightforward and less prone to error is the use of a smaller threshold shear
strain. Santos & Correia (2001), for example suggest to use the shear strain γr = γ0.7 at
which the secant shear modulus Gs is reduced to about 70 % of its initial value. Eq. (7.1)
can then be rewritten as:
Gs 1
= where a = 0.385 (7.3)
G0 γ
1 + a
γ0.7
In fact, using a = 0.385 and γ = γ0.7 gives Gs /G0 = 0.722. Hence, the formulation
"about 70%" should be interpreted more accurately as 72.2%.
Figure 7.2 shows the fit of the modified Hardin-Drnevich relationship (Eq. 7.3) to
normalised test data.

1.0
0.6 0.8
0.4
0.2
0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000
Figure 7.2 Results from the Hardin-Drnevich relationship compared to test data by Santos & Correia
(2001)
7.2 APPLYING THE HARDIN-DRNEVICH RELATIONSHIP IN THE HS MODEL
The decay of soil stiffness from small strains to larger strains can be associated with loss
of intermolecular and surface forces within the soil skeleton. Once the direction of loading
is reversed, the stiffness regains a maximum recoverable value which is in the order of
the initial soil stiffness. Then, while loading in the reversed direction is continued, the
stiffness decreases again. A strain history dependent, multi-axial extension of the
Hardin-Drnevich relationship is therefore needed in order to apply it in the Hardening Soil
model. Such an extension has been proposed by Benz (2006) in the form of the
small-strain overlay model. Benz derives a scalar valued shear strain γhist by the
following projection:

√ H∆e
γhist = 3 (7.4)
k∆ek
where ∆e is the actual deviatoric strain increment and H is a symmetric tensor that
represents the deviatoric strain history of the material. Whenever a strain reversal is
detected the tensor H is partially or fully reset before the actual strain increment ∆e is
added. As the criterion for strain reversals serves a criterion similar as in Simpson's brick
model (1992): All three principal deviatoric strain directions are checked for strain
reversals separately which resembles three independent brick models. When there is no
principal strain rotation, the criterion reduces to two independent brick-models. For
further details on the strain tensor H and its transformation at changes in the load path it
is referred to Benz (2006).
The scalar valued shear strain γ = γhist calculated in Eq. (7.4) is applied subsequently
used in Eq. (7.3). Note that in both, Eqs. (7.3) and (7.4), the scalar valued shear strain is
defined as:
3
γ= εq (7.5)
2
where εq is the second deviatoric strain invariant. In triaxial conditions γ can therefore be
expressed as:
γ = εaxial − εlateral (7.6)

Within the HS small model, the stress-strain relationship can be simply formulated from
the secant shear modulus (Eq. 7.3) as:
G0 γ
τ = Gs γ = γ (7.7)
1 + 0.385
γ0.7
Taking the derivative with respect to the shear strain gives the tangent shear modulus:
G0
Gt = (7.8)
γ 2
1 + 0.385
γ0.7
This stiffness reduction curve reaches far into the plastic material domain. In the
Hardening Soil model and HS small model, stiffness degradation due to plastic straining
is simulated with strain hardening. In the HS small model, the small-strain stiffness
reduction curve is therefore bound by a certain lower limit, determined by conventional
laboratory tests:
• The lower cut-off of the tangent shear modulus Gt is introduced at the unloading
reloading stiffness Gur which is defined by the material parameters Eur and νur :
Eur Et
Gt ≥ Gur where Gur = and Gt = (7.9)
2(1 + νur ) 2(1 + νur )
• The cut-off shear strain γcut−off can be calculated as:
s !
1 G0
γcut−off = − 1 γ0.7 (7.10)
0.385 Gur
Within the HS small model, the quasi-elastic tangent shear modulus is calculated by
integrating the secant stiffness modulus reduction curve over the actual shear strain
increment. An example of a stiffness reduction curve used in the HS small model is
shown in Figure 7.3.
250000
0.722 G0
200000
Shear modulus
150000
100000
50000
Gur
γ0.7
Gt Gs
0
0.00001 0.0001 0.001 0.01
Shear strain
Figure 7.3 Secant and tangent shear modulus reduction curve

Moreover, the tangent shear modulus Gt and corresponding Young's modulus Et

(considering a constant Poisson's ratio νur ), is stress-dependent, and follows the same
power law as formulated in Equation (6.5). For primary loading situations, the model uses
the same hardening plasticity formulations as the Hardening Soil model, where Eur is
replaced by Et as described above.
7.3 VIRGIN (INITIAL) LOADING VS. UNLOADING/RELOADING
Masing (1926) described the hysteretic behaviour of materials in unloading / reloading

cycles in the form of the following rules:
• The shear modulus in unloading is equal to the initial tangent modulus for the initial
loading curve.
• The shape of the unloading and reloading curves is equal to the initial loading curve,
but twice its size. In terms of the above introduced threshold shear strain γ0.7 ,
Masing's rule can be fulfilled by the following setting in the Hardin-Drnevich relation:
γ0.7re−loading = 2 γ0.7virgin−loading (7.11)
The HS small model adopts Masing's rule. According to it, the threshold shear strain and
the reloading curve are obtained by scaling the backbone curve (virgin loading) by a
factor of 2. However, in the HS small model, the hardening plasticity accounts for more
rapidly decaying small-strain stiffness during virgin loading. Figure 7.4 and Figure 7.5
illustrate Masing's rule and the secant stiffness reduction in virgin loading and unloading /
reloading.
q [kN/m]
100
50
ε1 [-]
-5·10-4 -3·10-4 0 3·10-4 5·10-4
-50
-100
Figure 7.4 Hysteretic material behaviour

4·105
reloading
Esec [kN/m2 ]
primary loading
2·105
plastic stiffness reduction

during primary loading
0
1·10-5 1·10-4 1·10-3
ε1 [-]
Figure 7.5 Stiffness reduction in initial- or primary loading and in unloading / reloading
7.4 MODEL PARAMETERS
Compared to the standard Hardening Soil model, the Hardening Soil model with
small-strain stiffness requires two additional stiffness parameters as input: G0ref and γ0.7 .
All other parameters, including the alternative stiffness parameters, remain the same as
in the standard Hardening Soil model. G0ref defines the shear modulus at very small
strains e.g. ε < 10−6 at a reference minor principal stress of −σ '3 = pref .
Poisson's ratio νur is assumed a constant, as everywhere in PLAXIS, so that the shear
modulus G0ref can also be calculated from the very small strain Young's modulus as
G0ref = E0ref /(2(1 + νur )). The threshold shear strain γ0.7 is the shear strain at which the
secant shear modulus Gsref is decayed to 0.722G0ref . The threshold shear strain γ0.7 is to
be supplied for virgin loading. In summary, the input stiffness parameters of the
Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness are listed below:
m : Power for stress-level dependency of stiffness [-]
ref
E50 : Secant stiffness in standard drained triaxial test [kN/m2 ]
ref
Eoed : Tangent stiffness for primary oedometer loading [kN/m2 ]
ref
Eur : unloading / reloading stiffness from drained triaxial test [kN/m2 ]
νur : Poisson's ratio for unloading-reloading [-]
G0ref : reference shear modulus at very small strains [kN/m2 ]
(ε < 10−6 )
γ0.7 : threshold shear strain at which Gs = 0.722G0 [-]
Figure 7.6 illustrates the model's stiffness parameters in a drained triaxial test: E50 , Eur ,
and E0 = 2G0 (1 + νur ). For the order of strains at which Eur and G0 are defined and

determined, one may refer to e.g. Figure 7.1 and Figure 7.3.
q = σ1 − σ3 E0
E0
E0
E0
E50
Eur
0
ε1
Figure 7.6 Stiffness parameters E50 , Eur , and E0 = 2G0 (1 + νur ) of the Hardening Soil model with
small-strain stiffness in a triaxial test
Figure 7.7 illustrates the model's stiffness parameters in a stress-controlled drained cyclic
shear test.
τxy [kN/m2 ]
Gur
G0
G0
γxy [-]
G0
Figure 7.7 Stiffness parameters in cyclic shear test
A first estimation of the HSsmall parameters for quartz sand based on the relative density
(RD) is given in Brinkgreve, Engin & Engin (2010).

7.5 ON THE PARAMETERS G0 AND γ0.7
A number of factors influence the small-strain parameters G0 and γ0.7 . Most importantly
they are influenced by the material's actual state of stress and void ratio e. In the
HSsmall model, the stress dependency of the shear modulus G0 is taken into account
with the power law:

c cos ϕ − σ '3 sin ϕ
G0 = G0ref m
(7.12)
which resembles the ones used for the other stiffness parameters. The threshold shear
strain γ0.7 is taken independently of the mean stress.
Assuming that within a HSsmall (or HS) computation void ratio changes are rather small,
the material parameters are not updated for changes in the void ratio. Knowledge of a
material's initial void ratio can nevertheless be very helpful in deriving its small-strain
shear stiffness G0 . Many correlations are offered in the literature (Benz, 2006). A good
estimation for many soils is for example the relation given by Hardin & Black (1969):
(2.97 − e) 2
G0ref = 33 · [MPa] for pref = 100 [kPa] (7.13)
1+e
Alpan (1970) empirically related dynamic soil stiffness to static soil stiffness (Figure 7.8).
The dynamic soil stiffness in Alpan's chart is equivalent to the small-strain stiffness G0 or
E0 . Considering that the static stiffness Estatic defined by Alpan equals approximately the
unloading / reloading stiffness Eur in the HS small model, Alpan's chart can be used to
guess a soil's small-strain stiffness entirely based on its unloading / reloading stiffness
Eur . Although Alpan suggests that the ratio E0 /Eur can exceed 10 for very soft clays, the
maximum ratio E0 /Eur or G0 /Gur permitted in the HSsmall model is limited to 20.
100
Rocks
Ed / Es
10 Soils
Cohesive
Granular
1
10 102 103 104
2
Static moduls of elasticity (Es ) [kg/cm ]
Figure 7.8 Relation between dynamic (Ed = E0 ) and static soil stiffness (Es ≈ Eur ) after
Alpan(1970)
In the absence of test data, correlations are also available for the threshold shear strain
γ0.7 . Figure 7.9 for example gives a correlation between the threshold shear strain and
the Plasticity Index. Using the original Hardin-Drnevich relationship, the threshold shear
strain γ0.7 might be also related to the model's failure parameters. Applying the

1.1
1.0
0.9
G / G0 [ - ]
0.8 PI = 15
0.7
PI = 30
0.6
0.5 PI = 0
OCR = 1 - 15
0.4
10-6 10-5 10-4 10-3
Shear strain amplitude γs [ - ]
Figure 7.9 Influence of plasticity index (PI) on stiffness reduction after Vucetic & Dobry (1991)
Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion in Eqs. (7.2) and (7.3) yields:
1
γ0.7 ≈ [2c '(1 + cos(2ϕ')) − σ '1 (1 + K0 ) sin(2ϕ')] (7.14)
9G0
where K0 is the earth pressure coefficient at rest and σ '1 is the effective vertical stress
(pressure negative).
7.6 MODEL INITIALIZATION
Stress relaxation erases a soil's memory of previous applied stress. Soil aging in the form
of particle (or assembly) reorganization during stress relaxation and formation of bonds
between them can erase a soil's strain history. Considering that the second process in a
naturally deposited soil develops relatively fast, the strain history should start from zero
(H = 0) in most boundary value problems. This is the default setting in the HS small
model.
However, sometimes an initial strain history may be desired. In this case the strain history
can be adjusted by applying an extra load step before starting the actual analysis. Such
an additional load step might also be used to model overconsolidated soils. Usually the
over-consolidation's cause has vanished long before the start of calculation, so that the
strain history should be reset afterwards. Unfortunately, strain history is already triggered
by adding and removing a surcharge. In this case the strain history can be reset
manually, by using the Reset small strain option in the calculation phases window. Also,
when resetting displacements to zero, the strain history tensor is reset and the influence
of strains from previous calculation phases is ignored.
When using the HS small model, caution should be given to nil-steps. The strain
increments in nil-steps are purely derived from the small numerical unbalance in the
system which is due to the accepted tolerated error in the computation. The strain
increment direction in nil-steps is therefore arbitrary. Hence, a nil-step may function as
randomly reverse load step which is in most cases not desired.

7.7 STATE PARAMETERS IN THE HS SMALL MODEL
In addition to the output of standard stress and strain quantities, the HS small model
provides output on State variables. These parameters can be visualised by selecting the
State parameters option from the stresses menu. An overview of available state
parameters in addition to those listed for the Hardening Soil model is given below:
εxx − εv : Strain history parameter used in strain-dependent [-]
stiffness formulation
εyy − εv : Strain history parameter used in strain-dependent [-]
εzz − εv : Strain history parameter used in strain-dependent [-]
εxy : Strain history parameter used in strain-dependent [-]
εyz : Strain history parameter used in strain-dependent [-]
εzx : Strain history parameter used in strain-dependent [-]
Gsref : Reference secant shear modulus at reference stress [-]
level
G/Gur : Ratio of elastic tangent shear modulus over [-]
unloading-reloading shear modulus
7.8 ON THE USE OF THE HS SMALL MODEL IN DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS
In contrast to the Hardening Soil model, the HS small model shows hysteresis in cyclic
loading (Figure 7.6). The amount of hysteresis depends on the magnitude of the
corresponding strain amplitude. However, note that the model does not generate
accumulated strains with multiple loading cycles, nor does it generate accumulated pore
pressures with undrained behaviour. When the HS small model is used wave velocities
are not shown because they vary due to the stress-dependent stiffness.
When applied in dynamic calculations, the hysteretic behaviour of the HS small model
leads to damping. The amount of hysteretic damping depends on the applied load
amplitude and corresponding strain amplitudes. The maximum amount of hysteretic
damping obtained with the HS small model depend on the ratio of G0 and
Gur = Eur /2(1 + νur ). A larger ratio leads to a larger maximum amount of hysteretic
damping. For more information about the hysteretic damping in the HS small model
reference is made to Brinkgreve, Kappert & Bonnier (2007).

7.9 OTHER DIFFERENCES WITH THE HARDENING SOIL MODEL
The mobilised dilatancy angle

The shear hardening flow rule of both the Hardening Soil model and the Hardening Soil
model with small-strain stiffness have the linear form:
ε̇pv = sin ψm γ̇ p (7.15)
The mobilised dilatancy angle ψm in compression however, is defined differently. The HS

model assumes the following:
For sin ϕm < 3/4 sin ϕ ψm = 0

For sin ϕm ≥ 3/4 sin ϕ and ψ > 0 sin ψm = max ,0
(7.16)
For sin ϕm ≥ 3/4 sin ϕ and ψ ≤ 0 ψm = ψ
If ϕ = 0 ψm = 0
where ϕcν is the critical state friction angle, being a material constant independent of
density, and ϕm is the mobilised friction angle:
σ '1 − σ '3
sin ϕm = (7.17)
σ '1 + σ '3 − 2c cot ϕ
ψm
ϕm
Figure 7.10 Plot of mobilised dilatancy angle ψm and mobilized friction angle ϕm for HS small model
For small mobilised friction angles and for negative values of ψm , as computed by Rowe's
formula, ψm in the Hardening Soil model is taken zero. Bounding the lower value of ψm
may sometimes yield too little plastic volumetric strains though. Therefore, the Hardening
Soil model with small-strain stiffness adapts an approach by Li & Dafalias (2000)
whenever ψm , as computed by Rowe's formula, is negative. In that case, the mobilised
dilatancy in the Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness is calculated by the

following equation:
 " !# 
1 ln η q
1 
sin ψm = −M exp 15 M qa + η (7.18)
10
 
q 1 − K0 .
where M is the stress ratio at failure and η = max  , 
p 1
(1 + 2K0 )
3
Eq. (7.18) is a simplified version of the void ratio dependent formulation by Li & Dafalias
(2000).
The mobilised dilatancy as a function of ϕm for the HS small model is visualised in Figure
7.10.

8 THE UBC3D-PLM MODEL
During an earthquake, the seismic waves propagate from the source till the ground
surface, causing ground shaking. The soil deposit acts as a filter causing the variation of
the seismic waves in terms of amplitude, duration and frequency content at any depth of
the soil deposit. The effects of an earthquake can be different, such as structural
damages, landslides and soil liquefaction.
The term liquefaction is used to describe a variety of phenomena that occurs in saturated
cohesionless soils under undrained conditions. Under static and cyclic loading, dry
cohesionless soils tend to densify. If these soils are saturated and the applied load acts in
a short time, as in the case of an earthquake, the tendency to densify causes an increase
in excess pore pressures that cannot rapidly be dissipated and consequently a decrease
in the effective stresses occurs. When this happens, the soil behaves as a fluid.
This phenomenon can be explained considering that the shear resistance τ for
cohesionless soils is given by Coulomb's formula:
τ = σ 'v 0 tanϕ (8.1)
where σ 'v 0 is the initial effective stress and ϕ is the friction angle. According to Terzaghi's
formula, the effective stress is given by:
σ 'v 0 = σv 0 − pw (8.2)
where σv 0 is the total vertical stress and pw is the pore pressure. When the excess pore
pressures ∆pw develop during an earthquake, the equation can be written as:
σ 'v 0 = σv 0 − (pw + ∆pw ) (8.3)
which means that the effective stress state tends to decrease and, when it reaches zero,
also the shear resistance is null. In order to evaluate the potential liquefaction hazard of a
site, it is necessary to identify the predisposing and triggering factors for liquefaction. The
predisposing factors are the characteristics of the soil deposit such as particle size and
shape, gradation and plasticity characteristics. The triggering factors depend on the
earthquake magnitude, duration and peak ground acceleration. To establish if
liquefaction can occur in a specific site subjected to a selected earthquake semi-empirical
procedures or nonlinear dynamic analyses can be used.
The UBC3D-PLM model‡ is an effective stress elasto-plastic model which is capable of
simulating the liquefaction behaviour of sands and silty sands under seismic loading
(Tsegaye (2010), Petalas & Galavi (2012)). The UBC3D-PLM model formulation is based
on the original UBCSAND (University of British Columbia Sand) model introduced by
Puebla, Byrne & Phillips (1997) and Beaty & Byrne (1998). The original UBCSAND is a
2D model formulated in the classical plasticity theory with a hyperbolic strain hardening
rule, based on the original Duncan-Chang model. The hardening rule relates the
mobilised friction angle to the plastic shear strain at a given stress. The UBCSAND model
contains a 2D Mohr-Coulomb yield surface and a corresponding non-associated plastic
potential function. The flow rule in the model is based on the stress-dilatancy theory
‡ PLM = PLAXIS Liquefaction Model

THE UBC3D-PLM MODEL
developed by Rowe (1962), linearised and simplified according to energy considerations.

The main difference between the UBCSAND model and the UBC3D-PLM model is
generalized 3D formulation of the latter. The UBC3D-PLM model uses the Mohr-Coulomb
yield condition in a 3D principal stress space for primary loading, and a yield surface with
a simplified kinematic hardening rule for secondary loading. Moreover, a modified
non-associated plastic potential function based on Drucker-Prager's criterion is used for
the primary yield surface, in order to maintain the assumption of stress-strain coaxiality in
the deviatoric plane for a stress path beginning from the isotropic line (Tsegaye, 2010).
The assessment of the liquefaction potential of a soil deposit can be done by performing
a dynamice site response analysis. Generally the following steps are needed to perform
such an analysis (Laera & Brinkgreve, 2015):
• Definition of the geotechnical model of the soil deposit, in terms of soil layer
distribution, water table depth, appropriate dynamic boundary conditions and soil
mechanical properties to describe its behaviour under static and cyclic loading.
• Definition of the seismic input motion, according to the specific site and the
probabilistic study as reported in the current regulations (i.e. Eurocode 8, NTC
2008, etc.).
• Definition of the numerical model to perform the analysis including the appropriate
dynamic boundary conditions.
A site response analysis requires a deep and extended investigation of the soil deposit to
identify the soil layer distribution and hydraulic conditions as well as the mechanical
properties of the soil. When possible, the investigation should be extended until the depth
of a rock or rock-like formation. In situ and laboratory tests should be performed to
evaluate index properties, stiffness and strength of the soil layers with regard to their
behaviour under cyclic loading (Cross-hole and Down-hole in situ tests, among others,
and cyclic triaxial, cyclic direct simple shear and resonant column laboratory tests).
However, in many cases only data from drained triaxial tests (CD TxC) or in situ tests like
SPT or CPT are available. For this reason the UBC3D-PLM model implements a specific
formulation with input parameters based on these tests.
Main characteristics of the UBC3D-PLM model and the corresponding input parameters
are given below:
• Stress dependent stiffness according to a power law kB∗e , kG∗e , me, ne, np
• Plastic straining due to primary deviatoric loading kG∗p
• Densification due to the number of cycles during fdens
secondary loading
• Post-liquefaction stiffness degradation fEpost
• Failure according to the Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion ϕcv , ϕp and c
8.1 ELASTO-PLASTIC BEHAVIOUR AND HARDENING RULE
The UBC3D-PLM model incorporates a non-linear, isotropic law for the elastic behaviour
that is defined in terms of the elastic bulk modulus K and the elastic shear modulus G,

which are defined by the following equations:

p'
K = kB∗e pref me
(8.4)
pref

p'
G = kG∗e pref ne
(8.5)
pref
where kB∗e and kG∗e are input parameters of the UBC3D-PLM model and represent the
bulk and the shear modulus factors respectively. pref is the reference pressure. The
factors me and ne are parameters that define the rate of stress dependency of stiffness.
Pure elastic behaviour with Gmax is predicted by the model during the unloading process.
Once the stress state reaches the yield surface, plastic behaviour is taken into account
as long as the stress point is not going immediately back into the elastic zone.
Hint: The implicit Poisson's ratio calculated from elastic bulk and shear modulus
from Eq. (8.4) and Eq. (8.5) is suitable for dynamic calculation, but using it
for gravity loading may give improper initial stress state. Therefore, the user
is advised to use another material for the stress initialization.
The first yield surface is defined from a set of Mohr-Coulomb functions. The position and
size of the yield surface is defined based on the hardening law. More specifically, plastic
hardening based on the principle of strain hardening is used in the model (similar to the
Hardening Soil model). The hardening rule governs the amount of plastic strain as a
result of mobilisation of the shear strength (sinϕmob ). The mobilised friction angle derived
from the Mohr-Coulomb yield criterion, is given as:
σ '1 − σ '3
sinϕmob = (8.6)
σ '1 + σ '3 − 2c cotϕp
Figure 8.1 The original UBCSAND hardening rule
The hyperbolic hardening rule (Beaty & Byrne, 1998) is presented schematically in Figure
8.1. It relates the increment of the sine of the mobilised friction angle (calculated

THE UBC3D-PLM MODEL
according to Eq. 8.6) to the plastic shear strain increment as follows (Puebla, Byrne &
Phillips, 1997):

1
dγp = dsinϕmob (8.7)
G∗
! !
p' sinϕmob
G = ∗
kG∗p np
1− Rf 2
(8.8)
pref sinϕp
∗p
where kG is the plastic shear modulus factor; np is the plastic shear modulus exponent;
ϕmob is the mobilised friction angle, which is defined by the stress ratio; ϕp is the peak
friction angle; and Rf is the failure ratio ηf /ηult , ranging from 0.5 to 1.0, where ηf is the
stress ratio at failure and ηult is the asymptotic stress ratio from the best fit hyperbola.
The hardening rule as reformulated by Tsegaye (2010) in UBC3D-PLM model is given as:
!
p' pref sinϕmob
dsinϕmob = 1.5kG∗p np
1− Rf 2
dλ (8.9)
pref p' sinϕp
where dλ is the plastic strain increment multiplier.
8.2 FLOW RULE
The plastic potential function specifies the direction of the plastic strain. A non-associated
flow rule based on the Drucker-Prager plastic potential function is used in the
UBC3D-PLM model (Tsegaye, 2010). The plastic potential function g is formulated as:

g = q − M p' + c cotϕp (8.10)
6sinψm
M = (8.11)
3 − sinψm
where the Drucker-Prager surface is fixed in the compression point.
In the UBC3D-PLM model the flow rule of the original UBCSAND model is used, which is
derived from energy considerations by Puebla, Byrne & Phillips (1997). Similar to the
Hardening Soil model it is based on three observations (Figure 8.2):
• There is a unique stress ratio, defined by the constant volume friction angle ϕcv , for
which plastic shear strains do not cause plastic volumetric strains.
• Stress ratios which lie below sinϕcv exhibit contractive behaviour, while stress ratios
above sinϕcv lead to a dilative response. This means that the constant volume
friction angle works as the phase transformation angle.
• The amount of contraction or dilatancy depends on the difference between the
current stress ratio and the stress ratio at sinϕcv .
p
The increment of plastic volumetric strain dεv is calculated as follows:
dεpv = sinψm dγ p (8.12)

sinψm = sinϕm − sinϕcv (8.13)
where, ϕcv is the constant volume friction angle.
Figure 8.2 Graphical representation of the modified Rowe’s flow rule as used in UBC3D-PLM model
Based on the mobilised friction angle an unloading-reloading criterion is defined in the

model as follows:
sinϕemob < sinϕ0mob (Unloading; elastic behaviour ) (8.14)
sinϕemob > sinϕ0mob (Loading or reloading; plastic behaviour ) (8.15)
The previous mobilised friction angle sinϕ0mob is memorised from the previous calculation
step, while the current one sinϕemob is calculated based on the current stresses. During
loading, the friction angle is mobilised, and hardening plasticity occurs. During unloading,
pure elastic behaviour is predicted until the stress point reaches the p' axis.
8.3 LOAD STATE DURING LIQUEFACTION
The UBC3D-PLM model employs two yield surfaces to guarantee a smooth transition into
the liquefied state of the soil and to enable the distinction between primary and
secondary loading (Figure 8.3). The UBC3D-PLM model incorporates a densification law
through a secondary yield surface with a kinematic hardening rule that improves the
precision of the evolution of the excess pore pressure. This surface generates lower
plastic deformations compared to the primary yield surface.
∗p
The plastic shear modulus factor kG during primary loading is identical with the one
entered as input parameter by the user and is used in the hardening rule governing the
∗p
hardening of the primary yield surface. The plastic shear modulus factor kG during the
secondary loading is a function of the number of cycles followed during the loading
process. A simple rule based on stress reversals of loading to unloading and vise versa
is used to define the counting of cycles. This leads to an increase of the excess pore
pressure during undrained cyclic loading with a decreasing rate until the liquefied state is
approached. The modification of the plastic shear modulus factor during the secondary

THE UBC3D-PLM MODEL
q q
Peak stress ratio
Primary yield Primary yield
Secondary yield
Unloading
Secondary yield
a. b.
p' p'
q q
Primary yield
Primary yield
Secondary yield Secondary yield
Secondary loading
Unloading Densification rule
c. Pr. Loading
Secondary yield
d.
p' p'
Primary yield = peak stress ratio
Primary Loading
Post Liquefaction
e. Pr. Loading
p'
Figure 8.3 Introduction of two yield surfaces in order to include soil densification, smooth transition
in liquefaction and post-liquefaction behaviour
loading is calculated as follows:

∗p nrev
kG,secondary = kG∗p 4+ hard fdens (8.16)
2
∗p ∗p
where kG is the input plastic shear modulus factor, kG,secondary is the secondary plastic
shear modulus factor, nrev is the number of shear stress reversals from loading to
unloading or vice versa, hard is a factor which is correcting the densification rule for
loose soils and fdens is a multiplier which is a user input parameter to adjust the
densification rule.
A correction is made in the densification rule for loose sands (5 ≤ (N1 )60 ≤ 9) according
to the experimental observations and following the formulation of the UBCSAND model
proposed by Beaty & Byrne (2011) and reported by Naesgaard (2011). The correction

rule is as follows:
hard = min(1 ; max(0.5; 0.1(N1 )60 ) (8.17)
Hint: The corrected penetration resistance (N1 )60 from SPT tests is an input
parameter to define only the hard factor. However, the user can correlate the
other input parameters of the UBC3D-PLM model using (N1 )60 (Section 8.5).
The plastic shear modulus is limited according to the maximum corrected SPT value
(max(N1 )60 ) of corresponding dense soils defined as 60.
∗p
kG,max = kG∗p kG∗e maxN1,60
2
0.003 + 100 (8.18)
This rule is the result of calibrating a number of direct simple shear tests. Thus, the
calibration factor plays a key role when the user wants to model different stress paths (i.e.
cyclic triaxial tests, etc.) and the final value is a matter of judgement according to the
most critical stress path for a specific problem. It finally leads to an increase of the excess
pore pressure during undrained cyclic loading until the liquefied state is approached. The
rate of generation of excess pore pressure decreases by increasing number of cycles.
8.4 POST-LIQUEFACTION RULE AND CYCLIC MOBILITY
An important issue during the modelling of cyclic liquefaction in sands is the volumetric
locking. The evolution of the plastic volumetric strains, after the stress path reaches the
yield surface defined by the peak friction angle, becomes constant due to the formulation
of the flow rule (in Eq. (8.12)). In the case sinϕmob becomes sinϕp and remains constant
meaning that sinψm is also constant.
Consequently the stiffness degradation of loose non-cohesive soils due to the post
liquefaction behaviour as well as dense non-cohesive soils due to the cyclic mobility
cannot be modelled. This limitation is overcome in the formulation of the UBC3D-PLM
model with the equation which gradually decreases the plastic shear modulus as a
function of the generated plastic deviatoric strain during dilation, due to the
deconstruction of the soil skeleton which occurs during dilative behaviour. This leads to
the decreased soil stiffness during the contraction phase which follows after the unloading
phase. This behaviour is presented in Figure 8.4 picturing the process of cyclic mobility of
a dense sand. The aforementioned stiffness degradation is computed as follows:
∗p
kG,post−liquefaction = kG∗p Edil (8.19)

Edil = max e−110εdil ; fEpost (8.20)
∗p ∗p
where kG is the input plastic shear modulus factor, kG,post−liquefaction is the plastic shear
modulus factor during liquefaction, εdil is the accumulation of the plastic deviatoric strain
which is generated during dilation of the soil element. The minimum value of Edil term in
the above mentioned equation is limited by the input parameter fEpost .

THE UBC3D-PLM MODEL
Figure 8.4 Undrained cyclic shear stress path reproduced with UBC3D-PLM model for a dense
sand. Cyclic mobility, stiffness degradation and soil densification are indicated on the
graph
8.5 PARAMETERS OF THE UBC3D-PLM MODEL
Usually, in earthquake engineering, when the onset of liquefaction is the modelling target
a cyclic triaxial or a cyclic direct simple shear test is the proper way to extract all the
parameters for the UBC3D-PLM model. However, in many cases only data from drained
triaxial tests (CD TxC) or in situ tests (SPT) are available. For this reason the
UBC3D-PLM model implements a specific formulation with input parameters based on
these tests. However, some of the equations based on SPT values proposed by Beaty &
Byrne (2011) for the generic calibration of the UBCSAND model should be used with
careful consideration for the calibration of the UBC3D-PLM model.
The parameters with their standard units are listed below.
Stiffness parameters:
kB∗e : Elastic bulk modulus factor [-]
kG∗e : Elastic shear modulus factor [-]
kG∗p : Plastic shear modulus factor [-]
me : Rate of stress-dependency of elastic bulk modulus [-]
ne : Rate of stress-dependency of elastic shear modulus [-]
np : Rate of stress-dependency of plastic shear modulus [-]
pref : Reference pressure [kN/m2 ]
Strength parameters:
ϕcv : Constant volume friction angle [◦ ]
ϕp : Peak friction angle [◦ ]
c : Cohesion [kN/m2 ]

Advanced parameters:
Rf : Failure ratio [-]
(N1 )60 : Corrected SPT value [-]
fdens : Densification factor [-]
fEpost : Post-liquefaction factor [-]
The UBC3D-PLM model allows two drainage types: Drained and Undrained A. The other
undrained calculations are not available due to the effective stress nature of the model.
Figure 8.5 Parameters of the UBC3D-PLM model

THE UBC3D-PLM MODEL
∗p
Stiffness modulus factors kB∗e , kG∗e & kG and indexes me, ne and np
Beaty & Byrne (2011) proposed a set of equations based on the normalised NSPT value,
(N1 )60 for the initial generic calibration of the UBCSAND 904aR model. Makra (2013)
revised the proposed equations and highlighted the differences between the original
UBCSAND 2D formulation and the UBC3D-PLM model, as implemented in PLAXIS. The
proposed equations for the generic initial calibration are the following:
kG∗e = 21.7 × 20 × (N1 )0.3333

60 (8.21)
kB∗e = 0.7 × kG∗e (8.22)
kG∗p = kG∗e × (N1 )260 × 0.003 + 100 (8.23)
The index parameters me, ne and np should be calibrated by curve fitting. The range of
these values is 0 − 1. The suggested default values are me = ne = 0.5 and np = 0.4.
Alternatively the relative density correlations can be used to calibrate the above
mentioned parameters as suggested by Souliotis & Gerolymos (2016).
Hint: The implicit Poisson's ratio that is defined based on kB∗e and kG∗e is suitable
for dynamic calculation, but it does not generate a proper initial stress state if
the initial stress condition is established by gravity loading procedure. In
such a case the user should define another material set for the stress
initialization step with proper characteristics.
Strength parameters ϕcv , ϕp and c

The strength parameters of the primary yield surface ϕcv , ϕp and c can be derived
directly from CD TxC or DSS tests. The default value for the cohesion c is 0, as in most
cases for granular soils without relevant fine component. The peak friction angle ϕp can
be calculated from SPT test as:

(N1 )60 (N1 )60 − 15
ϕp = ϕcv + + max 0 ; (8.24)
10 5
The constant volume friction angle ϕcv can be derived directly from SPT test using one of
the correlations available in literature (Bolton (1986), Mayne (2001)).
Hint: In the UBC3D-PLM model, the constant volume friction angle ϕcv plays the
role of the phase transformation angle ϕpt .
Advanced parameters Rf , fdens and fEpost

The densification factor fdens is a multiplier that controls the scaling of the plastic shear
modulus factor during secondary loading. The acceptable range is 0 - 1, when a value
∗p
below 1 means the kG becomes lower and the behaviour softer. It is recommended to

use fdens = 1.0 (Petalas & Galavi, 2012) because the variation of the densification does
not significantly affect liquefaction triggering.
fEpost is the parameter to adjust post-liquefaction behaviour. The acceptable range of
fEpost is 0 - 1 and a value of 0.2 - 1 is recommended. Resistance is underestimated for
very dense sands, which can be counterbalanced by an increase of the fEpost parameter.
The failure ratio Rf has a default value of 0.9, but it can be also estimated from the SPT
test based on the original UBCSAND (Beaty & Byrne, 2011):
Rf ≈ 1.1 ((N1 )60 )−0.15 < 0.99 (8.25)
Corrected SPT value (N1 )60

The SPT blow count NSPT is affected by a number of procedural details (rod lengths,
hammer energy, sampler details, borehole size). The corrected penetration resistance
(N1 )60 can be calculated as:
(N1 )60 = CE CR CB CS NSPT (8.26)
where CE is equal to ERm /60, where ERm (in %) is the measured value of the delivered
energy as a percentage of the theoretical free-fall hammer energy, CR is a correction
factor to account for different rod lengths, CB is a correction factor for nonstandard
borehole diameters and CS is a correction factor that depends on the sampler. NSPT is
calculated as N2 + N3 , considering that N1 , N2 and N3 are the number of blows needed
for the tube to penetrate each 15 cm. The suggested values for CB , CR and CS are given
in Table 8.1.
Table 8.1 List of values of the different coefficient for the correction of the SPT test
Coefficient Condition Value
General
Borehole diameter, CB 65 ÷ 115 mm (standard) 1.00
150 mm 1.05
200 mm 1.15
Rod length, CR 3÷4m 0.75
4÷6m 0.85
6 ÷ 10 m 0.95
10 ÷ 30 m 1.00
> 30 m 1.00
Type of sampler, CS Standard 1.00
Non standard 1.1 ÷ 1.3
If (N1 )60 is not known, the following approximation with relative density RD (in %) can be
used:
RD 2
(N1 )60 ≈ (8.27)
152
8.6 STATE PARAMETERS IN THE UBC3D-PLM MODEL
In addition to the output of standard stress and strain, the UBC3D-PLM model provides
output of state variables, such as the excess pore pressure ratio in terms of vertical
effective stresses ru,σ'v and the mobilised peak friction angle ϕp,reached . These

THE UBC3D-PLM MODEL
parameters can be visualised by selecting the State parameters option from the Stresses
menu. An overview of available state parameters is given below:
sinϕmob : Sine of the mobilised friction angle (Eq. 8.6) [-]
sinϕmob,max : Sine of the maximum mobilised friction angle [-]
ϕp,reached : Reached peak friction angle [-]
nrev : Number of half cycles [-]
ru,σ'v : Excess pore pressure ratio in terms of vertical effective [-]
stress (Eq. 8.28)
ru,σ'v ,max : Maximum excess pore pressure ratio in terms of [-]
vertical effective stress
ru,p' : Excess pore pressure ratio in terms of mean effective [-]
stress (Eq. 8.29)
ru,p',max : Maximum excess pore pressure ratio in terms of mean [-]
effective stresses
εdil,total : Accumulated dilative plastic deviatoric strain [-]
ru,σ'v , ru,p' , ϕp,reached are further explained in the following:
Excess pore pressure ratio in terms of vertical effective stresses ru,σ'v

The liquefaction potential in terms of vertical effective stress can be expressed by means
of the excess pore pressure ratio ru,σ'v given by:
σ 'v 0 − σ 'v σ 'v
ru,σ'v = = 1− (8.28)
σ 'v 0 σ 'v 0
where σ 'v is the current vertical effective stress during the dynamic calculation and σ 'v 0 is
the initial effective vertical stress prior to the seismic motion. When ru,σ'v is equal to 1, the
corresponding layer is in a complete liquefied state. Beaty & Perlea (2011) consider
zones with a maximum ru,σ'v greater than 0.7 to be liquefied.
Excess pore pressure ratio in terms of mean effective stress ru,p

The state variable ru,σ'v gives similar information as ru,p' but instead of the vertical
effective stress the mean effective stress is used:
p '0 − p ' p'
ru,p' = = 1− (8.29)
p '0 p '0
where p' is the current mean effective stress during the dynamic calculation and p'0 is the
initial mean effective stress prior to the seismic motion. When ru,p' equals 1, the soil is in
a liquified state.
Reached peak friction angle ϕp,reached

The reached peak friction angle ϕp,reached is a flag indicating if ϕp has been reached (0 =
no, 1 = yes).

8.7 ON THE USE OF THE UBC3D-PLM MODEL IN DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS
When subjected to dynamic or cyclic loading, the UBC3D-PLM model generates plastic
strains when mobilising the soil's material strength (shear hardening). A Rayleigh
damping can be defined to simulate the initial soil's damping characteristics.
The UBC3D-PLM model has been developed for simulating the dynamic behaviour of
non-cohesive soils and it is particularly suitable for analysing the problems involving
generation of pore pressure in undrained behaviour and liquefaction. For the same
reason, it is less suitable for use in static analysis. This limitation can be overcome by
using Hardening Soil model (Chapter 6) or HS small model (Chapter 7) instead.
The UBC3D-PLM model develops overdamping due to use of Gmax in elastic unloading.
In the problems not involving generation of pore pressure in undrained behaviour,
liquefaction or softening due to dilatancy, this limitation can be overcome by using the HS
small model (Chapter 7) instead.

THE SOFT SOIL MODEL
9 THE SOFT SOIL MODEL
As soft soils we consider near-normally consolidated clays, clayey silts and peat. A
special feature of such materials is their high degree of compressibility. This is best
demonstrated by oedometer test data as reported for instance by Janbu in his Rankine
lecture (1985). Considering tangent stiffness moduli at a reference oedometer pressure
of 100 kPa, he reports for normally consolidated clays Eoed = 1 to 4 MPa, depending on
the particular type of clay considered. The differences between these values and
stiffnesses for NC-sands are considerable as here we have values in the range of 10 to
50 MPa, at least for non-cemented laboratory samples. Hence, in oedometer testing
normally consolidated clays behave ten times softer than normally consolidated sands.
This illustrates the extreme compressibility of soft soils.
A feature of soft soils is the linear stress-dependency of soil stiffness. According to the
Hardening Soil model we have:

ref −σ '1 m
Eoed = Eoed
pref
at least for c = 0 and σ '3 = K0nc σ1 ' and a linear relationship is obtained for m = 1. Indeed,
on using an exponent equal to unity, the above stiffness law reduces to:
−σ '1 ∗ pref
Eoed = where λ =
λ∗ ref
Eoed
For this special case of m = 1, the Hardening Soil model yields ε̇ = λ∗ σ̇ '1 /σ '1 , which can
be integrated to obtain the well-known logarithmic compression law ε = −λ∗ ln(−σ '1 ) for
primary oedometer loading.
For many practical soft-soil studies, the modified compression index λ∗ will be known and
the PLAXIS user can compute the oedometer modulus from the relationship:
ref pref
Eoed =
λ∗
From the above considerations it would seem that the Hardening Soil model is quite
suitable for soft soils. Indeed, most soft soil problems can be analysed using this model,
but the Hardening Soil model is not suitable when considering very soft soils with a high
compressibility, i.e Eoed
ref ref
/E50 < 0.5. For such soils, the Soft Soil model may be used.
Some features of the Soft Soil model are:
• Stress dependent stiffness (logarithmic compression behaviour).
• Distinction between primary loading and unloading-reloading.
• Memory for pre-consolidation stress.
• Failure behaviour according to the Mohr-Coulomb criterion.

9.1 ISOTROPIC STATES OF STRESS AND STRAIN (σ '1 = σ '2 = σ '3 )
In the Soft Soil model, it is assumed that there is a logarithmic relation between changes
in volumetric strain, εv , and changes in mean effective stress, p', which can be
formulated as:

∗ p' + c cot ϕ
εv − ε0v = −λ ln 0 (virgin compression) (9.1)
p + c cot ϕ
In order to maintain the validity of Eq. (12.1) a minimum value of p' is set equal to a unit
stress. The parameter λ∗ is the modified compression index, which determines the
compressibility of the material in primary loading. Note that λ∗ differs from the index λ as
used by Burland (1965). The difference is that Eq. (12.1) is a function of volumetric strain
instead of void ratio. Plotting Eq. (12.1) gives a straight line as shown in Figure 12.3.
During isotropic unloading and reloading a different path (line) is followed, which can be
formulated as:

∗ p' + c cot ϕ
εev − εe0
v = −κ ln (unloading and reloading) (9.2)
p0 + c cot ϕ
Again, a minimum value of p' is set equal to a unit stress. The parameter κ∗ is the
modified swelling index, which determines the compressibility of the material in unloading
and subsequent reloading. Note that κ∗ differs from the index κ as used by Burland. The
ratio λ∗ /κ∗ is, however, equal to Burland's ratio λ/κ. The soil response during unloading
and reloading is assumed to be elastic as denoted by the superscript e in Eq. (12.2). The
elastic behaviour is described by Hooke's law. Eq. (12.2) implies linear stress
dependency on the tangent bulk modulus such that:
Eur p' + c cot ϕ

Kur ≡ = (9.3)
3(1 − 2νur ) κ∗
in which the subscript ur denotes unloading / reloading. Note that effective parameters
are considered rather than undrained soil properties, as might be suggested by the
subscripts ur . Neither the elastic bulk modulus, Kur , nor the elastic Young's modulus,
Eur , is used as an input parameter. Instead, νur and κ∗ are used as input constants for
the part of the model that computes the elastic strains.
An infinite number of unloading / reloading lines may exist in Figure 9.1, each
corresponding to a particular value of the isotropic pre-consolidation stress pp . The
pre-consolidation stress represents the largest stress level experienced by the soil.
During unloading and reloading, this pre-consolidation stress remains constant. In
primary loading, however, the pre-consolidation stress increases with the stress level,
causing irreversible (plastic) volumetric strains.

THE SOFT SOIL MODEL
εv
1
λ*
κ*
1
pp ln p'
Figure 9.1 Logarithmic relation between volumetric strain and mean stress
9.2 YIELD FUNCTION
The yield function of the Soft Soil model is defined as:
f = f − pp (9.4)
where f is a function of the stress state (p', q

e) and pp , the pre-consolidation stress, is a
function of plastic strain such that:
e2
q
f = + p' (9.5)
M 2 (p' + c cot ϕ)

0 −εpv
pp = pp exp ∗ (9.6)
λ − κ∗
and q
e is a similar deviatoric stress quantity as defined for the cap yield surface in the
Hardening Soil model: q e = σ '1 + (α − 1)σ '2 − ασ '3 where α = (3 + sin ϕ)/(3 − sin ϕ).
The yield function (f = 0) describes an ellipse in the p' - qe-plane, as illustrated in Figure
9.2. The parameter M in Eq. (9.5) determines the height of the ellipse. The height of the
ellipse is responsible for the ratio of horizontal to vertical stresses in primary
one-dimensional compression.
As a result, the parameter M determines largely the coefficient of lateral earth pressure
K0nc . In view of this, the value of M can be chosen such that a known value of K0nc is
matched in primary one-dimensional compression. Such an interpretation and use of M
differs from the original critical state line idea, but it ensures a proper matching of K0nc .
The tops of all ellipses are located on a line with slope M in the p' - q e-plane. In (Burland,
1965) and (Burland, 1967) the M -line is referred to as the critical state line and
represents stress states at post peak failure. The parameter M is then based on the
critical state friction angle. In the Soft Soil model, however, failure is not necessarily
related to critical state. The Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion is a function of the strength
parameters ϕ and c , which might not correspond to the M -line. The isotropic
pre-consolidation stress pp determines the extent of the ellipse along p' axis. During
loading, an infinite number of ellipses may exist (see Figure 9.2) each corresponding to a

e
q M
1 ine
re l
ailu
m bf
ulo
- Co
hr cap
Mo
threshold ellipse
p'
pp
c cot ϕ
Figure 9.2 Yield surface of the Soft Soil model in p' - q-plane
particular value of pp . In tension (p' < 0), the ellipse extends to c cot ϕ (Eq. (9.5) and
Figure 9.2). In order to make sure that the right hand side of the ellipse (i.e. the 'cap') will
remain in the 'compression' zone (p' > 0) a minimum value of c cot ϕ is adopted for pp .
For c = 0, a minimum value of pp equal to a stress unit is adopted. Hence, there is a
'threshold' ellipse as illustrated in Figure 9.2.
The value of pp is determined by volumetric plastic strain following the hardening relation,
Eq. (9.6). This equation reflects the principle that the pre-consolidation stress increases
exponentially with decreasing volumetric plastic strain (compaction). pp0 can be regarded
as the initial value of the pre-consolidation stress. The determination of pp0 is treated in
Section 2.8. According to Eq. (9.6) the initial volumetric plastic strain is assumed to be
zero.
In the Soft Soil model, the yield function, Eq. (9.4), describes the irreversible volumetric
strain in primary compression, and forms the cap of the yield contour. To model the
failure state, a perfectly-plastic Mohr-Coulomb type yield function is used. This yield
function represents a straight line in p' - q
e-plane as shown in Figure 9.2. The slope of the
failure line is smaller than the slope of the M -line.
The total yield contour, as shown by the bold lines in Figure 9.2, is the boundary of the
elastic stress area. The failure line is fixed, but the cap may increase in primary
compression. Stress paths within this boundary give only elastic strain increments,
whereas stress paths that tend to cross the boundary generally give both elastic and
plastic strain increments.

For general states of stress p', q e , the plastic behaviour of the Soft Soil model is defined
by the combination of the cap yield function and the Mohr-Coloumb yield functions. The
total yield contour in principal stress space is indicated in Figure 9.3.

THE SOFT SOIL MODEL
-σ '1
cap
failure surface
-σ '3
-σ '2
Figure 9.3 Representation of total yield contour of the Soft Soil model in principal stress space
9.3 PARAMETERS OF THE SOFT SOIL MODEL
The parameters of the Soft Soil model include compression and swelling indicies, which
are typical for soft soils, as well as the Mohr-Coulomb model failure parameters. In total,
the Soft Soil model requires the following parameters to be determined:
Basic parameters:
λ∗ : Modified compression index [-]
∗
κ : Modified swelling index [-]
c : Effective cohesion [kN/m2 ]
σt : Tensile strength [kN/m2 ]
Advanced parameters (use default settings):
νur : Poisson’s ratio for unloading / reloading [-]
K0nc : Coefficient of lateral stress in normal consolidation [-]
M : K0nc -parameter [-]
Figure 9.4 shows the PLAXIS window for inputting the values of the model parameters.
M is calculated automatically from the coefficient of the lateral earth pressure, K0nc , by
means of Eq. (9.8). Note that, physically, in the current model M differs from the same
parameter in the Modified Cam-Clay model where it is related to the material friction.

Figure 9.4 Parameters tabsheet for the Soft Soil model
Modified swelling index and modified compression index

These parameters can be obtained from an isotropic compression test including isotropic
unloading. When plotting the logarithm of the mean stress as a function of the volumetric
strain for clay-type materials, the plot can be approximated by two straight lines (see
Figure 9.1). The slope of the primary loading line gives the modified compression index,
and the slope of the unloading (or swelling) line gives the modified swelling index. Note
that there is a difference between the modified indices κ∗ and λ∗ and the original
Cam-Clay parameters κ and λ. The latter parameters are defined in terms of the void
ratio e instead of the volumetric strain εv .
Apart from the isotropic compression test, the parameters κ∗ and λ∗ can be obtained
from a one-dimensional compression test. Here a relationship exists with the
internationally recognised parameters for one-dimensional compression and swelling, Cc
and Cs . These relationships are summarised in Table 9.1.
Table 9.1a Relationship to Cam-Clay parameters
1. λ∗ = λ 2. κ∗ = κ
1+e 1+e
Table 9.1b Relationship to internationally normalised parameters
3. λ∗ = Cc 4. κ∗ ≈ 2Cs
2.3 (1 + e) 2.3 (1 + e)
Remarks on Table 9.1:

• In relations 1 and 2, the void ratio, e, is assumed to be constant. In fact, e will
change during a compression test, but this will give a relatively small difference in
void ratio. For e one can use the average void ratio that occurs during the test or just
the initial value.
• In relation 4 there is no exact relation between κ∗ and the one-dimensional swelling
index Cs , because the ratio of horizontal and vertical stresses changes during
one-dimensional unloading. For this approximation it is assumed that the average
stress state during unloading is an isotropic stress state, i.e. the horizontal and

THE SOFT SOIL MODEL
vertical stresses are equal.

• In practice, swelling is often assumed to be equivalent to recompression behaviour,
which, may not be right. Hence κ∗ should be based on Cs rather than the
recompression index Cr .
• The factor 2.3 in relation 3 is obtained from the ratio between the logarithm of base
10 and the natural logarithm.
• The ratio λ∗ /κ∗ (=λ/κ) ranges, in general, between 2.5 and 7.
Cohesion
The cohesion has the dimension of stresses. A small effective cohesion may be used,
including a cohesion of zero. Entering a cohesion will result in an elastic region that is
partly located in the 'tension' zone, as illustrated in Figure 9.2. The left hand side of the
ellipse crosses the p'-axis at a value of c cot ϕ. In order to maintain the right hand side of
the ellipse (i.e. the cap) in the 'pressure' zone of the stress space, the isotropic
pre-consolidation stress pp has a minimum value of c cot ϕ. This means that entering a
cohesion larger than zero may result in a state of 'over-consolidation', depending on the
magnitude of the cohesion and the initial stress state. As a result, a stiffer behaviour is
obtained during the onset of loading. It is not possible to specify undrained shear strength
by means of high cohesion and a friction angle of zero. Input of model parameters should
always be based on effective values. The PLAXIS option to model undrained behaviour
using effective parameters may be used (Undrained (A). Please note that the resulting
effective stress path may not be accurate, which may lead to an unrealistic undrained
shear strength. Hence, when using Undrained (A) as drainage type, the resulting stress
state must be checked against a known undrained shear strength profile.
Friction angle
The effective angle of internal friction represents the increase of shear strength with
effective stress level. It is specified in degrees. Zero friction angle is not allowed. On the
other hand, care should be taken with the use of high friction angles. It is often
recommended to use ϕcν , i.e. the critical state friction angle, rather than a higher value
based on small strains. Moreover, using a high friction angle will substantially increase
the computational requirements.
Dilatancy angle
For the type of materials, which can be described by the Soft Soil model, the dilatancy
can generally be neglected. A dilatancy angle of zero degrees is considered in the
standard settings of the Soft Soil model.
Poisson's ratio
In the Soft Soil model, the Poisson's ratio ν is the well known pure elastic constant rather
than the pseudo-elasticity constant as used in the linear elastic perfectly-plastic model.
Its value will usually be in the range between 0.1 and 0.2. If the standard setting for the
Soft Soil model parameters is selected, then νur = 0.15 is automatically used. For loading
of normally consolidated materials, Poisson's ratio plays a minor role, but it becomes
important in unloading problems. For example, for unloading in a one-dimensional

compression test (oedometer), the relatively small Poisson's ratio will result in a small
decrease of the lateral stress compared with the decrease in vertical stress. As a result,
the ratio of horizontal and vertical stress increases, which is a well-known phenomenon in
overconsolidated materials. Hence, Poisson's ratio should not be based on the normally
consolidated K0nc -value, but on the ratio of the horizontal stress increment to the vertical
stress increment in oedometer unloading and reloading test such that:
νur ∆σxx
= (unloading and reloading) (9.7)
1 − νur ∆σyy
K0nc -parameter
The parameter M is automatically determined based on the coefficient of lateral earth
pressure in normally consolidated condition, K0nc , as entered by the user. The exact
relation between M and K0nc gives (Brinkgreve, 1994):
s 2
1 − K0nc 1 − K0nc (1 − 2νur )(λ∗ /κ∗ − 1)
M=3 + (9.8)
1 + 2K0nc 2 1 + 2K0nc (1 − 2νur )λ∗ /κ∗ − 1 − K0nc (1 + νur )
The value of M is indicated in the input window. As can be seen from Eq. (9.8), M is also
influenced by the Poisson's ratio νur and by the ratio λ∗ /κ∗ . However, the influence of
K0nc is dominant. Eq. (9.8) can be approximated by:
M ≈ 3.0 − 2.8K0nc (9.9)
9.4 STATE PARAMETERS IN THE SOFT SOIL MODEL
In addition to the output of standard stress and strain, the Soft Soil model provides output
(when being used) on state variables such as the hardening parameter γ p and the
isotropic pre-consolidation stress pp . These parameters can be visualised by selecting
the State parameters option from the stresses menu. An overview of available state
parameters is given below:
q2
peq = p' −
M 2 (p' − c cot ϕ)
OCR : Isotropic over-consolidation ratio (OCR = Pp /peq ) [-]
γ p
: Hardening parameter (equivalent mobilised plastic [-]
shear strain)
Eur : Current stress-dependent elastic Young's modulus [-]
c : Current depth-dependent cohesion [-]

THE SOFT SOIL MODEL
9.5 ON THE USE OF THE SOFT SOIL MODEL IN DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS
When using the Soft Soil model in dynamic calculations, the modified swelling index κ∗
needs to be selected such that the model correctly predicts wave velocities in the soil.
This generally requires a smaller value than just an unloading-reloading index.
When subjected to dynamic or cyclic loading, the Soft Soil model will generate plastic
strains when the preconsolidation stress is increased. However, it should be noted that
stress cycles within the current hardening contour will only generate elastic strains and
no (hysteretic) damping, nor accumulation of strains or pore pressure, nor liquefaction. In
order to account for the soil damping in cyclic loading, Rayleigh damping may be defined.

10 SOFT SOIL CREEP MODEL (TIME DEPENDENT BEHAVIOUR)
10.1 INTRODUCTION
Both the Hardening Soil model and the Soft Soil model can be used to model the
behaviour of compressible soft soils, but none of these models are suitable when
considering creep, i.e. secondary compression. All soils exhibit some creep, and primary
compression is thus always followed by a certain amount of secondary compression.
Assuming the secondary compression (for instance during a period of 10 or 30 years) to
be a certain percentage of the primary compression, it is clear that creep is important for
problems involving large primary compression. This is for instance the case when
constructing embankments on soft soils. Indeed, large primary settlements of footings
and embankments are usually followed by substantial creep settlements in later years. In
such cases it is desirable to estimate the creep from FEM-computations.
Foundations may also be founded on initially overconsolidated soil layers that yield
relatively small primary settlements. Then, as a consequence of the loading, a state of
normal consolidation may be reached and significant creep may follow. This is a
treacherous situation as considerable secondary compression is not preceded by the
warning sign of large primary compression. Again, computations with a creep model are
desirable.
Buisman (1936) was probably the first to propose a creep law for clay after observing that
soft-soil settlements could not be fully explained by classical consolidation theory. This
work on 1D-secondary compression was continued by other researchers including, for
example, Bjerrum (1967), Garlanger (1972), Mesri & Godlewski (1977) and Leroueil
(1977). More mathematical lines of research on creep were followed by, for example,
Sekiguchi (1977), Adachi & Oka (1982) and Borja & Kavaznjian (1985). This
mathematical 3D-creep modelling was influenced by the more experimental line of
1D-creep modelling, but conflicts exist.
3D-creep should be a straight forward extension of 1D-creep, but this is hampered by the
fact that present 1D-models have not been formulated as differential equations. For the
presentation of the Soft Soil Creep model we will first complete the line of 1D-modelling
by conversion to a differential form. From this 1D differential equation an extension was
made to a 3D-model. This chapter gives a full description of the formulation of the Soft
Soil Creep model. In addition, attention is focused on the model parameters. Finally, a
validation of the 3D model is presented by considering both model predictions and data
from triaxial tests. Here, attention is focused on constant strain rate triaxial tests and
undrained triaxial creep tests. For more applications of the model the reader is referred to
Vermeer, Stolle & Bonnier (1998), Vermeer & Neher (1999) and Brinkgreve (2004).
Some basic characteristics of the Soft Soil Creep model are:
• Stress-dependent stiffness (logarithmic compression behaviour)
• Distinction between primary loading and unloading-reloading
• Secondary (time-dependent) compression
• Ageing of pre-consolidation stress
• Failure behaviour according to the Mohr-Coulomb criterion

SOFT SOIL CREEP MODEL (TIME DEPENDENT BEHAVIOUR)
10.2 BASICS OF ONE-DIMENSIONAL CREEP
When reviewing previous literature on secondary compression in oedometer tests, one is

struck by the fact that it concentrates on behaviour related to step loading, even though
natural loading processes tend to be continuous or transient in nature. Buisman (1936)
was probably the first to consider such a classical creep test. He proposed the following
equation to describe creep behaviour under constant effective stress:

t
ε = εc − CB log for: t > tc (10.1)
tc
where εc is the strain up to the end of consolidation, t the time measured from the
beginning of loading, tc the time to the end of primary consolidation and CB is a material
constant.
Please note that we do not follow the soil mechanics convention that compression is
considered positive. Instead, compressive stresses and strains are taken to be negative.
For further consideration, it is convenient to rewrite this equation as:

tc + t '
ε = εc − CB log for: t' > 0 (10.2)
tc
with t ' = t − tc being the effective creep time.
Based on the work by Bjerrum on creep, as published for instance in 1967, Garlanger
(1972) proposed a creep equation of the form:

τc + t '
e = ec − Cα log with: Cα = CB (1 + e0 ) for: t ' > 0 (10.3)
τc
Differences between Garlanger's and Buisman's forms are modest. The engineering
strain ε is replaced by void ratio e and the consolidation time tc is replaced by the
parameter τc . Eqs. (10.2) and (10.3) are identical when choosing τc = tc . For the case
that τc 6= tc , differences between both formulations will vanish when the effective creep
time t ' increases.
For practical consulting, oedometer tests are usually interpreted by assuming tc = 24h.
Indeed, the standard oedometer test is a Multiple Stage Loading Test with loading periods
of precisely one day. Due to the special assumption that this loading period coincides to
the consolidation time tc , it follows that such tests have no effective creep time.
Hence one obtains t ' = 0 and the log-term drops out of Eq. (10.3). It would thus seem
that there is no creep in this standard oedometer test, but this suggestion is false. Even
highly impermeable oedometer samples need less than one hour for primary
consolidation. Then all excess pore pressures are zero and one observes pure creep for
the other 23 hours of the day. Therefore we will not make any assumptions about the
precise values of τc and tc .
Another slightly different possibility to describe secondary compression is the form
adopted by Butterfield (1979):

τc + t '
εH = εH
c − c ln (10.4)
τc

where εH is the logarithmic strain defined as:

H V 1 +e
ε = ln = ln (10.5)
V0 1 + e0
with the subscript '0' denoting the initial values. The superscript 'H ' is used to denote
logarithmic strain, as the logarithmic strain measure was originally used by Hencky. For
small strains it is possible to show that:
Cα CB
c= = (10.6)
(1 + e0 ) · ln 10 ln 10
because then logarithmic strain is approximately equal to the engineering strain. Both
Butterfield (1979) and den Haan (1994) showed that for cases involving large strain, the
logarithmic small strain supersedes the traditional engineering strain.
10.3 ON THE VARIABLES τC AND εC
In this section attention will first be focused on the variable τc . Here a procedure is to be
described for an experimental determination of this variable. In order to do so we depart
from Eq. (10.4). By differentiating this equation with respect to time and dropping the
superscript 'H ' to simplify the notation, one finds:
c 1 τc + t '
− ε̇ = or inversely: − = (10.7)
τc + t ' ε̇ c
which allows one to make use of the construction developed by Janbu (1969) for
evaluating the parameters c and τc from experimental data. Both the traditional way,
being indicated in Figure 10.1a, as well as the Janbu method of Figure 10.1b can be used
to determine the parameter c from an oedometer test with constant load.
tc ln t -1/ ε̇
1
εc tc
c
1
c
t ' = t − tc
−ε
τc t' t
t
a. Creep strain b. Inverse creep strain rate
Figure 10.1 Standard oedometer test
The use of the Janbu method is attractive, because both τc and c follow directly when
fitting a straight line through the data. In Janbu's representation of Figure 10.1b, τc is the
intercept with the (non-logarithmic) time axis of the straight creep line. The deviation from
a linear relation for t < tc is due to consolidation.

Considering the classical literature it is possible to describe the end-of-consolidation

strain εc , by an equation of the form:

σ' σpc
εc = εec + εcc = −a ln − (b − a)ln (10.8)
σ '0 σp0
Note that ε is a logarithmic strain, rather than a classical small strain although we
conveniently omit the subscript 'H '. In the above equation σ '0 represents the initial
effective pressure before loading and σ ' is the final effective loading pressure. The values
σp0 and σpc represent the pre-consolidation pressure corresponding to before-loading
and end-of-consolidation states respectively. In most literature on oedometer testing, one
adopts the void ratio e instead of ε, and log instead of ln, the swelling (recompression)
index Cs instead of a, and the compression index Cc instead of b. The above constants a
and b relate to Cs and Cc as:
Cs Cc
a= b= (10.9)
(1 + e0 ) · ln 10 (1 + eo ) · ln 10
Combining Eqs. (10.4) and (10.8) it follows that:

e cσ' σpc τc + t '
ε = ε + ε = −a ln − (b − a) ln − c ln (10.10)
σ '0 σp0 τc
where ε is the total logarithmic strain due to an increase in effective stress from σ '0 to σ '
and a time period of tc + t '. In Figure 10.2 the terms of Eq. (10.10) are depicted in an ε -
ln σ diagram.
σ '0 σp0 σpc σ' ln(−σ ')

a
1 εec
b
εcc
1
NC - line c ln(1 + t '/τc )

-ε
Figure 10.2 Idealised stress-strain curve from oedometer test with division of strain increments into
an elastic and a creep component. For t ' + tc = 1 day, one arrives precisely on the
NC-line
Up to this point, the more general problem of creep under transient loading conditions
has not yet been addressed, as it should be recalled that restrictions have been made to
creep under constant load. For generalising the model, a differential form of the creep
model is needed. No doubt, such a general equation may not contain t ' and neither τc as
the consolidation time is not clearly defined for transient loading conditions.

10.4 DIFFERENTIAL LAW FOR 1D-CREEP
The previous equations emphasize the relation between accumulated creep and time, for
a given constant effective stress. For solving transient or continuous loading problems, it
is necessary to formulate a constitutive law in differential form, as will be described in this
section. In a first step we will derive an equation for τc . Indeed, despite the use of
logarithmic strain and ln instead of log , equation (Eq. 10.10) is classical without adding
new knowledge. Moreover, the question on the physical meaning of τc is still open. In
fact, we have not been able to find precise information on τc in the literature, apart from
Janbu's method of experimental determination.
In order to find an analytical expression for the quantity τc , we adopt the basic idea that
all inelastic strains are time dependent. Hence total strain is the sum of an elastic part εe
and a time-dependent creep part εc . For non-failure situations as met in oedometer
loading conditions, we do not assume an instantaneous plastic strain component, as
used in traditional elastoplastic modelling. In addition to this basic concept, we adopt
Bjerrum's idea that the pre-consolidation stress depends entirely on the amount of creep
strain being accumulated in the course of time. In addition to (10.10) we therefore
introduce the expression:

σ' σpc
ε = εe + εc = −a ln − (b − a) ln (10.11)
σ '0 σp0
where

−εc
σp = σp0 exp
b−a
Please note that εc is negative, so that σp exceeds σp0 . The longer a soil sample is left to
creep the larger σp grows. The time-dependency of the pre-consolidation pressure σp is
now found by combining Eqs. (10.10) and (10.11) to obtain:

c σp τc + t '
ε − εcc = −(b − a)ln = −c ln (10.12)
σpc τc
This equation can now be used for a better understanding of τc , at least when adding
knowledge from standard oedometer loading. In conventional oedometer testing the load
is stepwise increased and each load step is maintained for a constant period of tc + t ' = τ ,
where τ is precisely one day.
In this way of stepwise loading the so-called normal consolidation line (NC-line) with
σp = σ ' is obtained. On entering σp = σ ' and t ' = τ − tc into Eq. (10.12) it is found that:

σ' τc + τc
(b − a) ln = c ln for: OCR = 1 (10.13)
σpc τc
It is now assumed that (τc − tc ) << τ . This quantity can thus be disregarded with respect
to τ and it follows that:
b −a b −a
τ σ' σpc
= c or: τc = τ c (10.14)
τc σpc σ'
Hence τc depends both on the effective stress σ ' and the end-of-consolidation

pre-consolidation stress σpc . In order to verify the assumption (τc − tc ) << τ , it should be
realised that usual oedometer samples consolidate for relatively short periods of less
than one hour. Considering load steps on the normal consolidation line, we have OCR=1
both in the beginning and at the end of the load step. During such a load step σp
increases from σp0 up to σpc during the short period of (primary) consolidation. Hereafter
σp increases further from σpc up to σ ' during a relatively long creep period. Hence, at the
end of the day the sample is again in a state of normal consolidation, but directly after the
short consolidation period the sample is under-consolidated with σp < σ '. For the usually
very high ratios of (b − a)/c ≥ 15, we thus find very small τc -values from Eq. (10.14).
Hence not only tc but also τc tends to be small with respect to τ . It thus follows that the
assumption (τc − tc ) << τ is certainly correct.
Having derived the simple expression Eq. (10.14) for τc , it is now possible to formulate
the differential creep equation. To this end Eq. (10.10) is differentiated to obtain:
σ̇ ' c
ε̇ = ε̇e + ε̇c = −a − (10.15)
σ ' τc + t '
where τc + t ' can be eliminated by means of Eq. (10.12) to obtain:
b −a
σ̇ ' c σpc
ε̇ = ε̇e + ε̇c = −a − c
σ ' τc σp
with:

−εc
σp = σp0 exp (10.16)
b−a
Again it is recalled that εc is a compressive strain, being considered negative in this
manual. Eq. (10.14) can now be introduced to eliminate τc and σpc and to obtain:
b −a
e c σ̇ ' c σ'
ε̇ = ε̇ + ε̇ = −a − c (10.17)
σ' τ σp
10.5 THREE-DIMENSIONAL-MODEL
On extending the 1D-model to general states of stress and strain, the well-known stress
invariants for isotropic stress p and deviatoric stress q are adopted. These invariants are
used to define a new stress measure named peq :
e2
q
peq = p' + (10.18)
M 2 (p' + c cot ϕ)
and qe is a similar deviatoric stress quantity as defined in the Hardening Soil model and
Soft Soil model.In Figure 10.3 it is shown that the stress measure peq is constant on
ellipses in p - q
e-plane. In fact we have the ellipses from the Modified Cam-Clay model as
introduced by Roscoe & Burland (1968).
The soil parameter M represents the slope of the so-called 'critical state line' as also

e
q
1
deviatoric stress
peq ppeq -p
isotropic stress
Figure 10.3 Diagram of peq -ellipse in a p-q
e-plane
indicated in Figure 10.3. We use:
6 sin ϕcv
M= (10.19)
3 − sin ϕcv
where ϕcv is the critical-void friction angle, also referred to as critical-state friction angle.
The equivalent pressure peq is constant along ellipsoids in principal stress space. To
extend the 1D-theory to a general 3D-theory, attention is now focused on normally
consolidated states of stress and strain as met in oedometer testing. In such situations it
yields σ '2 = σ '3 = K0nc σ '1 , and it follows from Eq. (10.18) that:
" #
eq 1 + 2K0nc 3 1 − K0nc 2
p = σ '1 + 2 ,
3 M 1 + 2K0nc
" #
1 + 2K0nc 3 1 − K0nc 2
ppeq = σp + 2 (10.20)
3 M 1 + 2K0nc
eq
where pp is a generalised pre-consolidation pressure, being simply proportional to the
one-dimensional one σp . For known values of K0nc , peq can thus be computed from σ '1 ,
eq
and pp can thus be computed from σp . Omitting the elastic strain in the 1D-equation
eq
(Eq. 10.17), introducing the above expressions for peq and pp and writing εν instead of ε
it is found that:
!
c peq b−a −εcv
− ε̇cv = c where ppeq = eq
pp0 exp (10.21)
τ ppeq b−a

For one-dimensional oedometer conditions, this equation reduces to Eq. (10.17), so that
one has a true extension of the 1D-creep model. It should be noted that the subscript '0'
is once again used in the equations to denote initial conditions and that εcν = 0 for time
t = 0.
Instead of the parameters a, b and c of the 1D-model, we will now change to the material
parameters κ∗ , λ∗ and µ∗ , who fit into the framework of critical-state soil mechanics.
Conversion between constants follows the rules:
κ∗ ≈ 2a b = λ∗ µ∗ = c (10.22)
The expression for κ∗ is an approximation. This is a result of the fact that during
unloading and reloading under oedometer conditions the ratio of normal stress
components changes and therefore the changes of p' and σ1 ' deviate.
On using these new parameters, Eq. (10.21) changes to become:
! λ∗ − κ∗
µ∗ peq µ∗ −εcv
−ε̇cv = with ppeq = Pp0
eq
exp (10.23)
τ ppeq λ∗ − κ∗
As yet the 3D-creep model is incomplete, as we have only considered a volumetric creep
strain εcν , whilst soft soils also exhibit deviatoric creep strains.
To introduce general creep strains, we adopt the view that creep strain is simply a
time-dependent plastic strain. It is thus logic to assume a flow rule for the rate of creep
strain, as usually done in plasticity theory. For formulating such a flow rule, it is
convenient to adopt the vector notation and considering principal directions:

σ = σ1 σ2 σ3 T and ε = ε1 ε2 ε3 T
where T is used to denote a transpose. Similar to the 1D-model we have both elastic and
creep strains in the 3D-model. Using Hooke's law for the elastic part, and a flow rule for
the creep part, one obtains:
∂g c
ε̇ = ε̇e + ε̇c = D −1 σ̇ ' + λ (10.24)
∂σ '
where the elasticity matrix and the plastic potential function are defined as:
 
1 −νur −νur
1 


D −1 =  −νur 1 −νur  and g c = peq
Eur  
−νur −νur 1
where Eur relates to the modified swelling index (Eq. (10.27)) Hence we use the
equivalent pressure peq as a plastic potential function for deriving the individual creep
strain-rate components. The subscripts 'ur ' are introduced to emphasize that both the
elasticity modulus and Poisson's ratio will determine unloading-reloading behaviour. Now
it follows from the above equations that:

∂peq ∂peq ∂peq ∂peq
ε̇cv = ε̇c1 + ε̇c2 + ε̇c3 =λ· + + =λ· =λ·α (10.25)
∂σ '1 ∂σ '2 ∂σ '3 ∂p'

Hence we define α = ∂peq /∂p'. Together with Eqs. (10.23) and (10.24) this leads to:
! λ∗ − κ∗
−1 ε̇c ∂peq 1 µ∗ peq µ∗ ∂p
eq
ε̇ = D σ̇ ' + v = D −1 σ̇ ' − (10.26)
α ∂σ ' α τ ppeq ∂σ '
where:

−εcv
ppeq = pp0
eq
exp
λ∗ − κ∗
or inversely:
!
∗ ∗ ppeq
−εcv = (λ − κ )ln eq
pp0
10.6 FORMULATION OF ELASTIC 3D-STRAINS
Considering creep strains, it has been shown that the 1D-model can be extended to
obtain the 3D-model, but as yet this has not been done for the elastic strains.
To get a proper 3D-model for the elastic strains as well, the elastic modulus Eur has to
been defined as a stress-dependent tangent stiffness according to:

p' + c cot ϕ
Eur = 3(1 − 2νur )Kur = −3(1 − 2νur ) (10.27)
κ∗
Hence, Eur is not a new input parameter, but simply a variable quantity that relates to the
input parameter κ∗ . On the other hand νur is an additional true material constant.
Hence similar to Eur , the bulk modulus Kur is stress dependent according to the rule
Kur = −(p' + c cot ϕ)∗ /κ∗ where in this context c is again the effective cohesion rather
than the creep parameter. Now it can be derived for the volumetric elastic strain that:

ṗ' ṗ' p' + c cot ϕ
ε̇ev = = −κ∗ or by integration: − εeν = κ∗ ln
Kur p' + c cot ϕ p'0 + c cot ϕ
(10.28)
Hence in the 3D-model the elastic strain is controlled by the mean stress p', rather than
by principal stress σ ' as in the 1D-model. However mean stress can be converted into
principal stress. For one-dimensional compression on the normal consolidation line, we
have both 3p' = (1 + 2K0nc )σ ' and 3p'0 = (1 + 2K0nc )σ '0 and it follows that p'/p'0 = σ '/σ '0 .
As a consequence, for c = 0, we derive the simple rule −εcν = κ∗ ln σ '/σ '0 , whereas the
1D-model involves −εcν = a ln σ '/σ '0 . It would thus seem that κ∗ coincides with a.
Unfortunately this line of thinking cannot be extended toward overconsolidated states of
stress and strain. For such situations, it can be derived that:
ṗ' 1 + νur 1 σ̇ '

= (10.29)
p' 1 − νur 1 + 2K0 σ '

and it follows that:
ṗ' 1 + νur κ∗ σ̇ '

−ε̇ev = κ∗ = (10.30)
p' 1 − νur 1 + 2K0 σ '
where K0 depends to a great extent on the degree of over-consolidation. For many
situations, it is reasonable to assume K0 ≈ 1 and together with νur ≈ 0.2 one obtains
−2εcν ≈ κ∗ ln(σ '/σ '0 ). Good agreement with the 1D-model is thus found by taking
κ∗ ≈ 2a.
10.7 FORMULATION OF FAILURE CONDITION
The creep formulation does not include failure. Therefore, a Mohr-Coulomb type failure
criterion, formulated in a perfect-plasticity framework, is added to the Soft Soil Creep
model, generating plastic strains as soon as the failure condition is met. As soon as the
Mohr-Coulomb failure yield criterion f (σ ', c, ϕ) = 0 is met, instantaneous plastic strain
rates develop according to the flow rule ε̇p = λ∂g/∂σ ' with g = g(σ ', ψ). For details see
Chapter 3 on the Mohr-Coulomb model.
In each stress point, the stresses are calculated according to the creep formulation before
considering the failure criterion. Subsequently, the new stress state is checked against
the failure criterion and corrected, if applicable.
10.8 PARAMETERS OF THE SOFT SOIL CREEP MODEL
In addition to the parameters of theSoft Soil Creep model, the Soft Soil Creep model
involves a creep parameter in the form of the Modified Creep index µ∗ . In total, the Soft
Soil Creep model requires the following parameters to be determined:
Figure 10.4 Parameters tabsheet for the Soft Soil Creep model
In conclusion, the Soft Soil Creep model requires the following material constants:
Failure parameters as in the Mohr-Coulomb model:

c : Effective cohesion [kN/m2 ]

Basic stiffness parameters:

κ∗ : Modified swelling index [-]
∗
λ : Modified compression index [-]
∗
µ : Modified creep index [-]
Advanced parameters (it is advised to use the default setting):

νur : Poisson's ratio for unloading-reloading (default 0.15) [-]
K0nc : σ 'xx /σ 'yy stress ratio in a state of normal consolidation [-]
M : K0nc -related parameter (see below) [-]
Instead of defining the stiffness by the basic stiffness parameters, alternative stiffness
parameters can be used. These material constants are given by:
Cs : Swelling index [-]
Cα : Creep index for secondary compression [-]
Modified swelling index, modified compression index and modified creep

index
unloading. When plotting the logarithm of the mean stress as a function of the volumetric
strain for clay-type materials, the plot can be approximated by two straight lines (see
Figure 9.1). The slope of the primary loading line gives the modified compression index,
and the slope of the unloading (or swelling) line gives the modified swelling index. Note
that there is a difference between the modified indices κ∗ and λ∗ and the original
Cam-Clay parameters κ and λ. The latter parameters are defined in terms of the void
ratio e instead of the volumetric strain εv . The parameter µ∗ (Table 10.1b) can be
obtained by measuring the volumetric strain on the long term and plotting it against the
logarithm of time (see Figure 10.1).
In Table 10.1c, the value 2.3 is in fact ln10 and stems from the conversion from 10 log to
natural logarithm. The alternative stiffness parameters can also be calculated from this
table. Since the void ratio e is not a constant, in the conversion from the alternative
parameters to the original model parameters in PLAXIS the void ratio e is defined as the
initial void ratio einit . Entering a particular value for one of the alternatives Cc , Cs or Cα
results in a change of λ∗ , κ∗ or µ∗ respectively.
As already indicated in Section 10.6, there is no exact relation between the isotropic
compression index κ∗ and the one-dimensional swelling indices A and Cs , because the
ratio of horizontal and vertical stress changes during one-dimensional unloading. For the
approximation it is assumed that the average stress state during unloading is an isotropic
stress state, i.e. the horizontal and vertical stresses are equal.

For a rough estimate of the model parameters, one might use the correlation
λ∗ ≈ Ip (%)/500, the fact that λ∗ /µ∗ is in the range between 15 to 25 and the general
observation λ∗ /κ∗ is between 2.5 and 7.
Table 10.1a Relationship to Cam-Clay parameters
λ∗ = λ κ∗ = κ ---
1+e 1+e
Table 10.1b Relationship to A,B , C parameters
λ∗ = b κ∗ ≈ 2a µ∗ = c
Table 10.1c Relationship to internationally normalised parameters
λ∗ = Cc κ∗ ≈ 2 Cs µ∗ = Cα
2.3(1 + e) 2.3 (1 + e) 2.3(1 + e)
For characterising a particular layer of soft soil, it is also necessary to know the initial
pre-consolidation pressure σp0 . This pressure may, for example, be computed from a
given value of the over-consolidation ratio (OCR). Subsequently σp0 can be used to
eq
compute the initial value of the generalised pre-consolidation pressure pp (see Section
2.8).
Poisson's ratio
In the case of the Soft Soil Creep model, Poisson's ratio is purely an elasticity constant
rather than a pseudo-elasticity constant as used in the Mohr-Coulomb model. Its value
will usually be in the range between 0.1 and 0.2. If the standard setting for the Soft Soil
Creep model parameters is selected, then the value νur = 0.15 is automatically adopted.
For loading of normally consolidated materials, Poisson's ratio plays a minor role, but it
becomes important in unloading problems. For example, for unloading in a
one-dimensional compression test (oedometer), the relatively small Poisson's ratio will
result in a small decrease of the lateral stress compared with the decrease in vertical
stress. As a result, the ratio of horizontal and vertical stress increases, which is a
well-known phenomenon for overconsolidated materials. Hence, Poisson's ratio should
not be based on the normally consolidated K0nc -value, but on the ratio of difference in
horizontal stress to difference in vertical stress in oedometer unloading and reloading:
νur ∆σxx
= (unloading and reloading) (10.31)
1 − νur ∆σyy
K0nc - parameter
By default, M is automatically determined based on the coefficient of lateral earth
pressure in normally consolidated condition, K0nc , as entered by the user. The exact
relationship between M and K0nc can be formulated as (Brinkgreve, 1994):
s 2
1 − K0nc 1 − K0nc (1 − 2νur )(λ∗ /κ∗ − 1)
M=3 + (10.32)
1 + 2K0nc 2
1 + 2K0nc (1 − 2νur )λ∗ /κ∗ − 1 − K0nc (1 + νur )
Hence the user cannot enter directly a particular value of M . Instead he can choose
values for K0nc . Note that the particular selection of M has an influence on lateral
deformation of pseudo-vertical loading problems. For details, see Brinkgreve (2004).

10.9 STATE PARAMETERS IN THE SOFT SOIL CREEP MODEL
In addition to the output of standard stress and strain quantities, the Soft Soil Creep
modelmodel provides output (when being used) on state variables such as the isotropic
pre-consolidation stress pp . These parameters can be viewed by selecting the State
parameters option from the Stresses menu. An overview of available state parameters is
given below:
peq : Equivalent isotropic stress [-]
peq = p' + q 2 /M 2 (p' + ccotφ)

pp : Isotropic pre-consolidation stress [-]
OCR : Isotropic over-consolidation [-]
OCR = pp /peq
10.10 ON THE USE OF THE SOFT SOIL CREEP MODEL IN DYNAMIC

CALCULATIONS
When using the Soft Soil Creep model in dynamic calculations, the modified swelling
index κ∗ needs to be selected such that the model correctly predicts wave velocities in
the soil. This generally requires a smaller value than just an unloading-reloading index.
When subjected to dynamic or cyclic loading, the Soft Soil Creep model will generate
plastic strains when the preconsolidation stress is increased. However, it should be noted
that stress cycles within the current creep contour will only generate elastic strains and no
(hysteretic) damping, nor accumulation of strains or pore pressure, nor liquefaction. In
10.11 ON THE USE OF THE SOFT SOIL CREEP MODEL IN PRACTICAL

APPLICATIONS
In the Soft Soil Creep model, creep strains are generated as long as there is effective
stress. In oedometer tests and other lab tests, self-weight stresses of the soil sample are
negligible and the effective stress in the sample is dominated by external loading
conditions. However, when it comes to practical applications, the effective stress in the
soil is generally dominated by the initial self- weight stresses. As a consequence, creep
will occur without additional loading.
Following the formulation of the model, the rate at which creep strains occur highly
depends on the over-consolidation ratio as well as the ratio of the (modified) compression
index over the (modified) creep index. Regarding the latter, it should be considered that
natural clays may involve structure (bonding) whilst the Soft Soil Creep model does not
include such effects. This requires the effective stress range in the application to be
taken into account when determining the compression and creep indices from
one-dimensional compression tests. This may also have an effect on the
pre-consolidation stress to be used in the application. Moreover, considering
'normally-consolidated'soft soil deposits in practice, it would seem logical to set the initial
OCR -value equal to 1.0. However, this would lead to unrealistic large creep strain rates

due to the initial stresses, without even considering additional loading.

In order to avoid these unrealistic creep strain rates, it is recommended to set the initial
OCR -value larger than 1.0. A value in the order of 1.2-1.4 will generally work, but in
some cases even higher values might be needed. Please keep in mind that this changes
the pre-consolidation pressure, such that the material becomes lightly over-consolidated
and the pre-consolidation stress may not correspond anymore to what is observed in
compression tests.
The above may be validated from a practical viewpoint by considering that the layer has
aged since its deposition in geological history. Moreover, in particular the top few metres
of an existing soft soil layer have been subjected to various possible external influences
(traffic, weather, temperature changes, changes in saturation, etc.). Accurate
measurements of the pre-consolidation pressure on soil samples that are assumed to be
'normally-consolidated'would typically show a pre-consolidation pressure that is
noticeably larger than the initial effective stress. However, lab tests are often performed
on soil samples that have been disturbed to a certain extent, and therefore the
measurement of the pre-consolidation stress in practice is often inaccurate.
In conclusion, the determination of model parameters for the Soft Soil Creep model
requires a cautious interpretation of test data, in view of the envisioned practical
application. It is recommended, before commencing any 2D or 3D analysis, to perform a
careful calibration of model parameters. This can be done by performing simulations
using the PLAXIS Soil Test facility in combination with an analysis of a one-dimensional
soil column (based on the in-situ soil layering), in which a realistic time interval is
considered.

11 MODIFIED CAM-CLAY MODEL
The Modified Cam-Clay model is described in several textbooks on critical state soil
mechanics (for example Muir Wood (1990)). In this chapter a short overview is given of
the basic equations.
11.1 FORMULATION OF THE MODIFIED CAM-CLAY MODEL
In the Modified Cam-Clay model, a logarithmic relation is assumed between void ratio e
and the mean effective stress p' in virgin isotropic compression, which can be formulated
as:

0 p'
e − e = −λ ln 0 (virgin isotropic compression) (11.1)
p
The parameter λ is the Cam-Clay isotropic compression index, which determines the
compressibility of the material in primary loading. When plotting relation (Eq. 11.1) in a
e - ln p' diagram one obtains a straight line. During unloading and reloading, a different
line is followed, which can be formulated as:

p'
e − e0 = −κ ln (isotropic unloading and reloading) (11.2)
p0
The parameter κ is the Cam-Clay isotropic swelling index, which determines the
compressibility of material in unloading and reloading. In fact, an infinite number of
unloading and reloading lines exists in p' - e-plane each corresponding to a particular
value of the preconsolidation stress pp .
The yield function of the Modified Cam-Clay model is defined as:
q2
f = 2
+ p' p' − pp (11.3)
M
The yield surface (f = 0) represents an ellipse in p' - q -plane as indicated in Figure 11.1.
The yield surface is the boundary of the elastic stress states. Stress paths within this
boundary only give elastic strain increments, whereas stress paths that tend to cross the
boundary generally give both elastic and plastic strain increments.
In p' - q -plane, the top of the ellipse intersects a line that we can be written as:
q = Mp' (11.4)
This line is called the critical state line (CSL) and gives the relation between p' and q in a
state of failure (i.e. the critical state). The constant M is the tangent of the critical state
line and determines the extent to which the ultimate deviatoric stress, q , depends on the
mean effective stress, p'. Hence, M can be regarded as a friction constant. Moreover, M
determines the shape of the yield surface (height of the ellipse) and influences the
coefficient of lateral earth pressure K0nc in a normally consolidated stress state under
conditions of one-dimensional compression.
The preconsolidation stress, pp , determines the size of the ellipse. In fact, an infinite

MODIFIED CAM-CLAY MODEL
Critical State Line

q
'dry side' 'wet side'
K0nc -line
M
1
p'
pp
Figure 11.1 Yield surface of the Modified Cam-Clay model in p' - q -plane
number of ellipses exist, each corresponding to a particular value of pp .

The left hand side of the yield ellipse (often described as the 'dry side' of the critical state
line) may be thought of as a failure surface. In this region plastic yielding is associated
with softening, and therefore failure. The values of q can become unrealistically large in
this region.
For more detailed information on Cam-Clay type models, the reader is referred to Muir
Wood (1990).
Hint: Note that the Modified Cam-Clay modelmodel as implemented in PLAXIS

gives a Druger-Prager failure state instead of a Mohr-Coulomb model type of
failure.
11.2 PARAMETERS OF THE MODIFIED CAM-CLAY MODEL
The Modified Cam-Clay model is based on five parameters:

νur : Poisson's ratio
κ: Cam-Clay swelling index
λ: Cam-Clay compression index
M: Tangent of the critical state line
einit : Initial void ratio
Poisson's ratio
Poisson's ratio νur is a real elastic parameter and not a pseudo-elasticity constant as used
in the Mohr-Coulomb model. Its value will usually be in the range between 0.1 and 0.2.

Figure 11.2 Parameters for the Modified Cam-Clay model
Compression index and swelling index

unloading. When plotting the natural logarithm of the mean stress as a function of the
void ratio for clay-type materials, the plot can be approximated by two straight lines. The
slope of the primary loading line gives the compression index and the slope of the
unloading line gives the swelling index. These parameters can be obtained from a
one-dimensional compression test, as discussed in Section 9.3.
Tangent of the critical state line

In order to obtain the correct shear strength, the parameter M should be based on the
friction angle ϕ. The critical state line is comparable with the Drucker-Prager failure line,
and represents a (circular) cone in principal stress space. Hence, the value of M can be
obtained from ϕ:
6sinϕ
M= (for initial compression stress states) (σ1 ' ≤ σ2 ' = σ3 ')
3 − sinϕ
6sinϕ
M= (for triaxial extension stress states) (σ1 ' = σ2 ' ≤ σ3 ')
3 + sinϕ
√
M ≈ 3sinϕ (for plain strain stress states)
In addition to determining the shear strength, the parameter M has an important influence
on the value of the coefficient of lateral earth pressure, K0nc , in a state of normal
consolidation. In general, when M is chosen such that the model predicts the correct
shearing strength, the resulting value of K0nc is too high.
11.3 STATE PARAMETERS IN THE MODIFIED CAM-CLAY MODEL
In addition to the output of standard stress and strain, the Modified Cam-Clay model
provides output (when being used) on state variables such as the isotropic
pre-consolidation stress pp and the isotropic over-consolidation ration OCR . These
parameters can be visualised by selecting the State parameters option from the Stresses
menu. An overview of available state parameters is given below:

MODIFIED CAM-CLAY MODEL
q2
peq = p' −
M 2 (p' − c cot ϕ)
11.4 ON THE USE OF THE MODIFIED CAM-CLAY MODEL IN DYNAMIC

CALCULATIONS
When using the Modified Cam-Clay model in dynamic calculations, the swelling index κ
needs to be selected such that the model correctly predicts wave velocities in the soil.
This generally requires a smaller value than just an unloading-reloading index.
When subjected to dynamic or cyclic loading, the Modified Cam-Clay model will generate
plastic strains when the preconsolidation stress is increased. However, it should be noted
that stress cycles within the current creep contour will only generate elastic strains and no
(hysteretic) damping, nor accumulation of strains or pore pressure, nor liquefaction. In
11.5 WARNING
The Modified Cam-Clay model may allow for extremely large shear stresses. This is
particularly the case for stress paths that cross the critical state line. Furthermore, the
Modified Cam-Clay model may give softening behaviour for particular stress paths.
Without special regularization techniques, softening behaviour may lead to mesh
dependency and convergence problems of iterative procedures. Moreover, the Modified
Cam-Clay model cannot be used in combination with Safety analysis by means of phi-c
reduction. The use of the Modified Cam-Clay model in practical applications is not
recommended.

12 THE SEKIGUCHI-OHTA MODEL
The Sekiguchi-Ohta model has been developed to formulate a constitutive law for
normally consolidated clay. Particular emphasis is placed on taking the effect of time and
stress-induced anisotropy into consideration. A complete description of the model has
been presented in Sekiguchi & Ohta (1977) and Iizuka & Ohta (1987).
12.1 FORMULATION OF THE SEKIGUCHI-OHTA MODEL
The Sekiguchi-Ohta model combines the concepts lying behind the well known Cam Clay
model (Roscoe, Schofield & Thurairajah (1963)) and the rheological model developed by
Murayama & Shibata (1966). The Cam Clay model was further developed by Ohta &
Hata (1973) counting for the stress induced anisotropy for anisotropically consolidated
clays. However due to the fact that this model deals with the stress-strain behaviour of
the soil in equilibrium, the time effect is not considered. The rheological model is further
developed by Sekiguchi (1977) to describe the time-dependent and elastoplastic
behaviour for normally consolidated clays.
12.1.1 ISOTROPIC STATES OF STRESS AND STRAIN (σ '1 = σ '2 = σ '3 )

In the Sekiguchi-Ohta model, it is assumed that there is a logarithmic relation between
changes in volumetric strain, εv , and changes in mean effective stress, p', which can be
formulated as:

p'
εv − ε0v = −λ∗ ln (virgin compression) (12.1)
p0
The parameter λ∗ is the modified compression index, which determines the
compressibility of the material in primary loading. Note that λ∗ differs from the index λ as
used by Burland (1965). The difference is that Eq. (12.1) is a function of volumetric strain
instead of void ratio. Plotting Eq. (12.1) gives a straight line as shown in Figure 12.3.
During isotropic unloading and reloading a different path (line) is followed, which can be
formulated as:

∗ p'
εev − εe0
v = −κ ln 0 (unloading and reloading) (12.2)
p
The parameter κ∗ is the modified swelling index, which determines the compressibility of
the material in unloading and subsequent reloading. Note that κ∗ differs from the index κ
as used in the Cam-Clay models. The ratio λ∗ /κ∗ is, however, equal to the ratio λ/κ.
The soil response during unloading and reloading is assumed to be elastic as denoted by
the superscript e in Eq. (12.2). The elastic behaviour is described by Hooke's law. Eq.
(12.2) implies linear stress dependency on the tangent bulk modulus such that:
Eur p'
Kur ≡ = ∗ (12.3)
3(1 − 2νur ) κ
in which the subscript ur denotes unloading / reloading. Neither the elastic bulk modulus,
Kur , nor the elastic Young's modulus, Eur , is used as an input parameter. Instead, νur and

THE SEKIGUCHI-OHTA MODEL
κ∗ are used as input constants for the part of the model that computes the elastic strains.
εv
1
λ*
κ*
1
pp ln p'
An infinite number of unloading / reloading lines may exist in Figure 12.3, each
corresponding to a particular value of the isotropic pre-consolidation stress pp . The
pre-consolidation stress represents the largest stress level experienced by the soil.
During unloading and reloading, this pre-consolidation stress remains constant. In
primary loading, however, the pre-consolidation stress increases with the stress level,
causing irreversible (plastic) volumetric strains.
12.1.2 INVISCID (TIME-INDEPENDENT) FORMULATION

The yield function of the inviscid model in triaxial space is expressed by the following
equation:
p' q̄
f = MD ln( )+D (12.4)
pp p'
where M is the critical state frictional parameter, p' is the mean effective stress, pp is the
isotropic hardening stress parameter, q̄ is the relative deviatoric stress and D is the
coefficient of dilatancy.
The isotropic hardening stress parameter of the model is defined as:
(εpv − εpv 0 )
pp = pp0 e (MD) (12.5)
p p
where MD = λ∗ − κ∗ , εv is the current plastic volumetric strain and εv 0 is the initial plastic
volumetric strain. Hence, the parameter D is an auxiliary parameter implicitly defined as
D = (λ∗ − κ∗ )/M .

12.1.3 VISCID (TIME-DEPENDENT) FORMULATION

The flow function of the visco-plastic (viscid) model is written as:

v̇0 t f (σ)
F = α ln 1 + ∗ exp( ∗ ) − εvp
∗
v =0 (12.6)
α α
where
p' q̄
f (σ) = MD ln +D (12.7)
p '0 p'
The flow function F can be transformed to a function of stress and hardening parameter
g as follows:
g(σ ', h) = f (σ ') − h(εvp

v , t) = 0 (12.8)
where the hardening parameter h is defined as:

α∗ εvp
v
h(εvp
v , t)
∗
= α ln exp( ∗ ) − 1 (12.9)
v̇0 t α
The initial time to calculate the hardening parameter h should not be zero, because it is
not determined due to 1/t in Eq. (12.9). To be able to calculate the initial volumetric
visco-plastic strain, it is assumed that the hardening parameter h is equal to zero. Hence,
the initial visco-plastic volumetric strain can be calculated as follows:

α∗ εvp
h(εvp ∗
v , t) = α ln exp( v∗ ) − 1 = 0 (12.10)
v̇0 t α

v̇0 t
εvp
v0 = α∗ ln +1 =0 (12.11)
α∗
εvp
v 0 is used as the initial visco-plastic volumetric strain to calculate the current
visco-plastic volumetric strain.
12.2 PARAMETERS OF THE SEKIGUCHI-OHTA MODEL
12.2.1 INVISCID MODEL

The inviscid Sekiguchi-Ohta model requires a total of seven parameters (Figure 12.2).
Basic parameters for soil stiffness:

∗
κ : Modified swelling index [-]
Instead of entering the basic parameters for soil stiffness, alternative parameters can be
entered. These parameters are listed below:
Cr : Recompression index [-]


The relationship of the alternative and the basic parameters for soil stiffness is given in
Table 9.1.
Parameters for soil strength:

M : Slope of the critical state line [-]
Advanced parameters (use default settings):
Figure 12.2 shows the PLAXIS window for inputting the values of the model parameters.
Figure 12.2 Parameters for the Sekiguchi-Ohta model
Modified compression index and modified swelling index (λ∗ and κ∗ )

unloading. When plotting the logarithm of the mean effective stress as a function of the
volumetric strain for clay type materials, the plot can be approximated by two straight
lines, see Figure 12.3. The slope of the primary loading line gives the modified
compression index λ∗ , and the slope of the unloading (or swelling) line gives the modified
swelling index κ∗ .
Poisson's ratio (νur )

The poisson's ratio νur is a real elastic parameter and not a pseudo-elasticity constant as
used in the Mohr-Coulomb model. Its value will usually be in the range between 0.1 and
0.2.

εv
1
λ*
κ*
1
pp ln p'
Earth pressure coefficient at rest (K0nc )

The K0nc parameter is defined as the stress ratio in one-dimensional compression in a
state of normal consolidation:
σ 'xx
K0nc =
σ 'yy
The K0nc -parameter determines the singular point in the Sekiguchi-Ohta model yield
contour. Hence, K0nc relates to the inclination of the stress path in one-dimensional
compression where α, as described in the Eq. (12.12) is the slope of the K0nc line in the p
- q plane.
3(1 − K0nc )
α= (12.12)
1 + 2K0nc
Figure 12.4 The Sekiguchi-Ohta model yield surface in triaxial stress space
Slope of the critical state line (M )

In order to obtain the correct shear strength, the parameter M should be based on the
friction angle φ. The critical state line is comparable with the Drucker-Prager failure
criteria, and represents a (circular) cone in the principal stress space. Hence, the value of

M can be obtained from φ in a similar way as the Drucker-Prager friction constant α is

obtained from φ. For details see also the Modified Cam-Clay model in the Material
Models Manual.
Initial overconsolidation ratio (OCR0 )

The initial overconsolidation ratio OCR0 is defined as the highest vertical effective stress
experienced in the past, σ 'p , divided by the current stress σ 'yy . A soil which is currently
experiencing its highest stress is said to be normally consolidated and to have an OCR of
1.
Initial pre-overburden pressure (POP0 )

The initial pre-overburden pressure POP0 , expressed in the unit of stress, is defined as:
POP 0 = σ 'p − σ 'yy
where σ 'p is the vertical pre-consolidation stress (the greatest vertical stress reached
previously) and σ 'yy is the in situ effective vertical stress.
12.2.2 MODEL PARAMETERS OF THE VISCID MODEL

Compared to the inviscid Sekiguchi-Ohta model, the viscid Sekiguchi-Ohta model
requires the coefficient of secondary compression α∗ and the initial volumetric strain rate
v̇0 as two additional parameters of input. All other parameters remain the same as in the
inviscid Sekiguchi-Ohta model.
κ∗ : Modified swelling index [-]
M : Slope of the critical state line [-]
OCR0 : Initial overconsolidation ratio [-]
POP0 : Initial pre-overburden pressure [kN/m2 ]
α∗ : Coefficient of secondary compression [-]
v̇0 : Initial volumetric strain rate [day-1 ]
Coefficient of secondary compression (α∗ )

The coefficient of secondary compression α∗ is defined as:
dεv
α∗ =
d(ln t)
at time tc (the end of primary consolidation).
Initial volumetric strain rate (v̇0 )

The initial volumetric strain rate v̇0 at reference state is expressed as:

α∗
v̇0 =
tc
12.3 STATE PARAMETERS IN THE SEKIGUCHI-OHTA MODEL
In addition to the output of standard stress and strain, the Sekiguchi-Ohta model provides
output (when being used) on state variables such as the isotropic pre-consolidation
stress pp and the isotropic over-consolidation ration OCR . These parameters can be
visualised by selecting the State parameters option from the Stresses menu. An overview
of available state parameters is given below:
p'
peq =
e
q
exp(− )
Mp'

THE NGI-ADP MODEL (ANISOTROPIC UNDRAINED SHEAR STRENGTH)
13 THE NGI-ADP MODEL (ANISOTROPIC UNDRAINED SHEAR STRENGTH)
The NGI-ADP model may be used for capacity, deformation and soil-structure interaction
analyses involving undrained loading of clay. The basis of the material model is:
• Input parameters for (undrained) shear strength for three different stress paths/
states (Active, Direct Simple Shear, Passive).
• A yield criterion based on a translated approximated Tresca criterion.
• Elliptical interpolation functions for plastic failure strains and for shear strengths in
arbitrary stress paths.
• Isotropic elasticity, given by the unloading/reloading shear modulus, Gur .
13.1 FORMULATION OF THE NGI-ADP MODEL
The NGI-ADP model is formulated for a general stress state, matching both undrained
failure shear strengths and strains to that of selected design profiles (Andresen & Jostad
(1999), Andresen (2002), Grimstad, Andresen & Jostad (2010)). The model formulation
is presented in steps, starting with 1D anisotropy in triaxial test condition. In Section
13.1.2 a simplified expression for plane strain is presented. Thereafter the formulation is
extended to full 3D stress state. In this formulation compressive stresses are positive.
In the NGI-ADP model the Tresca approximation after Billington (1988) together with a
modified von Mises plastic potential function (von Mises (1913)) is used to circumvent the
possible corner problems. The yield and plastic potential function are independent of the
mean stress hence zero plastic volume strain develops.
13.1.1 1D MODEL PRESENTATION

Under triaxial tests condition two undrained shear strengths can be determined, i.e. suC
and suE . The test measures the response in vertical stress σ 'v and horizontal stress σ 'h
for applied shear strain γ . The Tresca yield criteria can be modified, Eq. (13.1), to
account for the difference in undrained shear strength in compression and extension:

suC − suE sC + suE

f = τ − (1 − κ)τ0 − κ − κ u =0 (13.1)
2 2
where τ = 0.5(σ 'v − σ 'h ) and the initial in situ maximum shear stress τ0 is then defined as
τ0 = 0.5(σ 'v 0 − σ 'h0 ) = 0.5σ 'v 0 (1 − K0 ).
To account for difference in failure shear strain a stress path dependent hardening
parameter is introduced. The stress path dependent hardening is made possible by
p
different plastic failure shear strain γf in compression and extension. The hardening
function is given by:
q
γ p /γfp p
κ=2 when γ p < γf else κ = 1 (13.2)
1 + γ p /γfp
p
where γ p and γf are the plastic shear strain and the failure (peak) plastic shear strain

respectively.
stress path stress-strain
φcs − line suC
TXC τ0
τmax = 1(σ1 − σ3 )
K0 − line γfC
γfE
2
p' γ = ε1 − ε3
TXE suE
φcs − line
Figure 13.1 Typical stress paths and stress strain curves for triaxial compression and triaxial
extension
13.1.2 THE NGI-ADP MODEL IN PLANE STRAIN

The yield criterion for the NGI-ADP model in plane strain is defined by:
v ! !
u
u σyy − σxx suA − suP 2 suA + suP 2 suA + suP
f = t − (1 − κ)τ0 − κ + τxy − κ =0
2 2 2suDSS 2
(13.3)
Restriction to clays with horizontal surfaces are made to simplify the presentation.
Further y is taken as the vertical (depositional) direction. For isotropy in hardening (i.e. κ
independent of stress orientation) Eq. (13.3) plots as an elliptical shaped curve in a plane
strain deviatoric stress plot. When κ equals 1.0, the criterion in Eq. (13.3) reduces to the
formulation given by Davis & Christian (1971). While hardening the yield curves are
characterised by slightly distorted elliptical shapes. The shape is dependent on the
interpolation function used and values of failure strain. The NGI-ADP model uses
elliptical interpolation between failure strain in passive stress state, direct simple shear
and active stress state. In the implementation of the NGI-ADP model the yield surface is
ensured to remain convex by restricting the input.
13.1.3 THE NGI-ADP MODEL IN 3D STRESS SPACE

This section describes the actual implementation of the NGI-ADP model in PLAXIS,
whereas the previous sections should be regarded as an introduction using simplified
formulation. For the general stress condition a modified deviatoric stress vector is defined

Figure 13.2 Typical deviatoric plane strain plot of equal shear strain contours for the NGI-ADP model
as:
 
  σ 'xx − σ 'xx0 (1 − κ) + κ 1 (suA − suP ) − p̂
ŝ  3 
 xx   2 
   σ 'yy − σ 'yy0 (1 − κ) − κ (su − su ) − p̂ 
 A P

 ŝyy   3 
  
   σ 'zz − σ 'zz0 (1 − κ) + κ 1 (suA − suP ) − p̂ 

 ŝzz   3 
 = A P  (13.4)
   s +s 
 ŝxy   τxy u DSSu 
   2su 
   
 ŝxz   τxz 
   
ŝyz  suA + suP 
τyz DSS
2su
where σ 'xx0 , σ 'yy 0 and σ 'xx0 are the initial stresses and p̂ is the modified mean stress.
The modified mean stress is defined as:
(σ 'xx − σ 'xx0 (1 − κ)) + (σ 'yy − σ 'yy0 (1 − κ)) + (σ 'zz − σ 'zzx0 (1 − κ))

p̂ =
3
= p' − (1 − κ)p'0 (13.5)
where p' is the mean stress. Modified second and third deviatoric invariants are defined
accordingly in Eqs. (13.6) and (13.7).
2 2 2
Ĵ2 = −ŝxx ŝyy − ŝxx ŝzz − ŝyy ŝzz + ŝxz + ŝxz + ŝyz (13.6)
2 2 2
Ĵ3 = ŝxx ŝyy ŝzz + 2ŝxy ŝyz ŝxz − ŝxx ŝyz − ŝyy ŝxz − ŝzz ŝxy (13.7)
The yield criterion is expressed as:

q
suA + suP
f = H(ω)Ĵ2 − κ =0 (13.8)
2

where, to approximate the Tresca criterion, the term H(ω) is defined as:

2 1 27 Ĵ32
H(ω) = cos arccos(1 − 2a1 ω) with ω = (13.9)
6 4 Ĵ23
By letting the value of a1 go to 1.0 an exact Tresca criterion is obtained. The parameter
a1 can be directly linked to the rounding ratio suC /suA . This ratio takes typically a value just
below 1.0 and a value of 0.99 is chosen as an appropriate default. Figure 13.3 shows the
failure criterion of the NGI-ADP model in the π -plane (for Cartesian stresses) with default
rounding ratio. This criterion is continuous and differentiable and it is described by a
single function.
Figure 13.3 Failure criterion of the NGI-ADP model in the π -plane
The combinations of strength ratios are limited by lower limit for combinations of suC /suA
and suP /suA .
p
The value of γf is given by elliptical interpolation:
q
R̂B R̂D (R̂D2 − R̂C2 )cos2 (2θ̂) + R̂C2 − R̂D2 R̂A cos(2θ̂)
γfp (θ̂) = (13.10)
R̂B2 − (R̂B2 − R̂D2 )cos2 (2θ̂)
where
γfp,E − γfp,C
R̂A = (13.11)
2
γp + γfp,C
R̂B = f ,E (13.12)
q 2
R̂C = γfp,E γfp,C (13.13)
γfp,DSS R̂B
R̂D = (13.14)
R̂C
p p p
and γf ,C , γf ,DSS and γf ,E are the failure plastic maximum shear strain in triaxial

compression, direct simple shear and triaxial extension respectively. Note that θ̂ is not the
Lode angle, but is defined as:
√
3 ŝyy
cos(2θ̂) = q (13.15)
2
Ĵ2
A non-associated flow rule is used such that the derivative of the plastic potential g is:
s
∂g 1 ∂p ∂ ŝ T ∂ Ĵ2 1
= Î + (13.16)
∂σ ' 2 ∂σ ' ∂ p̂ ∂ ŝ Ĵ2
where Î is a modified unit vector:

 
1
 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
Î = 
 suA + suP 
 (13.17)
 2suDSS 
 
 
 1 
 
 suA + suP 
2suDSS
The increment in plastic shear strain is defined as:

p
2
p
∂γ = H(ω) dεpxx − dεpyy 2 + dεpxx − dεpzz 2 + dεpyy − dεpzz 2 +
3
1/2
p 2 p 2 p 2
+ dγxy + dγxz + dγyz (13.18)
where the plastic strains are defined as:

∂g
dεp = dλ (13.19)
∂σ '
with dλ being the plastic multiplier. Hence, Eq. (13.18) gives the relation between the
hardening parameter γ p and the plastic multiplier dλ.
13.1.4 THE NGI-ADP TRACTION CRITERION FOR INTERFACES IN 2D

For plane strain conditions a traction criterion, corresponding to the plane strain failure
criterion is formulated. This criterion is intended to be used on interface elements in finite
element calculations. The interface strength is controlled by a lower and upper limit,
which are dependent on the direction of the interface, β .
Let a plane being oriented by the direction β to the horizontal. The plane has a tangential
direction t and a normal direction n and the adjacent continuum defines the stresses σnn ,

σtt and τn by:

   
σtt σ
   xx 
   
 σnn  = A σyy  (13.20)
   
τtn τxy
where A is the transformation matrix.

In a local coordinate system three strains εnn , εtt and γtn are defined in the plane strain
condition. Due to the requirement of no volume change for a perfect plastic mechanism
with shearing in tangential direction, will give that εnn = εtt = 0, resulting in:
∂f
=0 (13.21)
∂(σnn − σtt )
The plain strain formulation for the NGI-ADP model is defined as follows:
s
σnn − σtt 2
RB σnn − σtt
f = cos(2β) − τtn sin(2β) − RA + sin(2β) + τtn cos(2β) 2
2 RD 2
−RB = 0 (13.22)
where
suA − suP
RA = (13.23)
2
suA + suP
RB = (13.24)
2
RD =suDSS (13.25)
Hint: In PLAXIS 3D the NGI-ADP tension failure criterion for interfaces is simplified
with the general undrained condition approach (Section 6.1 of the Reference
Manual), where su,soil is equal to suDSS .
13.2 PARAMETERS OF THE NGI-ADP MODEL
The NGI-ADP model requires a total of eleven parameters.
Gur /suA : Ratio unloading/reloading shear modulus over (plane [-]
strain) active shear strength
γfC : Shear strain at failure in triaxial compression [%]
γfE : Shear strain at failure in triaxial extension [%]
γfDSS : Shear strain at failure in direct simple shear [%]

Hint: Note that the input value of shear strains is in percent.
A
su,ref : Reference (plane strain) active shear strength [kN/m2 /m]
suC,TX /suA : Ratio triaxial compressive shear strength over (plane [-]
strain) active shear strength (default = 0.99)
yref : Reference depth [m]
A
su,inc : Increase of shear strength with depth [kN/m2 /m]
suP /suA : Ratio of (plane strain) passive shear strength over [-]
(plane strain) active shear strength
τ0 /suA : Initial mobilization (default = 0.7) [-]
suDSS /suA : Ratio of direct simple shear strength over (plain strain) [-]
active shear strength
Advanced parameter:
ν' : Poisson's ratio [-]
Ratio unloading / reloading shear modulus over plane strain active shear
strength (Gur /suA )
Ratio unloading / reloading shear stiffness as a ratio of the plane strain active shear
strength. If the shear strength is increasing with depth the constant ratio for Gur /suA gives
a shear stiffness increasing linearly with depth.
Shear strain at failure in triaxial compression (γfC )

This parameter γfC (%) defines the shear strain at which failure is obtained in undrained
triaxial compression mode of loading, i.e. γfC = 3 εC
1 from triaxial testing.
2
Shear strain at failure in triaxial extension (γfE )

This parameter γfE (%) defines the shear strain at which failure is obtained in undrained
triaxial extension mode of loading, i.e. γfE = 3 εE1 from triaxial testing.
2
Shear strain at failure in direct simple shear (γfDSS )

This parameter γfDSS (%) defines the shear strain at which failure is obtained in undrained
direct simple shear mode of loading (DSS device).
For near normally consolidated clays, the failure strain in compression loading γfC is
generally the lowest value and the failure strain in extension loading γfE is the highest
value. The failure strain from direct simple shear loading takes an intermediate value, i.e.
γfC < γfDSS < γfE . From laboratory test results reported in literature one find typically γfE

in the range 3-8 %, γfDSS in the range 2-8 % and γfC in the range 0.5 - 4 %.
If stress-strain curves from undrained triaxial and/or DSS laboratory tests are available it
is recommended to choose the elastic shear modulus and failure strains such that a good
fit to the curves are obtained. This is in particular important for deformation and SLS
assessments. However, for pure capacity and stability (e.g. factor of safety) analyses the
values for shear strains at failure is not important and one may set all three values equal
to e.g. 5 % for simplicity.
Note that it is the failure strains from triaxial loading that is input because they are the
most readily available. When the NGI-ADP model is used for plane strain conditions the
failure strains will automatically be slightly adjusted for that loading condition. See
Grimstad, Andresen & Jostad (2010) for more details.
A
Reference active shear strength(su,ref )
The reference active shear strength is the shear strength obtained in (plane strain)
undrained active stress paths for the reference depth yref , expressed in the unit of stress.
Ratio triaxial compressive shear strength over active shear

strength(suC,TX /suA )
This ratio suC,TX /suA defines the shear strength in undrained triaxial compression mode of
loading in relation to the shear strength in plane strain undrained active mode of loading.
The value cannot be changed by the user and is predefined at 0.99 giving practically the
same strengths in triaxial and plane strain conditions.
Reference depth (yref )

This is the reference depth yref at which the reference active shear strength su,ref
A
is
defined. Below this depth the shear strength and stiffness may increase linearly with
increasing depth. Above the reference depth the shear strength is equal to su,ref
A
.
A
Increase of shear strength with depth (su,inc )
This parameter su,inc
A
defines the increase (positive) or decrease (negative) of the
undrained active shear strength with depth, expressed in the unit of stress per unit of
depth. Above the reference depth the shear strength is equal to su,ref
A
, below the
reference depth the shear strength is defined as:
suA (y ) = su,ref
A A
+ (yref − y )su,inc (13.26)
Ratio of passive shear strength over active shear strength (suP /suA )
This ratio suP /suA defines the undrained shear strength for (plane strain) passive mode of
loading.
Ratio of direct simple shear strength over active shear strength (suDSS /suA )
This ratio suDSS /suA defines the undrained shear strength for direct simple shear mode of
loading. Please note that active / passive strength input is defined for plane strain
conditions. However, it is generally acceptable and only slightly conservative to use the

strength obtained from a triaxial compression test as input for the active plane strain
condition (i.e. suA = suC,TX ) and the strength obtained from a triaxial extension test as input
for the passive plane strain condition (i.e. suP = suE,TX ). More control over the strength
difference between triaxial and plane strain loading conditions can be obtained by using
the advanced parameter suC,TX /suA .
For near normally consolidated clays, the passive strength suP is generally the lowest
strength value, while the direct simple shear strength takes an intermediate value, i.e.
suP < suDSS < suA . From laboratory results reported in literature one find typically suP /suA in
the range 0.2 - 0.5 and suDSS /suA in the range 0.3 - 0.8. If direct simple shear strengths
are not available suDSS can be estimated from: suDSS /suA = (1 + suP /suA )/2.
Initial mobilization (τ0 /suA )

The initial mobilization τ0 /suA is clearly defined for nearly horizontally deposited normally
consolidated or lightly overconsolidated clay layers where the vertical stress is the major
principle stress σ '1 . As defined in Figure 13.4, the initial mobilization can be calculated
from the earth pressure coefficient at rest K0 by the following equation:
τ0 /suA = −0.5(1 − K0 )σ 'yy0 /suA , where σ 'yy0 is the initial (in situ) vertical effective stress
(compression negative). A default value 0.7 of τ0 /suA is given which represent a typical
value for a near normally consolidated clay deposit (e.g. K0 = 0.55 and
−σ 'yy0 /suA = 3.11, or K0 = 0.6 and −σ 'yy0 /suA = 3.5).
Figure 13.4 Definition of initial mobilised maximum shear stress τ0 = 1/2 |σ 'yy0 − σ 'xx0 | for a soil
element in a horizontal deposited layer.
A more detailed evaluation of the initial (in situ) mobilization can be done by assessing
the in situ K0 value and use the relationship: τ0 /suA = −0.5(1 − K0 )σ 'v 0 /suA . Changing
the default value for the initial mobilization should be considered in particular for
over-consolidated materials where K0 generally is higher than 0.6, however the NGI-ADP
model is not intended used for heavily overconsolidated clays and should be used with
care for K0 > 1.0 (i.e. negative τ0 /suA ).
For non-horizontal layering (e.g. sloping ground) a K0 procedure is normally not
recommended. In such cases it is recommended to establish the initial stress condition
by gravity loading using a material model suited for such a purpose (e.g. drained
behavior with the Mohr-Coulomb model or the Hardening Soil model). After the

equilibrium initial stresses are established for gravity loading in the first phase, one
should switch to the NGI-ADP model in the relevant clusters for the next phase and run a
NIL step (i.e. without changing the external loads). The hardening parameter of the
NGI-ADP model will then be adjusted such that equilibrium is obtained (f=0). Then in the
third phase the external loading can be applied.
Poisson's ratio (ν ')

Similar as in the Mohr-Coulomb model, Poisson's ratio is generally between 0.3 and 0.4
for loading conditions considering effective stress analysis. For unloading conditions a
lower value is more appropriate. For more information about the Poisson's ratio, see
Section 3.3.
When the Drainage type = Undrained (B) option is used an effective Poisson's ratio
should be entered that is less than 0.35. Excess pore pressures are generated using the
bulk modulus of water as described in Section 2.4. In this case, Undrained (B), the model
will calculate excess pore pressures due to mean stress changes according to (2.37).
When the Undrained (C) drainage option is used a pure total stress analysis is carried out
where no distinction between effective stresses and pore pressures is made and all
stress changes should be considered as changes in total stress. A Poisson's ratio close
to 0.5 should be entered.ν = 0.495 is given as default.
13.3 STATE PARAMETERS IN THE NGI-ADP MODEL
In addition to the output of standard stress and strain quantities, the NGI-ADP
modelprovides output (when being used) on state variables such as plastic shear strain
γp and the hardening function rκ . These parameters can be visualised by selecting the
State parameters option from the Stresses menu. An overview of available state
parameters is given below:
γp : Plastic shear strain [-]
rκ : Hardening function [-]
q
γ p /γfp
rκ = 2
1 + γ p /γfp

THE UDCAM-S MODEL
14 THE UDCAM-S MODEL
For the design of offshore structures under a design storm (i.e. a combination of wave,
wind and current loading), the stiffness and the bearing capacity of the foundation have to
be calculated accounting for the effect of cyclic loading. The response of saturated soils
under cyclic loading is different from the case of the static loading. It may be increased
due to strain rate effects and reduced due to the degradation process, pore pressure
build-up and destructuration.
The soil strength in static undrained conditions can be described by the undrained shear
strength of the soil su , which is dependent on the effective stress level, stress path and
the material. However, by cyclic loading of the soil, the soil strength depends in addition
on the value of the combination of the average and cyclic stresses in the soil. The shear
strength is therefore written as τf ,cy instead of the static undrained shear strength su . The
undrained cyclic shear strength is described by (Andersen, Kleven & Heien, 1988) as:

τf ,cy = τa + τcy f (14.1)
in which τa is the average shear stress at failure, τcy is the cyclic shear stress at failure
and τf ,cy is the cyclic undrained shear strength. The two stress components are shown in
Figure 14.1 (Andersen, 2009), where the process of excess pore pressure build-up in
cyclic loading is depicted. The shear stress, the pore pressure and the shear strain are
divided into two components: the average component and the cyclic component. In a
cyclic triaxial test the stress is varying with the cyclic shear stress τcy with respect to the
average shear stress τa . The effective stress decreases due to the increase in pore
pressure and the stress paths move to the left, generally defined as either 15% average
shear strain or 15% cyclic shear strain. After a certain number of cycles N the soil
reaches a failure strength. The same soil can thus fail at a lower shear stress in cyclic
loading than in monotonic loading.
Figure 14.1 Generation of pore pressures and strains in a cyclic triaxial test
Stress anisotropy (or stress path dependent behaviour) is an important aspect regarding
the stability of a system. This means that the stress state is varying in the soil, and thus
have to be accounted for. As shown in Figure 14.2 (Andersen, 2015), the soil behaviour
along a potential failure surface, indicated by the dashed line, can be interpolated
between by three undrained cyclic laboratory tests:

• Direct Simple Shear test (DSS)

• Symmetric loading (τa = 0)
• Asymmetric loading (τa 6= 0)
• Anisotropically consolidated Triaxial Compression test (TXC)
• Anisotropically consolidated Triaxial Extension test (TXE)
Figure 14.2 Ideal stress conditions along a potential failure surface in the soil beneath a gravity base
structure under cyclic loading
The Simplified UnDrained Cyclic Accumulation Model (UDCAM-S) is an advanced model

to deal with undrained soil behaviour and degradation of the strength and stiffness in
cyclic loading of clay or low permeable silty soils. The UDCAM-S model is derived from
the UDCAM model by NGI [?] with simplifications in order to be more suitable for
engineering practice. The material model is based on the NGI-ADP model ([?]) for the
undrained behaviour of clays, implementing a pre-processing procedure called cyclic
accumulation tool (Section 6.1.4 of the Reference Manual) to obtain the adjusted
parameter set based on the type of analysis the user has to perform:
• Cyclic: to calculate cyclic displacements or stiffness to be used in dynamic analysis
of the structure.
• Average: to calculate accumulated (permanent) displacements of the foundation
• Total: to calculate total (average + cyclic) displacements, capacity or stiffnesses to
be used in pseudo-static analysis of the structure.
Except from the calculation of the degraded parameter set with the cyclic accumulation
tool, the UDCAM-S model inherits the same formulation and implementation of the
NGI-ADP model. For more information about the formulation of the NGI-ADP model,
reference is made to Chapter 13.

THE UDCAM-S MODEL
14.1 PARAMETERS OF THE UDCAM-S MODEL
The UDCAM-S model requires a total of ten parameters.

The actual components can be cyclic, average or total (average + cyclic)
Gmax /τ C : Ratio of the initial shear modulus to the degraded shear [-]
strength at failure in the triaxial compression test
γfC : Shear strain at failure in triaxial compression [%]
γfE : Shear strain at failure in triaxial extension [%]
γfDSS : Shear strain at failure in direct simple shear [%]
Hint: Note that the input value of shear strains is in percent.
C
τref : Reference degraded shear strength at failure in the [kN/m2 ]
triaxial compression test
yref : Reference depth [m]
C
τinc : Increase of degraded shear strength at failure in the [kN/m2 /m]
triaxial compression test with depth
τ E /τ C : Ratio of the degraded shear strength at failure in the [-]
triaxial extension test to the degraded shear strength in
the triaxial compression test
τ0 /τ C : Initial mobilisation of the shear strength with respect to [-]
the degraded TXC shear strength
τ DSS /τ C : Ratio of the degraded shear strength at failure in the [-]
direct simple shear test to the degraded shear strength
in the triaxial compression test
The model should be only used for undrained conditions.
Ratio of the initial shear modulus to the degraded TXC shear strength
(Gmax /τ C )
Ratio of the initial shear modulus to the degraded shear strength at failure in the triaxial
compression test. If the shear strength is increasing with depth the constant ratio for
Gmax /τ C gives a shear stiffness increasing linearly with depth.
Shear strain at failure in triaxial compression (γfC )

This parameter γfC (%) defines the shear strain at which failure is obtained in undrained
triaxial compression mode of loading.

Shear strain at failure in triaxial extension (γfE )

This parameter γfE (%) defines the shear strain at which failure is obtained in undrained
triaxial extension mode of loading.
Shear strain at failure in direct simple shear (γfDSS )

This parameter γfDSS (%) defines the shear strain at which failure is obtained in undrained
direct simple shear mode of loading.
C
Reference degraded TXC shear strength (τref )
The reference degraded TxC shear strength at failure in the triaxial compression test is
the shear strength obtained in triaxial compression stress paths at the reference depth
yref , expressed in the unit of stress.
Reference depth (yref )

This is the reference depth yref at which the reference TXC shear strength τ C is defined.
Below this depth the shear strength and stiffness may increase linearly with increasing
depth. Above the reference depth the shear strength is equal to τ C .
C
Increase of degraded TXC shear strength with depth (τinc )
The parameter τinc
C
defines the increase (positive) or decrease (negative) of the
undrained TXC shear strength with depth, expressed in the unit of stress per unit of
depth. Above the reference depth the shear strength is equal to τref
C
, below the reference
depth the shear strength is defined as:
τ C (y ) = τref
C C
+ (yref − y )τinc (14.2)
Ratio of the degraded TXE shear strength to the undrained TXC shear
strength (τ E /τ C )
The ratio τ E /τ C defines the degraded undrained shear strength for triaxial extension
mode of loading in relation to the degraded undrained shear strength in triaxial
compression mode of loading. Please note that active / passive strength input is defined
for plane strain conditions. However, it is generally acceptable and only slightly
conservative to use the strength obtained from a triaxial compression test as input for the
active plane strain condition (i.e. τCA = τ C ) and the strength obtained from a triaxial
extension test as input for the passive plane strain condition (i.e. τ P = τ E ).
Ratio of the degraded DSS shear strength to the undrained TXC shear
strength (τ DSS /τ C )
The ratio τ DSS /τ C defines the degraded undrained shear strength in direct simple shear
mode of loading in relation to the degraded undrained shear strength in triaxial
compression mode of loading.

THE UDCAM-S MODEL
Initial mobilization (τ0 /τ C )

The initial mobilization τ0 /τ C is clearly defined for nearly horizontally deposited normally
consolidated or lightly overconsolidated clay layers where the vertical stress is the major
principle stress σ '1 . As defined in Figure 14.3, the initial mobilization can be calculated
from the earth pressure coefficient at rest K0 by the following equation:
τ0 /τ C = −0.5(1 − K0 )σ 'yy0 /τ C , where σ 'yy 0 is the initial (in situ) vertical effective stress
(compression negative).
Figure 14.3 Definition of initial mobilised maximum shear stress τ0 = 1/2 |σ 'yy0 − σ 'xx0 | for a soil
element in a horizontal deposited layer normalized by τ C
Changing the default value for the initial mobilization should be considered in particular
for over-consolidated materials where K0 generally is higher than 0.6, however the
UDCAM-S model (like NGI-ADP model) is not intended used for heavily overconsolidated
clays and should be used with care for K0 > 1.0 (i.e. negative τ0 /τ C ).
Poisson's ratio (ν ')

Only Undrained (C) drainage option should be used as a pure total stress analysis is
carried out where no distinction between effective stresses and pore pressures is made
and all stress changes should be considered as changes in total stress. A Poisson's ratio
of.ν = 0.495 should be used for the calculation.
14.2 STATE PARAMETERS IN THE UDCAM-S MODEL
In addition to the output of standard stress and strain quantities, the UDCAM-S model
provides output (when being used) on state variables such as plastic shear strain γp and
the hardening function rκ . These parameters can be visualised by selecting the State
parameters option from the Stresses menu. An overview of available state parameters is
given below:
γp : Plastic shear strain [-]
rκ : Hardening function [-]

q
γ p /γfp
rκ = 2
1 + γ p /γfp
14.3 ON THE USE OF THE UDCAM-S MODEL IN DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS
The model should not be used in dynamic calculations.

THE CONCRETE MODEL
15 THE CONCRETE MODEL
Generally, for concrete structure elements, a linear elastic material model is adopted due
to their strength compared to the one of the soil. However, in some kind of geotechnical
problems, the complex non-linear behaviour of the concrete structures must be inspected
for a reliable redistribution of stress-strain in the continuum and a correct design.
Distinction can be made between the main features of the complex concrete behaviour:
limited strength in compression and tension, time-dependent strength and stiffness, strain
hardening/softening, creep and shrinkage.
The Concrete model was originally developed to model the behaviour of shotcrete, but it
is also useful for soil reinforcement (e.g. concrete columns), soil improvements (e.g. jet
grouting columns) and concrete structures (e.g. beams). The current engineering
approach to model shotcrete linings in numerical simulations assumes a linear elastic
material with a stepwise increase of the (artificially low) Young's modulus in subsequent
excavation stages. While realistic lining deformations may be obtained with this method,
lining stresses are usually too high, in particular if the lining is subjected to significant
bending. With the Concrete model more realistic stress distributions can be obtained, as
the non-linearity of the material behaviour is taken into account. Furthermore, the stability
of the tunnel can be checked at all intermediate stages without the need for additional
capacity checks of the lining cross section.
The Concrete model is an elastoplastic model for simulating the time-dependent strength
and stiffness of concrete, strain hardening-softening in compression and tension as well
as creep and shrinkage (Schadlich & Schweiger (2014)). Hence, differently from what is
seen in Eq. (3.1), the total strain ε is not only decomposed into elastic strain εe and
plastic strain εp but also considers creep strain εcr and shrinkage strain εshr :
ε = εe + εp + εcr + εshr (15.1)
When subjected to deviatoric loading, concrete shows different behaviours: in

compression, the strength increases non-linearly up to a peak value and then softens to a
residual one; in tension, it’s considered linear elastic until reaching the tensile strength
and then softens to the residual value. The Concrete model employs a Mohr-Coulomb
yield surface for deviatoric loading, combined with a Rankine yield surface in the tensile
regime.
Most of the input parameters for the Concrete model can be derived from standard
uniaxial tension and compression tests. Some basic characteristics of the Concrete
model and their relevant input parameters are:
• Limited strength in compression and tension fc,28 , ft,28
• Time-dependent strength and stiffness fc,1 /fc,28 , E1 /E28 , εpcp , thydr
• Strain hardening in compression fc0n
• Strain softening in compression and tension fcfn , fcun , Gc,28 , ftun , Gt,28
• Stress- and stiffness-dependent creep strains φcr , t50
cr
• Stress-independent shrinkage strains ∞ , t50

εshr shr
The stress-strain approach for hardening and softening is proposed by Schütz, Potts &
Zdravković (2011), involving mobilised compression and tensile strength through the

p
uniaxial plastic peak strain εcp at 1h, 8h, 24h and the fracture energy of the material both
in compression, Gc , and in tension, Gt . Furthermore, thanks to the time-dependent
internal laws of the Concrete model for fc , ft , Gc and Gt , the hardening-softening of the
yield surfaces completely follows the evolution of the material in time. The
time-dependency of elastic stiffness, compressive and tensile strength is taken into
account following an approach similar to the recommendation of CEB-FIP model code
(1990) as well as EN 14487-1. The ability of young concrete to withstand large
deformations at early age, thanks to its initial high plastic ductility, is represented by a
p
time-dependent plastic peak strain εcp (Meschke, Kropik & Mang, 1996).
15.1 FORMULATION OF THE CONCRETE MODEL
The Concrete model employs a composite yield surface; Mohr-Coulomb surface for
deviatoric loading and Rankine surface in the tensile regime with isotropic compression
softening (Figure 15.1). In the Concrete model formulation, the yield function is named
with capital F in order to distinguish it from the yield stress f . The sign convention is
strictly tension-positive and σ1 is the major (tensile) principle stress and σ3 is the minor
(compressive) principle stress.
The yield functions can be formulated in terms of principal stresses in relation to the
uniaxial compressive and tensile yield stresses, fcy and ft , as:
σ1 − σ3 σ1 + σ3 − 2 σrot fcy
Fc = + (15.2)
2 2 2 σrot + fcy
Ft = σ1 − ft (15.3)
where σrot is the intersection of the Mohr-Coulomb failure envelope and the isotropic axis.
For a given maximum inclination ϕmax of the Mohr-Coulomb envelope, σrot can be written
as:

fc 1
σrot = −1 (15.4)
2 sin(ϕmax )
Figure 15.1 Yield surfaces and failure envelope for Concrete model

THE CONCRETE MODEL
Hint: The Concrete model does not employ a continuous function covering the
compression and tension side. Using such failure criteria, however, would
complicate the separation of compression and tension softening, as strength
reduction in tension inevitably influences the material strength in
compression and vice versa. The consequence of a discontinuous function is
that the user should choose the main aspect to analyse (i.e. compression or
tension) and calibrate consequently the strength parameters. For instance
the tensile strength of the shotcrete is essential for tunnel stability and the
user should pay more attention in the calibration of this value instead of the
compressive strength.
15.2 STRAIN HARDENING AND SOFTENING
15.2.1 COMPRESSION
In compression, the Concrete model follows the approach proposed by Schütz, Potts &
Zdravković (2011). The stress-strain curve is divided in four parts (Figure 15.2):
• Part I - quadratic strain hardening
• Part II - linear strain softening
• Part III - linear strain softening
• Part IV - constant residual strength
Due to the time-dependency of the involved material parameters, a normalised
p p p
hardening/softening parameter Hc = ε3 /εcp is used, with ε3 = minor plastic strain
p
(calculated from Fc ) and εcp = plastic peak strain in uniaxial compression.
Figure 15.2 Normalised stress-strain curve in compression
In part I, the uniaxial yield stress fcy is mobilised with Hc according to a quadratic
function:

fcy,I = fc fc0n + (1 − fc0n ) (2Hc − Hc2 ) (15.5)

where fc0n is the initial ratio fcy /fc . During mobilisation the yield surface Fc rotates around
the anchor point σrot on the isotropic axis, activating the shear isotropic hardening.
Full mobilisation of fc coincides with Hc = 1, after witch (i.e. part II) linear softening takes
p p
place, until the failure strength fcf = fcfn fc is reached at Hcf = εcf /εcp . Strength reduction
is assumed to be caused by the destruction of inter-particle bonds, and consequently a
parallel shift of the fully mobilised Mohr-Coulomb failure envelope:

Hc − 1
fcy,II = fc 1 + (fcfn − 1) (15.6)
Hcf − 1
p
where εcf is derived from the fracture energy in compression, Gc , and the characteristic
length of the finite element, Leq , which provides the necessary regularisation to avoid
mesh dependent numerical results:
2Gc
εpcf = εpcp − (15.7)
(1 + fcfn ) fc Leq
Leq is calculated by PLAXIS from the size of the finite element, Ael , and the number of
stress points per element nGP , (Polling, 2000):
s
Ael
Leq = 2 √ (15.8)
3 nGP
In part III the linear strain softening is governed by the condition that the energy in elastic
unloading must not be greater than the plastic strain energy absorbed by the crack (no
span-back of stress-strain curve on stress point level). That delivers the plastic ultimate
p
strain εcu as:
2fc (fcfn − fcun )

εpcu = εpcf − (15.9)
E
with fcun = residual strength level = fcu /fc and E = elastic Young's modulus. The yield
stress Fcy follows as:

Hc − Hcf
fcy,III = fc fcfn + (fcun − fcfn ) (15.10)
Hcf − Hcu
p p
where Hcu = εcu /εcp . In part IV, there is no further softening of the stress-strain curve,
which yields:
fcy,IV = fc fcun (15.11)
To account for the increasing ductility with increasing confining pressure, the total peak
p
strain εcp = εcp + εecp increases with the confining pressure, σ1 , as in a triaxial
compression test, governed by the input parameter a:

σ1
εcp = εcp,UC 1+a (15.12)
−fc
For instance, a = 1 and σ1 = −fc yield a 100% increase of total peak strain εcp compared
to the uniaxial compression test. Internally, the increase of εcp is translated into an

THE CONCRETE MODEL
p
increase of εcp , which is assumed to be governed by the mean stress
p = (σ1 + σ2 + σ3 ) / 3 according to:

p + fc /3
εpcp = εpcp,UC 1+b (15.13)
−fc

fc fc
2sin(ϕmax ) + a(1 − sin(ϕmax )) εpcp −
E E
b = p (15.14)
εcp (1 − sin(ϕmax )/3)
15.2.2 TENSION
The Concrete model behaviour in tension is linear elastic until the tensile strength ft is
reached, then softens with a linear strain softening (Figure 15.3). The strain softening is
p p p
governed by the normalised tension softening parameter Ht = ε1 /εtu with ε1 = major
p
principal plastic strain (calculated from Ft ) and εtu = plastic ultimate strain in uniaxial
tension as:
fty = ft (1 + (ftun − 1) Ht ) (15.15)

p
Similar to softening in compression, εtu is derived from the fracture energy in tension, Gt :
2Gt
εptu = (15.16)
(1 + ftun ) ft Leq
Once the residual strength ftu = ftun ft is reached, no further softening takes place.
Figure 15.3 Tension softening
15.3 TIME-DEPENDENCY OF PARAMETERS
15.3.1 STRENGTH AND STIFFNESS

The Concrete model takes into account the time-dependent behaviour of material
parameters. The stiffness and strength of concrete increase rapidly with time due to the
hydration of the cement paste. The increase of Young's modulus E in the model follows
an approach similar to the recommendation of CEB-FIP model code (1990):
√
sstiff 1− thydr /t
E(t) = E28 e (15.17)

where E28 is the Young's modulus of cured concrete, thydr is the time until full curing (e.g.
usually taken as 28 days), t is the time in days and sstiff is the parameter governing
stiffness evolution with time. This parameter is related to the stiffness ratio at 1 day,
E1 /E28 , and thydr , as:
ln(E1 /E28 )
sstiff = − q (15.18)
thydr /t1d − 1
where t1d is the duration of one day in the unit time. The Young's modulus is constant for
t < 1h and for t > thydr .
For the uniaxial compressive strength fc , the Concrete model implements two different
approaches. The first, as for E , is similar to the recommendation of CEB-FIP model code
(1990) for concrete. The relations are the same as before but exchanging sstiff with
sstrength , which depends now on the strength ratio at 1 day, fc,1 /fc,28 , and thydr (equations
15.19 and 15.20). A lower limit of fc = 0.005fc,28 is used at very early age. The CEB-FIP
type approach yields very low concrete strength at ages < 2h.
√
sstrength 1− thydr /t
fc (t) = fc,28 e (15.19)
ln(fc,1 /fc,28 )
sstrength = − q (15.20)
thydr /t1d − 1
Alternatively, the strength evolution can be modelled in accordance to the shotcrete

strength classes J1, J2 and J3 of EN 14497-1, which define ranges of shotcrete strength
at different shotcrete ages up to 24h. Mean values of these ranges have been assumed
for class J1 and J2 in the Concrete model with class J3 lying 50% above the boundary
between classes J2 and J3 (Table 15.1). Between 24h and thyd , an approach proposed
by Oluokun, Burdette & Deatherage (1991) is adopted:
fc = αc e−bc /t (15.21)
fc,28
αc = bc = (−thydr /(thydr − t1d ))ln(κ)κ = fc,24h /fc,28 (15.22)
eln(κ)/(thydr −t1 d
where fc is the time-dependent compressive strength and fc,24h is the compressive
strength at 24h (Table 15.1).
Table 15.1 Mean uniaxial compressive strength of J1, J2 and J3 strength classes
Time [hr] J1 [MPa] J2 [MPa] J3 [MPa]

<0.1 0.15 0.35 0.75
0.5 0.23 0.715 1.65
12 2.0 5.5 1 2.0
24 3.5 12.0 28.5
The ratio of ft /fc and the values of fcfn , fcun and ftun are assumed to be constant in curing
for both approaches.

THE CONCRETE MODEL
15.3.2 PLASTIC DEFORMABILITY

The ability of young concrete to withstand large deformations is not only a result of its low
elastic modulus at this age, but also due to its high plastic ductility. With concrete aging
this ductile behaviour decreases.
In the Concrete model this behaviour is represented by a time-dependent plastic peak
p
strain εcp . Similar to the approach proposed by Meschke, Kropik & Mang (1996), a
tri-linear function in time is adopted. Input values are the plastic peak strains at t = 1h, 8h
p
and 24h. Beyond 24h, εcp is assumed to be constant (Figure 15.4).
p
Figure 15.4 Reduction of εcp with aging in the Concrete model compared to experimental data from
p
uniaxial compression tests. The chosen εcp values are -3%, -0.5% and -0.2%.
15.3.3 FRACTURE ENERGY

The plastic time-dependency during softening is taken into account with the change of
fracture energies with time, which is automatically computed by PLAXIS. In tension, the
p
tensile failure strain εtu is derived from the tensile fracture energy and tensile strength of
the cured concrete, regardless of the current concrete age. Since the tensile strength ft
p
increases with time, but εtu remains constant, the current fracture Gt increases
proportionally with the increase of ft .
p p
The plastic failure strain in compression, εcf , is coupled to the plastic peak strain εcp such
p p p p
that the ratio εcf /εcp remains constant. As εcp decreases with time (Figure 15.4), εcf and
hence Gc reduce. On the other hand, the compressive strength fc increases with time,
which results in higher values of Gc . The influence of these counteracting trends brings
high values of the fracture energy at early age, a sharp drop at ≈12h and a linear
increase of Gc with fc afterward (Figure 15.5). The high fracture energy at very early age
is a consequence of the desired ductile behaviour at this stage. As very young concrete
effectively does not fail at all in compression, the fracture energy theoretically should be
infinite.

Figure 15.5 Stress-strain curves in uniaxial compression at different ages and development of
compressive fracture energy with compressive strength
15.3.4 VISCOELASTIC CREEP

The Concrete model employs a viscoelastic approach for creep. Creep strains, εcr ,
increase linearly with stress σ and are related to elastic strains via the creep factor φcr :
φcr σ t − t0
εcr (t) = (15.23)
D e t + t50
cr
The evolution of creep with time t is governed by the start of loading at time t0 and the
parameter t50
cr
. For instantaneous loading (t0 = 0), t50
cr
equals the time until 50% of the
creep strains have evolved. For concrete utilization higher than 45% of fc , non-linear
creep effects are accounted for by replacing φcr with the following equation from
Eurocode 2:
cr 1.5(kσ −0.45)
φcr
k = φ e (15.24)
with kσ = σc /fcm being the degree of concrete utilisation in compression. Due to the
e
time-dependency of the linear elastic stiffness matrix D , the creep history is stored as
normalised values of εcr · E(t).
Hint: The creep history is adjusted for the stress state at first activation of the
concrete cluster, such that no creep strains are produced by initial stresses.
The state variables are taken over if the previous material was also defined
with the Concrete model, in which case creep will also continue. If a reset of
state variables is desired, a nil step with a different material (e.g. linear
elastic) is required.
15.3.5 SHRINKAGE
The Concrete model refers to shrinkage as the isotropic loss of volume with time, which is
independent of the stress state. Shrinkage strains εshr are calculated according to the

THE CONCRETE MODEL
recommendation of ACI (1992) as:

t
εshr (t) = εshr
∞ shr
(15.25)
t + t50
with εshr
∞ being the final axial shrinkage strain and t50 the time when 50% of shrinkage
shr
has occurred.
15.4 PARAMETERS OF THE CONCRETE MODEL
The Concrete model involves a total of 25 parameters (Figure 15.6), which are generally
familiar to structural engineers. These parameters with their standard units are listed
below. Table 15.3 summarises the recommended parameter values for Concrete model.
Elastic parameters:
E28 : Young's modulus of cured concrete at thydr [kN/m2 ]
E1 /E28 : Time-dependency ratio of elastic stiffness [-]
Strength in compression:
fc,28 : Uniaxial compressive strength of cured concrete at thydr [kN/m2 ]
fc0n : Normalised initially mobilised strength [-]
fcfn : Normalised failure strength [-]
fcun : Normalised residual strength [-]
Gc,28 : Compressive fracture energy of cured concrete at thydr [kN/m]
ϕmax : Maximum friction angle [◦ ]
Time-dependency of compressive strength:

fc,1 /fc,28 : Time-dependency of compressive strength [-]
thydr : Time for full hydration [day]
Strength in tension:
ft,28 : Uniaxial tensile strength of cured concrete at thydr [kN/m2 ]
ftun : Ratio of residual vs. peak tensile strength [-]
Gt,28 : Tensile fracture energy of cured concrete at thydr [kN/m]
Ductility:
εpcp,1h : Uniaxial plastic failure strain at 1h (negative value) [-]


a : Increase of εcp with increase of p [-]
Creep:
φcr : Ratio between creep and elastic strains [-]
cr
t50 : Time for 50% of creep strains [day]
Shrinkage:
εshr
∞ : Final shrinkage strain (negative value) [-]
shr
t50 : Time for 50% of shrinkage strains [day]
Safety factors:
γfc : Safety factor for compressive strength [-]
γft : Safety factor for tensile strength [-]
The Concrete model allows two drainage types: non-porous, which is the general
approach for concrete structural elements, and drained, in case of semi-permeable walls
or tunnel linings.
Elastic parameters
Differently from the Mohr-Coulomb model, the Concrete model employs time-dipendent
stiffness. If Time dependent strength and stiffness is turned off then the editing of E1 /E28
is disabled and it’s set to 1. If Time dependent strength and stiffness is turned on, a
E1 /E28 is defined, generally a range of 0.5 - 0.7 is recommended with E28 between 25
GPa and 30 GPa.
Strength in compression
The uniaxial compressive strength of cured concrete fc,28 can be derived from uniaxial
compressive test results. The time-dependency of compressive strength fc,1 /fc,28 is
recommended in the range of 0.2 - 0.3 for cast concrete, whilst it depends on the strength
class (i.e. J1, J2 and J3) for shotcrete. The stress-strain curve in compression (Figure
15.2) is defined through the normalised strength values. The normalised mobilised
strength fc0n contributes to the part I hardening, a value in the range of 0.1 - 0.25 is
recommended. The normalised failure strength fcfn rules the part II softening, a value of
0.1 is recommended. The normalised residual strength fcun rules the part III softening
and the residual strength, a value of 0.1 is recommended. fcfn must be greater or almost
equal to fcun in order to avoid input error. fcfn or fcun = 1 implies no softening in the
respective regions.
Parameters ϕmax , ψ and a

Determination of ϕmax , ψ and a requires triaxial tests on cured concrete. The impact of
these parameters in typical tunnelling calculations, however, is small, as at least one of

THE CONCRETE MODEL
Figure 15.6 Parameters of the Concrete model
the major principal stresses in the lining is close to 0. Furthermore, not all of these will be
typically available, so values in the range of 35◦ - 43◦ , 0◦ - 10◦ and 16 - 20 are
respectively suggested for ϕmax , ψ and a.
Strength in tension
The tensile strength ft,28 can in principle be derived from uniaxial tensile test results. Due
to the experimental difficulties involved in these tests, however, indirect tests or direct
correlations with the compressive strength are more common. Both for concrete and
shotcrete, a value of ft,28 = 0.1 fc is recommended. The ratio of residual vs. peak tensile

strength ftun is recommended to be 0.
Hint: In shotcrete linings the tensile strength is essential for tunnel stability.
Neglecting or considering low values of it could result in unrealistic failure.
Fracture energy
The compressive fracture energy of cured concrete Gc,28 can be estimated from the
stress-strain curve of uniaxial compression tests. However a value in the range of
30kN/m - 70kN/m is recommended. The tensile fracture energy of cured concrete Gt,28
can be estimated from the stress-strain curve of uniaxial tensile tests. Due to the
experimental difficulties involved in these tests, the fracture energy can be estimated as
following. For plain shotcrete, a value in the range of 0.05kN/m - 0.15kN/m is
recommended. However, the shotcrete can be reinforced using steel fibres, in this case
Gt,28 can be estimated with the correlation proposed by Barros & Figueiras (1999):

Gt,28 = 1 + 13.159Wf1.827 Gt0 (15.26)
where Gt0 is the fracture energy of plain shotcrete and Wt is the fibre percentage in
weight [kg/m3 ].
For plain concrete, the value is strictly dependent on the strength class and the maximum
aggregate size dmax (Table 15.2, CEB-FIP model code (1990)).
Table 15.2 Fracture energy Gt,28 for plain concrete
Gt,28 (kN/m)
dmax (mm)
C12 C20 C30 C40 C50 C60 C70 C80
8 0.40 0.50 0.65 0.70 0.85 0.95 0.105 0.115
16 0.50 0.60 0.75 0.90 0.105 0.115 0.125 0.135
32 0.60 0.80 0.95 0.115 0.130 0.145 0.160 0.175
Time-dependency of compressive strength

The uniaxial compressive strength is defined at the time thydr , time for full hydration
(usually 28 days). If Time dependent strength and stiffness is turned off then fc,1 /fc,28 is
set automatically equal to 1 and the editing is disabled. If Time dependent behaviour is
turned on, then the user can choose in the combo box Strength functions among:
• CEB-FIP model code (1990): the user can define fc,1 /fc,28 . The default value = 1
corresponds to no time-dependency. For cast concrete a value of [0.2, 0.3] is
recommended.
• Shotcrete strength class J1: fc,1 /fc,28 is automatically computed in accordance with
the selected strength class (Table 15.1).

THE CONCRETE MODEL
Ductility
p
If Time dependent behaviour is turned off then a single peak parameter εcp is available
p p p
instead of εcp1,h , εcp8,h and εcp24,h and no-dependency of ductility in time is considered. If
p p
Time dependent behaviour is turned on, then the user can define εcp,1h , εcp,8h and
p
εcp,24h . Values in the range of -0.03 - -0.01, -0.0015 - -0.001 and -0.0012 - -0.0007 are
p p p
respectively suggested for εcp,1h , εcp,8h and εcp,24h .
Creep
Creep properties of concrete can be derived from uniaxial multistage creep tests.
Deriving creep properties from such a test requires additional information about strength,
stiffness and ductility development with time. The user can follow the recommendation of
Eurocode 2 for cast concrete, instead values in the range of 2 - 3 for φcr are suggested
for shotcrete tunnel linings. t50
cr
is recommended in a range of 1d - 5d. If Creep behaviour
is inactive, φ and t50 are disabled for editing and both set to 0. If Creep behaviour is
cr cr
active, the parameters can be defined.
Shrinkage
Concrete shrinkage is strongly influenced by environmental conditions and
water-cement-ratio, such that low air humidity and high water-cement ratios amplify it.
Due to less aggregate content and higher water-cement ratio, shrinkage of shotcrete is
more pronounced than for conventional cast concrete (Austin & Robins, 1995). If
Shrinkage behaviour is inactive, εshr
∞ and t50 are disabled. If Shrinkage behaviour is
shr
active, the user can set the parameters.

Eurocode 2 recommends final shrinkage strains, εshr ∞ , for cast concrete of -0.0002 to
-0.0006 depending on air humidity, concrete class and the effective size of the structural
element. For tunnel linings values in the range of -0.0015 - -0.0005 for εshr
∞ and of 28d -
100d for t50
shr
are suggested.
Safety factors
To facilitate calculations based on design values of concrete strength, the Concrete
model implements the possibility to use separate safety factors γfc and γft for
compressive and tensile strength. In fact PLAXIS design approach is not advisable for
these two parameters, because:
• In case the user defines the time-dependency of strength through the classes J1, J2
and J3, the shotcrete strength values at 0.5h, 12h and 24h are not related to fc,28 .
Using a lower value of fc,28 therefore does not affect the shotcrete strength at early
age, if the early strength classes are used.
• If lower concrete strength is used due to safety considerations, also the fracture
energy should be reduced to obtain similar stress-strain curves.
• The creep factor increases for concrete utilisation > 0.45 fc . Using design values for
fc would therefore overestimate creep effects.

Table 15.3 Recommended parameters for Concrete model

Parameter Recommended Values Unit
Elastic parameters
E28 [25, 30] GPa
E1 /E28 [0.5, 0.7] -
ν [0.15, 0.25] -
Strength in compression
fc,28 depending on strength class kN/m2
fc0n [0.10, 0.25] -
fcfn [0.1] -
fcun [0.1] -
Gc,28 [30, 70] kN/m
◦
ϕmax [35, 43]
◦
ψ [0, 10]
Time-dependency of compressive strength
fc,1 /fc,28 [J1, J2, J3] shotcrete, -
[0.2, 0.3] cast concrete
thydr [28] day
Strength in tension
ft,28 depending on strength class kN/m2
ftun [0] -
Gt,28 [0.05, 0.15] plain shotcrete, kN/m
[Table 15.2] cast concrete
Ductility
εpcp,1h [-0.01, -0.03] -
εpcp,8h [-0.001, -0.0015] -
εpcp,24h [-0.0007, -0.0012] -
a [16, 20] -
Creep
◦
φcr [2, 3] shotcrete tunnel lining,
[Eurocode 2] cast concrete
cr
t50 [1, 5] day
Shrinkage
εshr
∞ [-0.0005, -0.0015] shotcrete tunnel lining, -
[-0.0002, -0.0006] cast concrete
shr
t50 [28, 100] day
Safety factors
γfc depending on design standard -
γft depending on design standard -
For these reasons input safety factors γfc and γft have been introduced. The
characteristic, time-dependent compressive and tensile strengths fc and ft as well as the
corresponding fracture energies Gc and Gt , are divided by γfc and γft in each calculation
step, but concrete utilization always refers to the characteristic values of fc and ft .
15.5 STATE PARAMETERS IN THE CONCRETE MODEL
In addition to the output of standard stress and strain, the Concrete model provides output
on state variables such as the current elastic modulus E(t) and the current compressive
yield stress fcy . These parameters can be visualised by selecting the State parameters
option from the Stresses menu. An overview of available state parameters is given below:
∆t : Age of concrete [day]

THE CONCRETE MODEL
E : Average Young's modulus in current step [kN/m2 ]

fc : Uniaxial compressive strength at the end of the current [kN/m2 ]
step
fcy : Current compressive yield stress [kN/m2 ]
Hc : Normalised compressive strain hardening parameter [-]
Ht : Normalised tensile strain hardening parameter [-]
UtilFC : Concrete utilisation factor in compression [-]
UtilFT : Concrete utilisation factor in tension [-]
εcr
xx · E(t) : Normalised creep history strain in xx direction [-]
εcr
yy · E(t) : Normalised creep history strain in yy direction [-]
εcr
zz · E(t) : Normalised creep history strain in zz direction [-]
εcr
xy · E(t) : Normalised creep history strain in xy direction [-]
εcr
yz · E(t) : Normalised creep history strain in yz direction [-]
εcr
xz · E(t) : Normalised creep history strain in xz direction [-]
Some parameters are further explained in the following:
Concrete utilisation factor in compression UtilFC

The concrete utilisation factor in compression UtilFC is defined as:

σ3 − σ1
UtilFC = σrot /(γfc fc ) (Hardening) (15.27)
σ1 − σrot

σ3 − σ1
UtilFC = σrot / γfc fcy (Softening) (15.28)
σ1 − σrot
The utilisation factor is constant in hardening and is related to the maximum uniaxial
compressive strength at the end of the current step fc . After the peak value is reached
and the softening is taking place, the utilisation factor is related to the current
compressive yield stress fcy and follows the stress-strain curve in softening (Figure 15.2).
Concrete utilisation factor in tension UtilFT

The concrete utilisation factor in tension UtilFT is defined as:
σ1
UtilFT = (Softening) (15.29)
ft γft
The utilisation factor is constant during the linear softening in tension and is related to the
maximum uniaxial tensile strength at the end of the current step ft . When the residual
value is reached, then ft = ftun .

15.6 ON THE USE OF THE CONCRETE MODEL IN DYNAMIC CALCULATIONS
Generally the time steps and the time interval for the usual dynamic calculations are in
the range of seconds. However, the time scale in concrete hardening is in the range of
hours to days. For this reason, in dynamic analysis, the use of the Concrete model with
time-dependency of the parameters is not recommended unless the concrete elements
are not totally cured in the previous construction stages. Otherwise, in dynamic analysis
the Time dependent strength and stiffness, the Creep behaviour and the Shrinkage
behaviour should be disabled, nevertheless the Concrete model continues to take into
account the stress-strain hardening and softening.
15.7 WARNING
The problems involving tension softening with low fracture energy could affect the
convergence of the FE-calculation, even though the model itself can never fail physically.
The crack initiation massively increases the global error, even though the step size is
gradually reduced by the global iteration procedure.
A structure made of strain softening material behaves in a brittle or ductile manner, not
only depending on the material behaviour formulated at stress point level, but also on the
size of the structure, with the response becoming ever more brittle the larger the structure
is. This is due to the increase of energy released by the unloading part of the structure
compared to the fracture energy dissipated in the crack. If the energy in unloading is
larger than the fracture energy of the crack, both forces and displacements need to
decrease in order to reach equilibrium.
However, in tunnelling the shotcrete never involves failure with low fracture energy. The
problem could occur in other applications regarding rigid inclusions in the ground.

APPLICATION OF ADVANCED SOIL MODELS
16 APPLICATION OF ADVANCED SOIL MODELS
In this chapter, advanced soil models will be utilised in various applications in order to
illustrate the particular features of these models.
16.1 HARDENING SOIL MODEL: RESPONSE IN DRAINED AND UNDRAINED

TRIAXIAL TESTS
In this section, the Hardening Soil model is utilised for the simulations of drained and
undrained triaxial tests. Arbitrary sets of model parameters, Table 16.1, representing
sands of different properties, are considered.
A triaxial test can simply be modelled by means of an axisymmetric geometry of unit
dimensions (1m x 1m), that represent a quarter of the soil specimen, Figure 16.1. These
dimensions are not realistic, but they are selected for simplicity. The dimension of the
model does not influence the results, provided that the soil weight is not taken into
account. In this configuration the stresses and strains are uniformly distributed over the
geometry. The deformation magnitudes in x - and y -direction of the top right hand corner
correspond to the horizontal and vertical strains respectively.
The left hand side and the bottom of the geometry are axes of symmetry. At these
boundaries the displacements normal to the boundary are fixed and the tangential
displacements are kept free to allow for 'smooth' movements. The remaining boundaries
are fully free to move.
The value of the applied loads can be controlled by the load multipliers such as ΣMloadA
and ΣMloadB . However, in PLAXIS 2D, and as described in the Reference Manual, the
load configurations and magnitudes can be specified in the Input program. Then in the
calculation program these loads can be activated or deactivated by means of the Staged
construction option. For this case, and to simulate the confining pressure p', distributed
loads of −100 kN/m2 representing the principal stresses σ '1 (load A) and σ '3 (load B) are
applied in the Input program, as shown in Figure 16.1.
Table 16.1 Arbitrary Hardening Soil parameters for sands of different densities
Parameter Loose Medium Dense Unit

ref
E50 (for pref = 100 kPa) 20000 30000 40000 kN/m2
Eur (for pref = 100 kPa)
ref
60000 90000 120000 kN/m2
ref
Eoed (for pref = 100 kPa) 20000 30000 40000 kN/m2
Cohesion c 0.0 0.0 0.0 kN/m2
◦
Friction angle ϕ 30 35 40
◦
Dilatancy angle ψ 0 5 10
Poisson's ratio νur 0.2 0.2 0.2 -
Power m 0.5 0.5 0.5 -
K0nc (using Cap) 0.5 0.43 0.36 -
Tensile strength 0.0 0.0 0.0 kN/m2
Failure ratio 0.9 0.9 0.9 -

Figure 16.1 Simplified configuration of a triaxial test
A very course mesh is sufficient for this simple geometry. Initial stresses and steady pore
pressures are not taken into account.
400
dense
300
|σ1 − σ3 | [kN/m2 ]
medium
loose
200
100
0
0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06
-ε1
Figure 16.2 Results of drained triaxial tests using the Hardening Soil model, Principal stress
difference versus axial strain
In the Calculation program, the calculation of all phases can be done by means of the
Staged construction process. In the first phase, the confinement pressure p' is applied by
activating load A and B. In the second phase the displacements are reset to zero and the
sample is vertically loaded up to failure while the horizontal load is kept constant. This
implies modification of load A by double clicking the load in the geometry model. As a
result a load window appears in which the input values of the load can be changed.
(Details of the procedure can be found in the Reference and Tutorial manuals.) The latter
phase is carried out for drained as well as undrained conditions.
These calculations are performed for the three different sets of material parameters,
Table 16.1. The computational results are presented in the figures on the following pages.

0.015
dense
0.010
0.005
medium
εv 0.000
loose
-0.005
-0.010
0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06
-ε1
Figure 16.3 Results of drained triaxial tests using the Hardening Soil model, Volumetric strain versus
axial strain
200
dense
160
medium
|σ1 − σ3 | [kN/m2 ]
120
loose
80
40
0
0 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030
-ε1
Figure 16.4 Results of undrained triaxial tests using the Hardening Soil model, Principal stress
difference versus axial strain
Figure 16.2 shows the principal stress difference versus the axial strain for the drained
condition. This shows a hyperbolic relationship between the stress and the strain, which
is typical for the Hardening Soil model. Obviously, the failure level is higher when the
sand is denser. The Hardening Soil model does not include softening behaviour, so after
reaching failure the stress level does not reduce, at least in the drained tests.
Figure 16.3 shows the axial strain versus the volumetric strain for the drained test. This
graph clearly shows the influence of dilatancy in the denser sands. In contrast to the
Mohr-Coulomb model, the transition from elastic behaviour to failure is much more
gradual when using the Hardening Soil model. In fact, in the Hardening Soil model,
plastic strain occurs immediately after load application.
In the undrained tests, Figure 16.4, the failure level is, in principle, lower than that of the
drained tests. However, for the medium and dense sands the stress level continues to
increase after reaching the failure level due to the fact that dilatancy occurs which causes
reduction of excess pore pressures and thus increase of the effective stresses. This can
be seen in Figure 16.5.

-60
loose
-50
medium
-40
pexcess [kPa]
-30
dense
-20
-10
0
0 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030
-ε1
Figure 16.5 Results of undrained triaxial tests using the Hardening Soil model, Excess pore
pressure vs axial strain
-400
-300
undrained drained
σyy [kPa]
-200
-100
isotropic loading
0
0 -100 -200
σxx [kPa]
Figure 16.6 Stress paths for drained and undrained triaxial tests using the Hardening Soil model
Figure 16.6 shows the effective stress paths, for the medium sand, during both the
drained and undrained tests. During first phase (isotropic loading), both tests were
drained. In the second phase there is a clear distinction between the two tests. In the
undrained test the effective horizontal stress reduces while the vertical stress increases
due to the development of excess pore pressures. The decrease in horizontal effective
stress is more than when if the Mohr-Coulomb model would have been used. This is
attributed to the plastic compaction (Cap hardening) that occurs in the Hardening Soil
model.

16.2 APPLICATION OF THE HARDENING SOIL MODEL ON REAL SOIL TESTS
In this section the ability of the Hardening Soil model to simulate laboratory tests on sand
is examined by comparing PLAXIS calculation results with those obtained from laboratory
tests provided by Prof. J. Desrues (University Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, France).
Extensive laboratory tests were conducted on loose and dense Hostun sand. On the
basis of these tests the model parameters for the Hardening Soil model were determined
and they are presented in Table 16.2.
Table 16.2 Hardening Soil parameters for loose and dense Hostun sand
Parameter Loose sand Dense sand Unit

Unit weight γ 17 17.5 kN/m3
ref
E50 (pref = 100 kPa) 20000 37000 kN/m2
ref
Eur (pref = 100 kPa) 60000 90000 kN/m2
ref
Eoed (pref = 100 kPa) 16000 29600 kN/m2
Cohesion c ' 0.0 0.0 kN/m2
◦
Friction angle ϕ' 34.0 41.0
◦
Dilatancy angle ψ 0.0 14.0
Poisson's ratio νur 0.20 0.20 -
Power m 0.65 0.50 -
K0nc 0.44 0.34 -
Tensile strength 0.0 0.0 kN/m2
Failure ratio 0.9 0.9 -
Triaxial test
Standard drained triaxial tests were performed on loose and dense sand specimens. The
procedure for the simulation of the triaxial tests in PLAXIS has been described in Section
16.1. In the first phase the sample is isotropically compressed up to a confining pressure
of p' = -300 kN/m2 . In the second phase the sample is vertically loaded up to failure while
the horizontal stress (confining pressure) is kept constant. The computational results and
the measured data are presented in Figure 16.7 to 16.10.
The figures show that the computational results match reasonably with the test data. It
can be seen that the material response (measured and computed) show gradual
transition from elastic to plastic behaviour. As such the relation between the deviatoric
stress and the axial strain can be approximated by a hyperbola.
The failure level is fully controlled by the friction angle (the cohesion is zero). The test
results on dense sand show softening behaviour after the peak load has been reached.
Modelling of the softening behaviour, however, is not incorporated in the Hardening Soil
model, and thus, the deviatoric stress remains constant. It can also be seen from the test
data that the dilatancy reduces during softening. However, in the Hardening Soil model
the dilatancy continues to infinity, unless the dilatancy cut-off option has been used.

Figure 16.7 Results of drained triaxial tests on loose Hostun sand, deviatoric stress versus axial
strain
Figure 16.8 Results of drained triaxial tests on loose Hostun sand, volumetric strain versus axial
strain
|σ1-σ3| [kPa]
1400
1200
1000
800
600 Hardening soil model

test data
400
200
0
0 5 10 15
-ε1 [%]
Figure 16.9 Results of drained triaxial tests on dense Hostun sand, deviatoric stress versus axial
strain
Oedometer test
As for the triaxial tests, a set of oedometer tests on both loose and dense sands (Table
16.2) was conducted. In PLAXIS the oedometer test is simulated as an axisymmetric
geometry with unit dimensions (Figure 16.11). A coarse mesh is sufficient for this case.
The computational results as compared with those obtained from the laboratory tests are

εv [%]
8
3
Hardening soil model
2
test data
-1
-2
0 5 10 15
-ε1 [%]
Figure 16.10 Results of drained triaxial tests on dense Hostun sand, volumetric strain versus axial
strain
Figure 16.11 Simplified configuration of an oedometer test
shown in Figure 16.12 and Figure 16.13.

From a stress free state the loose sand sample is loaded consecutively to 25 kPa, 50
kPa, 100 kPa and 200 kPa with intermediate unloading. The dense sand sample is
loaded to 50 kPa, 100 kPa, 200 kPa and 400 kPa with intermediate unloading.
As it can be seen, the computational results show a reasonable agreement with the test
data. No doubt, distinction should be made between loose and dense soil, but it seems
that for a soil with a certain density the stiffness behaviour under different stress paths
can be well captured with a single set of model parameters. (A small offset of 0.15% has
been applied to the computational results of the loose sample in order to account for the
relative soft response at the beginning of the test.)

-σyy [kPa]
400

300
test data
200
100
0
0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025
-εyy
Figure 16.12 Results of oedometer test on loose Hostun sand, axial stress versus axial strain
-σyy [kPa]
400

300
test data
200
100
0
0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025
-εyy
Figure 16.13 Results of oedometer test on dense Hostun sand, axial stress versus axial strain
Pressiometer test
In this section the Pressiometer test is simulated and results from PLAXIS 2D and
laboratory tests (Branque, 1997) are compared. Laboratory testing results on dense sand
with material parameters listed in Table 16.2 are used.
In the field, the pressiometer of 0.044 m diameter covered with a membrane of 0.16 m
height is attached to the Cone penetration shaft. In the laboratory, the pressiometer is
attached to a 0.044 m pipe (r0 = 0.022 m) and placed in a circular calibration chamber
with a diameter of 1.2 m and a height of 1.50 m. A high overburden pressure of 500 kPa
is applied to the surface to simulate the stress state at larger depths.

In PLAXIS 2D a quarter of the geometry is simulated by an axisymmetric model (Figure

16.14). The left boundary is placed 0.022 m away from the vertical axis of symmetry. A
line displacement is generated at the left model boundary, set to be free in vertical
direction and fixed in horizontal direction. The overburden pressure is simulated by the
load A, and the volumetric expansion of the pressiometer is simulated by imposing a
horizontally distributed load, load B (Figure 16.14). Therefore the initial boundary
conditions have to be changed at the level of the pressiometer in order to allow for
horizontal displacements.
Figure 16.14 Model geometry and generated mesh
To allow for a discontinuity in horizontal displacements, a vertical interface along the

shaft of the pressiometer borehole and a horizontal interface just above the pressiometer
are introduced. Both interfaces are set rigid (Rinter = 1.0). Extra geometry lines are
created around the pressiometer to locally generate a finer mesh (Figure 16.14). A
Coarseness factor equal to 0.1 is used for the refinement zone 1 (RZ1) and a
Coarseness factor of 0.3 is used for the refinement zone 2 (RZ2). The Medium option is
selected for the Element distribution.
After the generation of initial stresses in the Initial Phase, the vertical overburden load
(load A) is applied in Phase 1. The left model boundary is horizontally fixed via the line
displacement as discussed above, while the bottom and right model boundaries are set
to Normally fixed via the Deformations option in the Model explorer window. A plastic
calculation is performed. For the subsequent calculation phases, the left model boundary
should be set to Free via the Deformations option in the Model explorer window.

In Phase 2, the line displacement which is placed at the level of the pressiometer, at the
left boundary, is deactivated. The Load B is activated in order to maintain equilibrium, i.e.
zero deformation. The magnitude of this load increases linearly with depth and it is
calculated based on the vertical stress and Jaky's formula (for normally consolidated
soils). Thus the horizontal load acting on the node located at the top of the pressiometer
equals 176.0 kPa and the horizontal load acting on the node located at the bottom model
boundary equals 176.5 kPa. A plastic calculation is performed in Phase 2 as well.
In both Phases 1 and 2, the Tolerated error is set equal to 0.0001 and the Max load
fraction per step is set to 0.01 to increase the accuracy of the numerical calculation. This
is important in order to meticulously replace the horizontal fixity with the horizontal load at
the level of the pressiometer in Phase 2.
Hint: Note that the values at the edges of the horizontal load mentioned above are
calculated analytically and may slightly differ from the numerical results at the
corresponding nodes, at the end of Phase 1. This is because the numerically
obtained values depend on the selected number of mesh elements (mesh
discretization) and on the used numerical settings for the plastic calculation
in Phase 1. The user may check this discrepancy and if necessary use the
numerical values to maintain equilibrium.
In the following calculation Phase 3, the pressure (load B) is further increased by use of
Staged construction. Thus the load B is set equal to 2500 kPa. An Updated mesh
analysis is used. The Tolerated error is 0.01 (default value) and the Max load fraction per
step is set to 0.1. The results of this calculation are presented in Figures 16.15 and 16.16.
Figure 16.15 Effective principal stress distribution at the vicinity of the pressiometer, for a pressure
of 2427 kPa (scaled up 4×10-6 times)
Figure 16.15 shows details of effective principal stress distribution when the pressure in
the pressiometer is 2427 kPa. The high passive stresses appear very locally near the
pressiometer. Just above the pressiometer the vertical stress is very low due to arching
effects. Away from the pressiometer, a K0 -like stress state exists.
Figure 16.16 depicts a comparison of the numerical results with those obtained from the

laboratory test. A Node A at the interface, at the bottom left corner of the model, is
selected to illustrate the results (Figure 16.14). In Figure 16.16 the pressiometer pressure
P is plot against volumetric deformation ∆V /V0 . Because the calculation in Phase 3 was
run by accounting for large deformations (updated mesh analysis), the P pressure P in the
pressiometer is calculated by Eq. (16.1), based on the output quantity Mstage, the
value of the applied Load B in Phase 2 (LoadB2 = 176.5 kPa), the value of the applied
Load B in Phase 3 (LoadB3 = 2500 kPa) and a correction factor to account for large
deformations:
h X i r0
P = LoadB2 + Mstage(LoadB3 − LoadB2 ) (16.1)
r0 + urr
in which, r0 is the initial radius (0.022 m) and urr is the radial deformation of the Node A.
Hint: By considering updated mesh analysis, the area E upon which pressure P
acts, should be adjusted to the increasing radius, from r0 to r0 + urr .
Assuming an angle θ of 1 rad, the length of the corresponding arc is s = r θ.
The area E is equal to the length s times the height of the membrane H
(0.08 m). Force equilibrium between the initial state (r0 ) and every next step
of the calculation (r0 + urr ) results in the correction factor r0 . The latter
r0 + urr
is taken into account in Eq. (16.1).
The volumetric deformation ∆V /V0 cannot be directly obtained from PLAXIS and it is
calculated by Eq. (16.2), based on the initial radius r0 and the lateral expansion urr of the
pressiometer at the Node A:
∆V (r0 + urr )2 − r02

= (16.2)
V0 r02
Based on Figure 16.16 it is concluded that the agreement between the numerical results
and the experimental data is very good, both for the initial part of the loading curve and
for larger volumetric deformations up to 30%. The original set of parameters for the
dense sand that were derived from triaxial testing seem to match the pressiometer data
quite well.
Conclusion
The above results indicate that by use of the Hardening Soil model it is possible to
simulate different laboratory tests with different stress paths. This cannot be obtained
with simple models such as the Mohr-Coulomb model without changing input parameters.
Hence, the parameters in the Hardening Soil model are consistent and more or less
independent from the particular stress path. This makes the Hardening Soil model a
powerful and an accurate model, which can be used in many applications.

2500
P [kPa] 2000
1500
1000
500 PLAXIS 2D
Test data
0
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
ΔV / V0 [-]
Figure 16.16 Comparison of numerical results and pressiometer test data
16.3 APPLICATION OF THE HS SMALL MODEL ON REAL SOIL TESTS
In this section, the ability of the HS small model to simulate laboratory tests is examined.
Both, the laboratory test data and the basic HS parameters are identical to those
presented in the previous section. The two additional small strain parameters used in the
Hardening Soil model are quantified in Table 16.3.
Table 16.3 Additional HS small model parameters for loose and dense Hostun sand
Parameter Loose sand Dense sand Unit

G0ref (pref = 100 kPa) 70000 112500 kN/m2
Shear strain γ0.7 0.0001 0.0002 -
Triaxial tests on loose and dense Hostun sand are presented in Figure 16.17 and Figure
16.18 respectively. As a reference, the previously obtained results from the Hardening
Soil model are plotted as well.
The overall stress-strain data obtained from both models seems almost identical. Only a
closer look at the small-strain domain shows a clear difference: The HS small model
follows a S-shaped stiffness reduction curve with much higher initial stiffness than the
one of the Hardening Soil model. Generally, both models match the test data at different
confining pressures reasonably well.
Figure 16.19 presents results from a cyclic triaxial test by Rivera & Bard on dense sand.
The HS small model simulation of the test shows material damping which could not be
obtained when simulating the test with the Hardening Soil model. As virgin loading is
conducted in triaxial compression, the unloading sequence in triaxial extension gives
some plasticity. Therefore the first unloading / reloading loop is not closed.

Figure 16.17 Excavation Drained triaxial tests on loose Hostun sand at confining pressures of 100,
300, and 600 kPa. Left: Stress-strain data. Right: Shear modulus reduction.

Figure 16.18 Drained triaxial tests on dense Hostun sand at confining pressures of 100, 300, and
600 kPa. Left: Stress-strain data. Right:Shear modulus reduction.
Figure 16.19 Hysteresis loop in a drained triaxial test on dense Hostun sand. Test data published
in Biarez & Hicher (1994).

16.4 SOFT SOIL CREEP MODEL : UNDRAINED TRIAXIAL TESTS AT DIFFERENT

LOADING RATES
In this section the Soft Soil Creep model (see Chapter 10) is utilised for the simulation of
clay in an undrained triaxial test, at various strain rates. The model parameters are
obtained from test results on Haney Clay and are listed in Table 16.4.
The initial isotropic preconsolidation pressure Pp = 373 kN/m2 , as reported in the
literature, is obtained by specifying a POP of 433 kN/m2 in the initial conditions.
Table 16.4 Soft Soil Creep model parameters for Haney clay
Parameter Symbol Value Unit

∗
Modified compression index λ 0.105 -
∗
Modified swelling index κ 0.016 -
∗
Secondary compression index µ 0.004 -
Poisson's ratio νur 0.15 -
Cohesion c 0.0 kN/m2
◦
Friction angle ϕ 32
◦
Dilatancy angle ψ 0.0
Coefficient of lateral stress K0nc 0.61 -
Permeability kx , ky 0.0001 m/day
Pre overburden pressure POP 433 kN/m2
Modelling of the triaxial test is as described in Section 16.1. However, here, a quarter of
the real dimension of the test set-up is simulated (17.5 x 17.5 mm2 ). Figure 16.20
illustrates the model geometry. The specimen surfaces (top and right hand side in Figure
16.20) are assumed drained whereas the other boundaries are assumed closed.
The Very coarse option is selected for the Element distribution. To generate the graphs
presented further below, mesh points need to be selected. More specifically, a node
located at the top model boundary (e.g. with coordinates (0.0175, 0.0175)) is needed to
generate Figure 16.21, while a stress point with coordinates (0.0110, 0.0050) is needed
for Figure 16.22.
In addition to isotropic loading, prescribed displacements are also applied. Both types of
loading are simulated using the Staged construction option. During isotropic loading,
horizontal and vertical loads are applied. The calculation phases for isotropic loading
consist of undrained plastic and consolidation analyses.
After the isotropic loading phases, the displacements are reset to zero. The vertical load
is deactivated and the prescribed displacement is activated. Rate of loading is simulated
by applying prescribed displacements at different velocities. As such, a total of 12% axial
strain (2.1 mm, vertical displacement) is applied in 8.865 days (0.00094%/min), 0.0556
days (0.15%/min) and 0.00758 days (1.10%/min) respectively. Each of the prescribed
displacement loading phases 9 to 11 starts from the end of the last consolidation phase
8. The calculation scheme is listed in Table 16.5.
The computational results are presented in Figures 16.21 and 16.22. Figure 16.21
illustrates the average deviatoric strain qaverage versus the principal strain 1 for phases 9

Figure 16.20 Modelling of triaxial test on Haney clay. Left, Initial configuration. Right, configuration
for phases 9 to 11
Table 16.5 Loading scheme for triaxial tests at different loading rates
Starts Calculation Top load Side load Displacement Time

Phase
interval
from type [kPa] [kPa] [m] [day]
1 0 Plastic -65 -65 Inactive 0.00
2 1 Consolidation -65 -65 Inactive 0.01
9 8 Plastic Inactive -520 0.0021 8.865
to 11. The average deviatoric strain is obtained as:
2FY
qaverage = − σ3 (16.3)
R2
where:
R = 0.0175 m and σ3 = −520 kN/m2
In Eq. (16.3), FY is the reaction force against the applied prescribed displacement
(ForceY ). The principal strain 1 is obtained by dividing the vertical displacement uy of a
node located at the top boundary by the height of the model (0.0175 m). The starting
point in Figure 16.21 is deliberately selected to be zero.
Based on Figure 16.21, it can be seen that the shear strength highly depends on the

strain rate; the higher strain rate the higher the shear strength.
Figure 16.21 Average deviatoric stress versus axial strain for different strain rates
Figure 16.22 shows the p' - q stress paths from the prescribed displacement loading
phases. For higher strain rates there is a smaller reduction of the mean effective stress,
which allows for larger ultimate deviatoric stress. It should be noted that the stress state
is not homogeneous at all, because of the inhomogeneous (excess) pore pressure
distribution. This is due to the fact that points close to draining boundaries consolidate
faster than points at a larger distance.
Figure 16.22 p' - q stress paths for different strain rates for a point at position (0.0110, 0.0050)
In addition to the full tests as described before, the last part of the test can also be done
in a simplified way using the Soil Test facility. Since the Soil Test facility operates on a
single stress point, it is not possible to start the undrained triaxial tests from an
inhomogeneous stress state, as considered in the full finite element based model.
Instead, we start from an isotropic effective stress of 500 kN/m2 .

Table 16.6 Input parameters for the Soil Test facility
Input parameter A(0.00094%/min) B(0.15%/min) C(1.10%/min)

Type of test Triaxial, Undrained Triaxial, Undrained Triaxial, Undrained
Direction Compression Compression Compression
Consolidation Isotropic Isotropic Isotropic
Initial effect. stress |σ3 '| 500 kN/m2 500 kN/m2 500 kN/m2
Maximum strain |ε1 | 12.0 % 12.0 % 12.0 %
Time ∆t 8.865 days 0.0556 days 0.00758 days
Number of steps 2000 2000 2000
2 2
|Vert. precons. stress| 433 kN/m 433 kN/m 433kN/m2
16.5 SOFT SOIL CREEP MODEL: RESPONSE IN ONE-DIMENSIONAL

COMPRESSION TEST
In this section the behaviour of the Soft Soil Creep model is illustrated on the basis of a
one-dimensional compression test on clay. Two types of analysis are performed. First,
the test is simulated assuming drained conditions in order to demonstrate the logarithmic
stress-strain relationship and the logarithmic time-settlement behaviour on the long term
(secondary compression). Second, the test is simulated more realistically by including
undrained conditions and consolidation. Since the consolidation process depends on the
drainage length, it is important to use actual dimensions of the test set-up. In this case an
axisymmetric configuration with specimen height of 0.01 m, Figure 16.23, is used. The
material parameters are shown in Table 16.7. The parameter values are selected
arbitrarily, but they are realistic for normally consolidated clay. The vertical
preconsolidation stress is fixed at 50 kPa (POP = 50 kPa).
Figure 16.23 One-dimensional compression test
Drained analysis
In the first analysis successive plastic loading steps are applied using drained conditions.
The load is doubled in every step using Staged construction with time increments of 1
day. After the last loading step an additional creep period of 100 days is applied. The

Table 16.7 Soft Soil Creep model parameters for one-dimensional compression test
Parameter Symbol Value Unit

Unit weight γ 19 kN/m3
Permeability kx , ky 0.0001 m/day
∗
Modified compression index λ 0.10 -
∗
Modified swelling index κ 0.02 -
∗
Secondary compression index µ 0.005 -
Poisson's ratio νur 0.15 -
Cohesion c 1.0 kN/m2
◦
Friction angle ϕ 30
◦
Dilatancy angle ψ 0.0
Coefficient of lateral stress K0nc 0.5 -
calculation scheme is listed in Table 16.8. All calculations are performed with a tolerance
of 1%.
Table 16.8 Calculation scheme for the drained case
Phase Calculation type Loading input Load Time interval End time
[kPa] [day] [day]
1 Plastic Staged 10 1 1
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
Undrained analysis
In the second analysis the loading steps are instantaneously applied using undrained
conditions. After each loading step a consolidation of 1 day is applied to let the excess
pore pressures fully dissipate. After the last loading step, an additional creep period of
100 days is again introduced. The calculation scheme for this analysis is listed in Table
16.9. All calculations are performed with a reduced tolerance of 1%.

Figure 16.24 shows the load-settlement curves of both analyses. It can be seen that,
after consolidation, the results of the undrained test match those of the drained test. The
influence of the preconsolidation stress can clearly be seen, although the transition
between reloading and primary loading is not as sharp as when using the Soft Soil
model. In fact, the results presented here are more realistic. The transition is indeed
around 50 kPa.
From the slope of the primary loading line one can back-calculate the modified
compression index λ∗ = ∆ε1 / ln(σ1 + ∆σ1 )/σ1 ≈ 0.10. Note that 1 mm settlement
corresponds to ε1 = 10%. For an axial strain of 30% one would normally use an Updated
mesh analysis, which has not been done in this simple analysis. If, however, the Soft Soil
Creep model would have been used in an Updated mesh analysis with axial strains over
15% one would observe a stiffening effect as indicated by line C in Figure 16.24.
Figure 16.25 shows the time-settlement curves of the drained and the undrained
analyses. From the last part of the curve one can back-calculate the secondary
compression index µ∗ = ∆ε1 / ln(∆t/t0 ) ≈ 0.005 (with t0 = 1 day).
0.0
settlement [m]
-0.001
B
-0.002
C
A
-0.003
1 10 100 1000
σ1 [kPa]
Figure 16.24 Load-settlement curve of oedometer test with Soft Soil Creep model. A) Transient
loading with doubling of loading within one day. B) Instantaneous loading with
doubling of load at the beginning of a new day. C) As 'A' using Updated Mesh
calculation
Another interesting phenomenon is the development of lateral stresses. During primary

loading, the lateral stress is determined by K0nc , appropriate for normally consolidated
soil. During unloading, the lateral stress decreases much less than the vertical stress, so
that the ratio σ 'xx /σ 'yy increases.
To show these effects the calculation is continued after with a new drained unloading
phase that starts from phase 7 (see Table 16.8) in which the vertical stress is reduced to
−80 kPa.
Figure 16.26 shows the stress state for two different calculation phases, both at a vertical
stress level of 80 kPa. The plot in the left hand side shows the stress state after primary
loading. As expected the horizontal stress is found to be approximately −40 kPa
(corresponding to K0nc = 0.5). The plot in the right hand side shows the final situation

Table 16.9 Calculation scheme for second analysis
Phase Calculation type Loading input Load Time interval End time
[kPa] [day] [day]
construction
2 Consolidation Staged 10 1 1
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
construction
after unloading down to −80 kPa. In this case the horizontal stress is decreased from
−320 kPa to approximately −220 kPa, (∆σ 'xx = 100 kPa), i.e, much less than the
decrease of the vertical stress (∆σ 'yy = 560 kPa). Thus, a situation where σ 'xx is larger
than σ 'yy is obtained.
During sudden unloading in a one-dimensional compression test, the behaviour is purely
elastic. Hence, the ratio of the horizontal and vertical stress increments can be

Figure 16.25 Time-settlement curve of oedometer test with Soft Soil Creep model. A) Transient
loading with doubling of loading within one day. B) Instantaneous loading with
doubling of load at the beginning of a new day
Figure 16.26 Stress states at a vertical stress level of −80 kPa. Left, after primary loading σ 'xx ≈ 40
kPa. Right, after unloading from −640 kPa σ 'xx ≈ −220 kPa
determined as:
∆σ 'xx νur
= (16.4)
∆σ 'yy 1 − νur

It is easy to verify that the results correspond to Poisson's ratio νur = 0.15 as listed in
Table 16.3.
16.6 SOFT SOIL MODEL : RESPONSE IN ISOTROPIC COMPRESSION TEST
In this section it will be demonstrated that the Soft Soil model obeys a logarithmic
relationship between the volumetric strain and the mean stress in isotropic compression.
For this purpose the test set up is simulated as that presented in Figure 16.1. The vertical
load (A) and the horizontal load (B) are simultaneously applied to the same level so that a
fully isotropic stress state occurs. The parameters of the Soft Soil model are chosen
arbitrarily, but the values are realistic for normally consolidated clay. The parameters are
presented in Table 16.10.
Table 16.10 Soft Soil model parameters for isotropic compression test
Modified compression index λ∗ 0.10

Modified swelling index κ∗ 0.02
Poisson's ratio νur 0.15
Friction angle ϕ 30◦
Cohesion c 1.0 kPa
Normally consolidated K0 K0nc 0.5
From a stress-free state, the model is isotropically loaded to a mean stress of p' = 100
kPa, after which the displacements are reset to zero. As a result, the material becomes
'normally consolidated', i.e., the preconsolidation stress is equivalent to the current
state-of-stress. After that, the isotropic pressure is increased to p' = 1000 kPa. This
loading path is denoted as 'primary loading'. Then, the sample is isotropically 'unloaded'
to p' = 100 kPa. Finally, the sample is loaded up to p' = 10000 kPa. In the last loading
path, the maximum preload of 1000 kPa is exceeded. and hence, it consists of two parts:
the part of the loading path for which p' < 1000 kPa is referred to as 'reloading', and the
part of the loading path for p' > 1000 kPa consists of further primary loading. The
calculation phases are indicated in Table 16.11.
Table 16.11 Calculation phases for isotropic compression test on clay
Stage Initial stress Final stress

0 Initial situation p0 = 100 kPa
1 Primary loading p = 100 kPa
0
p1 = 1000 kPa
2 Unloading p1 = 1000 kPa p2 = 100 kPa
3 Reloading p2 = 100 kPa p3 = 1000 kPa
4 Primary loading p3 = 1000 kPa p4 = 10000 kPa
The computational results are presented in Figure 16.27, which shows the relation
between the vertical strain εyy and the vertical stress σ 'yy .
The latter quantity is plotted on a logarithmic scale. The plot shows two straight lines,
which indicates that there is indeed a logarithmic relation for loading and unloading. The
vertical strain is 1/3 of the volumetric strain, εv , and the vertical stress is equal to the
mean stress, p'. The volumetric strains obtained from the calculation are given in Table

16.12.
Table 16.12 Volumetric strains from various calculation phases
Phase Initial strain Final strain

0 ε0v = 0.000
1 ε0v = 0.000 ε1v = −0.235
2 ε1v = −0.235 ε2v = −0.188
3 ε2v = −0.188 ε3v = −0.235
4 ε3v = −0.235 ε4v = −0.471
Figure 16.27 Results of isotropic compression test
From these strains and corresponding stresses, the parameters λ∗ and κ∗ can be
back-calculated using Eqs. (10.1) and (10.2).
ε1v − ε0v 0.235

Phase 1 λ∗ = − 1 0
= = 0.102
ln p /p ln(1000/100)
ε2v − ε1v 0.188 − 0.235
Phase 2 κ∗ = − = = 0.020
ln p2 /p1 ln(100/1000)
ε3v − ε2v 0.235 − 0.188
Phase 3 κ∗ = − 3 2
= = 0.020
ln p /p ln(1000/100)
ε4v − ε3v 0.471 − 0.235
Phase 4 λ∗ = − 4 3
= = 0.102
ln p /p ln(10000/1000)
The back-calculated values correspond to the input values as given in Table 16.10.
Note that the Soft Soil model does not include time effects such as in the secondary
compression. Such behaviour is included in the Soft Soil Creep model.

16.7 HARDENING SOIL MODEL AND HS SMALL MODEL: EXCAVATION IN BERLIN

SAND
In the previous example, the advantage of the Hardening Soil model's distinct loading
and unloading stiffness was highlighted. With those, the calculated excavation heave
could be reduced to a more realistic, but in most cases still too high value. In the Berlin
excavation example, now the further advantage of considering small-strain stiffness in the
analysis is demonstrated.
The working group 1.6 Numerical methods in Geotechnics of the German Geotechnical
Society (DGGT) has organised several comparative finite element studies (benchmarks).
One of these benchmark examples is the installation of a triple anchored deep excavation
wall in Berlin sand. The reference solution by Schweiger (2002) is used here as the
starting point for the next validation example: Both, the mesh shown in Figure 16.28, and
the soil parameters given in Table 16.13 are taken from this reference solution. However,
the bottom soil layer 3 defined by Schweiger (2002) is assigned the parameters of layer 2
in the HSsmall analysis. In the reference solution this layer's only purpose is the
simulation of small-strain stiffness due to a lack of small-strain stiffness constitutive
models back then.
0.00
30.00
0 -3.00(GWT)
Excavation step 1 -4.80
Sand (layer 1) 27◦
20 27◦ 8.0
0
Sand (layer 2) 27◦ 8.0
0 A1
40 8.0 A2
0
-17.90(GWT)
A3
-30.00
hydraulic barrier
60 -32.00
80 diaphragm wall
Anchor Prestress Distance Length l
80
A1 768 kN 2.30 m 15 cm2 19.80 m
Sand (layer 3) A2 945 kN 1.35 m 15 cm2 23.30 m
100 A3 980 kN 1.35 m 15 cm2 23.80 m
Excavation and anchor detail (1:1000)

-20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Figure 16.28 Excavation in Berlin sand: plane strain mesh (left) and geometry detail (right).
Figure 16.29 shows results from the finite element calculation using the original
Hardening Soil model and the HS small model. The small-strain stiffness formulation in
the HS small model accumulates more settlements right next to the wall, whereas the
settlement trough is smaller. The triple anchored retaining wall is deflected less when
using the HSsmall model, almost fitting the measured deflection. Calculated excavation
heave at the end of excavation is shown in Figure 16.30. Compared to the HS results, the
heave which is due to elastic unloading, is roughly halved when using the HS small
model.

Table 16.13 Hardening Soil modeland HS small modelparameters for the three sand layers in the
excavation project
Parameter Layer 1 Layer 2 Layer 3 Unit

Unit weight above/below 19 / 20 19 / 20 19 / 20 kN/m3
phreatic level
ref
E50 (pref = 100 kPa) 45000 75000 105000 kN/m2
ref
Eur (pref = 100 kPa) 45000 75000 105000 kN/m2
Eoed (pref = 100 kPa)
ref
180000 300000 315000 kN/m2
G0ref (pref = 100 kPa) 168750 281250 NA kN/m2
Shear strain γ0.7 0.0002 0.0002 NA -
Cohesion c 1.0 1.0 1.0 kN/m2
◦
Friction angle ϕ 35 38 38
◦
Dilatancy angle ψ 5.0 6.0 6.0
Poisson's ratio νur 0.2 0.2 0.2 -
Power m 0.55 0.55 0.55 -
K0nc 0.43 0.38 0.38 -
Tensile strength 0.0 0.0 0.0 kN/m2
Failure ratio 0.9 0.9 0.9 -
Figure 16.29 Hardening Soil model and HS small model predictions versus measured
displacements after the final excavation step. Left: Surface settlement trough. Right:
Lateral wall deflection.

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04

Vertical heave [m]
-20
Section A-A
20.00 m -40
-60
-80
HS (reference)
HSsmall
-100
Depth below surface [m]
Figure 16.30 Vertical displacements in the excavation pit at a distance of 10 m from the retaining
wall (Section A-A).

17 USER-DEFINED SOIL MODELS
17.1 INTRODUCTION
PLAXIS has a facility for user-defined (UD) soil models. This facility allows users to
implement a wide range of constitutive soil models (stress-strain-time relationship) in
PLAXIS. Such models must be programmed in FORTRAN (or another programming
language), then compiled as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL) and then added to the UDSM
sub-folder of the PLAXIS program directory.
In principle the user provides information about the current stresses and state variables
and PLAXIS provides information about the previous ones and also the strain and time
increments. In the material data base of the PLAXIS input program, the required model
parameters can be entered in the material data sets.
σijt + ∆t, κt+∆t current stresses and state variables

σijt , t
κ previous stresses and state variables
∆εij , ∆t strain and time increments
Hint: Please note that the PLAXIS organization cannot be held responsible for any
malfunctioning or wrong results due to the implementation and/or use of
user-defined soil models.
17.2 IMPLEMENTATION OF UD MODELS IN CALCULATIONS PROGRAM
The PLAXIS calculations program has been designed to allow for User-defined soil
models. There are mainly four tasks (functionalities) to be performed in the calculations
program:
• Initialisation of state variables
• Calculation of constitutive stresses (stresses computed from the material model at
certain step)
• Creation of effective material stiffness matrix
• Creation of elastic material stiffness matrix
These main tasks (and other tasks) have to be defined by the user in a subroutine called
'User_Mod'. In this subroutine more than one user-defined soil model can be defined. If a
UD soil model is used in an application, the calculation program calls the corresponding
task from the subroutine User_Mod. To create a UD soil model, the User_Mod subroutine
must have the following structure:

USER-DEFINED SOIL MODELS
Subroutine User_Mod (IDTask, iMod, IsUndr, iStep, iTer, Iel,Int, X,

Y, Z, Time0, dTime, Props, Sig0, Swp0, StVar0,
dEps, D, Bulk_W, Sig, Swp, StVar, ipl, nStat,
NonSym, iStrsDep, iTimeDep, iTang, iPrjDir,
iPrjLen, iAbort)
where:
IDTask = Identification of the task (1 = Initialise state variables; 2 =
Calculate constitutive stresses; 3 = Create effective material
stiffness matrix; 4 = Return the number of state variables; 5 =
Return matrix attributes (NonSym, iStrsDep, iTimeDep, iTang);
6 = Create elastic material stiffness matrix)
iMod = User-defined soil model number (This option allows for more
than one UD model, up to 10.)
IsUndr = Drained condition (IsUndr = 0) or undrained condition (IsUndr =

1). In the latter case, PLAXIS will add a large bulk stiffness for
water.
iStep = Current calculation step number
iter = Current iteration number
Iel = Current element number
Int = Current local stress point number (1..3 for 6-noded elements, or
1..12 for 15-noded elements)
X,Y,Z = Global coordinates of current stress point
Time0 = Time at the start of the current step
dTime = Time increment of current step
Props = Array(1..50) with User-defined model parameters for the current

stress point
Sig0 = Array(1..20) with previous (= at the start of the current step)

effective stress components of the current stress point and
some other variables (σ '0xx , σ '0yy , σ '0zz , σ '0xy , σ '0yz , σ '0zx , psteady ,
ΣMstage0 , ΣMstage, Sat , Sat 0 , Suc , Suc 0 , ΣMsf 0 , ΣMsf , Xi ,
SatRes, Temp, UnfrozenW, 0). In 2D calculations σyz and σzx
should be zero.
Swp0 = Previous excess pore pressure of the current stress point
StVar0 = Array(1..nStat) with previous values of state variables of the

current stress point

dEps = Array(1..12) with strain increments of the current stress point in

the current step (∆εxx , ∆εyy , ∆εzz , ∆γxy , ∆γyz , ∆γzx , ε0xx , ε0yy ,
ε0zz , γxy
0
, γyz
0
, γzx
0
). In 2D calculations ∆γyz , ∆γzx , γyz
0
and γzx0
should be zero. In PLAXIS 2D this array may also contain non-

local strains. Contact Plaxis for more details.
D = Effective material stiffness matrix of the current stress point (1..6,

1..6)
Bulk_W = Bulk modulus of water for the current stress point (for undrained
calculations and consolidation)
Sig = Array (1..6) with resulting constitutive stresses of the current

stress point (σ 'xx , σ 'yy , σ 'zz , σ 'xy , σ 'yz , σ 'zx )
Swp = Resulting excess pore pressure of the current stress point
StVar = Array(1..nStat) with resulting values of state variables for the

current stress point
ipl = Plasticity indicator: 0 = no plasticity, 1 = Mohr-Coulomb (failure)

point; 2 = Tension cut-off point, 3 = Cap hardening point, 4 = Cap
friction point, 5 = Friction hardening point.
nStat = Number of state variables (unlimited)
NonSym = Parameter indicating whether the material stiffness matrix is non-

symmetric (NonSym = 1) or not (NonSym = 0) (required for
matrix storage and solution).
iStrsDep = Parameter indicating whether the material stiffness matrix is

stress-dependent (iStrsDep = 1) or not (iStrsDep = 0).
iTimeDep = Parameter indicating whether the material stiffness matrix is

time-dependent (iTimeDep = 1) or not (iTimeDep = 0).
iTang = Parameter indicating whether the material stiffness matrix is a

tangent stiffness matrix, to be used in a full Newton-Raphson
iteration process (iTang = 1) or not (iTang = 0).
iPrjDir = Project directory (for debugging purposes)
iPrjLen = Length of project directory name (for debugging purposes)
iAbort = Parameter forcing the calculation to stop (iAbort = 1).

In the above, 'increment' means 'the total contribution within the current step' and not per
iteration. 'Previous' means 'at the start of the current step', which is equal to the value at
the end of the previous step.

In the terminology of the above parameters it is assumed that the standard type of
parameters is used, i.e. parameters beginning with the characters A-H and O-Z are
double (8-byte) floating point values and the remaining parameters are 4-byte integer
values.
The parameters IDTask to dEps and iPrjDir and iPrjLen are input parameters; The
values of these parameters are provided by PLAXIS and can be used within the
subroutine. These input parameters should not be modified (except for StVar0 in case
IDTask = 1). The parameters D to iTang and iAbort are output parameters. The values of
these parameters are to be determined by the user. In case IDTask = 1, StVar0 becomes
output parameter.
The user subroutine should contain program code for listing the tasks and output
parameters (IDTask = 1 to 6). After the declaration of variables, the User_Mod subroutine
must have the following structure (here specified in pseudo code):
Case IDTask of
1 Begin
{ Initialise state variables StVar0 }
End
2 Begin
{ Calculate constitutive stresses Sig (and Swp) }
End
3 Begin
{ Create effective material stiffness matrix D }
End
4 Begin
{ Return the number of state variables nStat }
End
5 Begin
{ Return matrix attributes NonSym, iStrsDep,
iTimeDep }
End
6 Begin
{ Create elastic material stiffness matrix De }
End
End Case
If more than one UD model is considered, distinction should be made between different
models, indicated by the UD model number iMod.
Initialise state variables (IDTask = 1)

State variables (also called the hardening parameters) are, for example, used in
hardening models to indicate the current position of the yield loci. The update of state
variables is considered in the calculation of constitutive stresses based on the previous
value of the state variables and the new stress state. Hence, it is necessary to know
about the initial value of the state variables, i.e. the value at the beginning of the
calculation step. Within a continuous calculation phase, state variables are automatically
transferred from one calculation step to another. The resulting value of the state variable
in the previous step, StVar, is stored in the output files and automatically used as the
initial value in the current step, StVar0. When starting a new calculation phase, the initial

value of the state variables is read from the output file of the previous calculation step and
put in the StVar0 array. In this case it is not necessary to modify the StVar0 array.
However, if the previous calculation step does not contain information on the state
variables (for example in the very first calculation step), the StVar0 array would contain
zeros. For this case the initial value has to be calculated based on the actual conditions
(actual stress state) at the beginning of the step. Consider, for example, the situation
where the first state variable is the minimum mean effective stress, p' (considering that
compression is negative). If the initial stresses have been generated using the
K0 -procedure, then the initial effective stresses are non-zero, but the initial value of the
state variable is zero, because the initialization of this user-defined variable is not
considered in the K0 -procedure. In this case, part 1 of the user subroutine may look like:
1 Begin
{ Initialise state variables StVar0}
p = (Sig0[1] + Sig0[2] + Sig0[3] ) / 3.0
StVar0[1] = Min(StVar0[1] ,p)
End
Calculate constitutive stresses (IDTask = 2)

This task constitutes the main part of the user subroutine in which the stress integration
and correction are performed according to the user-defined soil model formulation. Let us
consider a simple example using a linear elastic D -matrix as created under IDTask = 3.
In this case the stress components, Sig, can directly be calculated from the initial
stresses, PSig0, the material stiffness matrix, D , and the strain increments, dEps: Sig[i ]=
Sig0[i ] + (D[i , j ]*dEps[j ]). In this case, part 2 of the user subroutine may look like:
2 Begin
{ Calculate constitutive stresses Sig (and Swp) }
For i=1 to 6 do
Sig[i] = Sig0[i]
For j=1 to 6 do
Sig[i] = Sig[i] + D[i,j]*dEps[j]
End for {j}
End for {i}
End
Create effective material stiffness matrix (IDTask = 3)

The material stiffness matrix, D, may be a matrix containing only the elastic components
of the stress-strain relationship (as it is the case for the existing soil models in PLAXIS),
or the full elastoplastic material stiffness matrix (tangent stiffness matrix). Let us consider
the very simple example of Hooke's law of isotropic linear elasticity. There are only two
model parameters involved: Young's modulus, E, and Poisson's ratio, ν . These
parameters are stored, respectively, in position 1 and 2 of the model parameters array,
Props(1..50). In this case, part 3 of the user subroutine may look like:
3 Begin
{ Create effective material stiffness matrix D}
E = Props[1]
v = Props[2]

G = 0.5*E/(1.0+v)
Fac = 2*G/(1.0-2*v) { make sure that v < 0.5 !! }
Term1 = Fac*(1-v)
Term2 = Fac*v
D[1,1] = Term1
D[1,2] = Term2
D[1,3] = Term2
D[2,1] = Term2
D[2,2] = Term1
D[2,3] = Term2
D[3,1] = Term2
D[3,2] = Term2
D[3,3] = Term1
D[4,4] = G
D[5,5] = G
D[6,6] = G
End
(By default, D will be initialised to zero, so the remaining terms are still zero; however, it is
a good habit to explicitly define zero terms as well.)
If undrained behaviour is considered (IsUndr = 1), then a bulk stiffness for water
(Bulk_W) must be specified at the end of part 3. After calling the user subroutine with
IDTask = 3 and IsUndr = 1, PLAXIS will automatically add the stiffness of the water to the
material stiffness matrix D such that: D[i =1..3, j =1..3] = D[i ,j ]+ Bulk_W. If Bulk_W is
not specified, PLAXIS will give it a default value of 100*Avg(D[i =1..3, j =1..3]).
Return the number of state variables (IDTask = 4)

This part of the user subroutine returns the parameter nStat, i.e. the number of state
variables. In the case of just a single state parameter, the user subroutine should look
like:
4 Begin
{ Return the number of state variables nStat }
nStat = 1
End
Return matrix attributes (IDTask = 5)

The material stiffness matrix may be stress-dependent (such as in the Hardening Soil
model) or time-dependent (such as in the Soft Soil Creep model). When using a tangent
stiffness matrix, the matrix may even be non-symmetric, for example in the case of
non-associated plasticity. The last part of the user subroutine is used to initialize the
matrix attributes in order to update and store the global stiffness matrix properly during
the calculation process. For the simple example of Hooke's law, as described earlier, the
matrix is symmetric and neither stress- nor time-dependent. In this case the user
subroutine may be written as:
5 Begin
{ Return matrix attributes NonSym, iStrsDep, }
{ iTimeDep, iTang }
NonSym = 0

iStrsDep = 0
iTimeDep = 0
iTang = 0
End
For NonSym = 0 only half of the global stiffness matrix is stored using a profile structure,
whereas for Nonsym = 1 the full matrix profile is stored.
For iStrsDep = 1 the global stiffness matrix is created and decomposed at the beginning
of each calculation step based on the actual stress state (modified Newton-Raphson
procedure).
For iTimeDep = 1 the global stiffness matrix is created and decomposed every time when
the time step changes.
For iTang = 1 the global stiffness matrix is created and decomposed at the beginning of
each iteration based on the actual stress state (full Newton-Raphson procedure; to be
used in combination with iStrsDep=1).
Create elastic material stiffness matrix (IDTask = 6)

The elastic material stiffness matrix, D e , is the elastic part of the effective material
stiffness matrix as described earlier.
In the case that the effective material stiffness matrix was taken to be the elastic stiffness
matrix, this matrix may just be adopted here. However in the case that an elastoplastic or
tangent matrix was used for the effective stiffness matrix, then the matrix to be created
here should only contain the elastic components.
The reason that an elastic material stiffness matrix is required is because PLAXIS
calculates the current relative global stiffness of the finite element model as a whole
(CSP = Current Stiffness Parameter). The CSP parameter is defined as:
Total work
CSP =
Total elastic work
The elastic material stiffness matrix is required to calculate the total elastic work in the
definition of the CSP. The CSP equals unity if all the material is elastic whereas it
gradually reduces to zero when failure is approached.
The CSP parameter is used in the calculation of the global error. The global error is
defined as:
|unbalance force|
Global error =
|currently activated load|+ CSP ·|previously activated load|
The unbalance force is the difference between the external forces and the internal
reactions. The currently activated load is the load that is being activated in the current
calculation phase, whereas the previously activated load is the load that has been
activated in previous calculation phases and that is still active in the current phase.
Using the above definition for the global error in combination with a fixed tolerated error
results in an improved equilibrium situation when plasticity increases or failure is
approached. The idea is that a small out-of-balance is not a problem when a situation is
mostly elastic, but in order to accurately calculate failure state, safety factor or bearing
capacity, a stricter equilibrium condition must be adopted.

Part 6 of the user subroutine looks very similar to part 3, except that only elastic
components are considered here. It should be noted that the same variable D is used to
store the elastic material stiffness matrix, whereas in Part 3 this variable is used to store
the effective material stiffness matrix.
6 Begin
{ Create elastic material stiffness matrix D }
D[1,1] =
D[1,2] =
D[1,3] =
.....
D[6,6] =
End
Using predefined subroutines from the source code

In order to simplify the creation of user subroutines, a number of FORTRAN subroutines
and functions for vector and matrix operations are available in the source code (to be
included in the file with the user subroutine). The available subroutines may be called by
User_Mod subroutine to shorten the code. An overview of the available subroutines is
given in Appendix C.
Definition of user-interface functions

In addition to the user-defined model itself it is possible to define functions that will
facilitate its use within the Plaxis user-interface. If available, Plaxis Input will retrieve
information about the model and its parameters using the procedures described hereafter.
procedure GetModelCount(var C:longint) ;
C = number of models (return parameter)

This procedure retrieves the number of models that have been defined in the DLL.
PLAXIS assumes that model IDs are successive starting at model ID = 1.
procedure GetModelName(var iModel : longint;
var Name : shortstring) ;
iModel = User-defined soil model number to retrieve the name for (input
parameter)
Name = model name (return parameter)

This procedure retrieves the names of the models defined in the DLL.
procedure GetParamCount(var iModel : longint; var C :longint) ;
iModel = User-defined soil model number (input parameter)
C = number of parameters for the specified model (return parameter)

This procedure retrieves the number of parameters of a specific model.
procedure GetParamName(var iModel,iParam : longint;
var Name : shortstring);

iModel = User-defined soil modelnumber (input parameter)
iParam = Parameter number (input parameter)
Name = parameter name (return parameter)

This procedure retrieves the parameter name of a specific parameter.
Procedure GetParamUnit(var iModel,iParam : longint;
var Units : shortstring) ;
Units = Parameter units (return parameter)

This procedure retrieves the parameter units of a specific parameter. Since the chosen
units are dependent on the units of length, force and time chosen by the user the
following characters should be used for defining parameter units:
'L' or 'l' for units of length 'F' or 'f' for units of force 'T' or 't' for units of time.
For model names, model parameter names and model parameter units special
characters can be used for indicating subscript, superscript or symbol font (for instance
for Greek characters).
^ : From here characters will be superscript
_ : From here characters will be subscript
@ : From here characters will be in symbol font
# : Ends the current superscript or subscript.
Pairs of '^..#', '_. . . #' and '@. . . #' can be nested.
For example:
A UD model parameter uses the oedometer stiffness as parameter. The parameter name
can be defined as 'E_oed#' and its units as 'F/L^2#'.
When defining a unit containing one of the letters 'l', 'f' or 't', like 'cal/mol', these letters will
be replaced by the unit of length, the unit of force or the unit of time respectively. To avoid
this, these letters should be preceded by a backslash. For example 'cal/mol' should be
defined as 'ca\l/mo\l' to avoid getting 'cam/mom'.
The state variables to be displayed in the Output program can be defined.
procedure GetStateVarCount(var iModel : longint; var C :longint) ;
C = number of state variables for the specified model (return

parameter)
This procedure retrieves the number of state variables of a specific model.
procedure GetStateVarName(var iModel,iParam : longint;
var Name : shortstring);

iModel = Used-defined soil model number (input parameter)
Name = parameter name (return parameter)

This procedure retrieves the state parameter name of a specific parameter.
Procedure GetStateVArUnit(var iModel,iParam : longint;
var Units : shortstring) ;
Units = Parameter units (return parameter)

This procedure retrieves the state parameter units of a specific parameter.
All procedures are defined in Pascal but equivalent procedures can be created, for
instance in a Fortran programming language. Please make sure that the data format of
the parameters in the subroutine headers is identical to those formulated before. For
instance, the procedures mentioned above use a "shortstring" type; a "shortstring" is an
array of 256 characters where the first character contains the actual length of the
shortstring contents. Some programming languages only have null-terminated strings; in
this case it may be necessary to use an array of 256 bytes representing the ASCII values
of the characters to return names and units. An example of Fortran subroutines is
included in the software package.
Compiling the user subroutine

The user subroutine User_Mod has to be compiled into a DLL file using an appropriate
compiler. Note that the compiler must have the option for compiling DLL files. Below are
examples for two different FORTRAN compilers. It is supposed that the user subroutine
User_Mod is contained in the file USRMOD.FOR.
After creating the user subroutine User_Mod, a command must be included to export
data to the DLL.
The following statement has to be inserted in the subroutine just after the declaration of
variables:
• Using Lahey Fortran (LF95, ...): DLL_Export User_Mod
• Using Intel Visual Fortran: !DEC$ ATTRIBUTES DLLExport,StdCall,Reference ::
User_Mod
In order to compile the USRMOD.FOR into a DLL file, the following command must be
executed:
• Using Lahey Fortran 90: LF90 -win -dll USRMOD.FOR -lib LFUsrLib -ml bd
• Using Lahey Fortran 95: LF95 -win -dll USRMOD.FOR -lib LFUsrLib -ml bd
• Using Intel Visual Fortran: ifort /winapp USRMOD.FOR DFUsrLib.lib /dll
• Using GCC compiler: g95 USRMOD.FOR -o usermod.dll -shared -fcase -upper
-fno-underscoring -mrtd

• For GCC compiler, the following statement has to be included in the subroutine just
after the declaration of variables: NONE
In all cases USRMOD.DLL file will be created. It can be renamed to 'any' .dll. This file
should be placed in the udsm folder under the PLAXIS program directory, thereafter it
can be used together with the existing PLAXIS calculations program (PLASW.EXE in
PLAXIS 2D or PLASW3DF.EXE in PLAXIS 3D). Once the UD model is used, PLAXIS will
execute the commands as listed in the USRMOD.DLL file.
In order to compile as 64-bit, you need both a 32-bit compiled 'USRMOD.DLL' and a
64-bit compiled ' USRMOD64.DLL' file in the udsm folder under the PLAXIS program
directory. The last one only needs to contain the 'User_Mod' subroutine.
Debugging possibilities
When making computer programs, usually some time is spent to 'debug' earlier written
source code. In order to be able to effectively debug the user subroutine, there should be
a possibility for the user to write any kind of data to a file. Such a 'debug-file' is not
automatically available and has to be created in the user subroutine.
After the debug-file is created, data can be written to this file from within the user
subroutine. This can be done by using, for example, the availably written subroutines
(Section D).
17.3 INPUT OF UD MODEL PARAMETERS VIA USER-INTERFACE
Input of the model parameters for user-defined soil models can be done using the
PLAXIS material data base. In fact, the procedure is very similar to the input of
parameters for the existing PLAXIS models.
When creating a new material data set for soil and interfaces in the material data base, a
window appears with six tabsheets: General, Parameters, Groundwater, Thermal,
Interfaces, Initial Figure 17.1. A user-defined model can be selected from the Material
model combo box in the General tabsheet.
After inputting general properties, the appropriate UD model can be chosen from the
available models that have been found by PLAXIS Input.
The Parameters tabsheet shows two combo boxes; the top combo box lists all the DLLs
that contain valid UD models and the next combo box shows the models defined in the
selected DLL. Each UD model has its own set of model parameters, defined in the same
DLL that contains the model definition.
When an available model is chosen PLAXIS will automatically read its parameter names
and units from the DLL and fill the parameter table below.
Interfaces
The Interfaces tabsheet, Figure 17.2, contains the material data for interfaces.
Normally, this tabsheet contains the Rinter parameter. For user-defined soil models the
interface tabsheet is slightly different and contains the interface oedometer modulus,
ref
Eoed , and the interface strength parameters cinter ,ϕinter and ψinter . Hence, the interface
shear strength is directly given in strength parameters instead of using a factor relating

a. Selection of user-defined soil models
b. Input of parameters
Figure 17.1 Selection window
the interface shear strength to the soil shear strength, as it is the case in PLAXIS models.
In addition, two parameters are included to enable stress-dependency of the interface
stiffness according to a power law formulation:

ref σ 'n UD-Power
Eoed (σ 'n ) = Eoed (17.1)
UD-Pref
where UD-Power, is the rate of stress dependency of the interface stiffness, UD-Pref is
the reference stress level (usually 100 kN/m2 ) and σ 'n is the effective normal stress in the
interface stress point.
After having entered values for all parameters, the data sets can be assigned to the

Figure 17.2 Interface tabsheet
corresponding soil clusters, in a similar way as for the existing material models in
PLAXIS. The user-defined parameters are transmitted to the calculation program and
appear for the appropriate stress points as Props(1..50) in the User_Mod subroutine.

STRUCTURAL BEHAVIOUR
18 STRUCTURAL BEHAVIOUR
18.1 ANCHORS
The elastic behaviour of an anchor involves only a relationship between axial force N and
displacement (elongation) u of the form:
EA
N= u (18.1)
L
The anchor stiffness EA is defined by the user based on the material stiffness E and
cross section A.
In case of elastoplastic behaviour of the anchor the maximum tension force is bound by
Fmax,tens and the maximum compression force is bound by Fmax,comp .
18.2 3D BEAMS
The local system of axes of a beam element is such that the first axis corresponds with
the axial beam direction. The second and third axis are always perpendicular to the beam
axis.
3
N ε Q12 Q13
2
a. Local Axes b. Axial force N c. Shear force Q12 d. Shear force Q13
Figure 18.1 Axial force and shear forces
1
1
3
3
2
2
I3 M3 κ3 I2 M2 κ2
κ3
a. Bending moment M3 b. Bending moment M2
Figure 18.2 Bending moments
Elastic behaviour of beam elements is defined by the following parameters:

A: Beam cross section area

E: Young's modulus in axial direction
I2 : Moment of inertia against bending around the second axis
I3 : Moment of inertia against bending around the third axis
The relationships between the different force components and the strain / gradient /
curvature components are defined as:
N = EAε M2 = EI2 κ2
Q12 = kGAγ12 M3 = EI3 κ3 (18.2)
Q13 = kGAγ13
In which k is the shear correction factor, which is taken as 5/6 . The shear modulus is
taken as G = 1/2 E .
When plasticity is considered, the maximum bending moment Mp in the local direction i
and the maximum normal force Np are calculated as:
Np,eq = Aeq σy,eq (18.3)

Mp,i,eq = Wi,eq σy ,eq (18.4)
where i is the index number for the selected local direction where plasticity can occur (i.e.
Local direction 2 or Local direction 3), σy ,eq is the equivalent yield stress, Wi,eq is the
equivalent plastic section modulus in the i local direction, Aeq is the equivalent area.
Based on the input parameters A, I2 , I3 and σy , the equivalent properties are calculated:
r
Ii
hi,eq = 12 (18.5)
A
Aeq = h2,eq h3,eq (18.6)
√
3
Wi,eq = Aeq hi,eq (18.7)
6
The maximum bending moments are given in units of force times length. The maximum
axial force is computed in units of force. By default the maximum moment is set to 1•1015
units if the material type is set to elastic (the default setting).
Bending moments and axial forces are calculated at the stress points of the beam
elements. When the yield function is violated, stresses are redistributed according to the
theory of plasticity, so that the maxima are complied with. This will result in irreversible
deformations. Output of bending moments and axial forces is given in the nodes, which
requires extrapolation of the values at the stress points. Nodal forces are not checked
against the maximum forces.
18.3 2D GEOGRIDS
The PLAXIS 2D program allows for orthotropic behaviour of geogrid elements, which is
defined by the parameters EA1 and EA2 . The stiffnesses are defined by the user and are
based on the material tension stiffnesses (E1 , E2 ) and the cross section areas (A1 , A2 )

corresponding to the local axes of the geogrid. Geogrid elements cannot sustain
compression forces.
The relationship between the force and the strain in axisymmetric models is defined as:
    
N EA1 0 ε
 =   (18.8)
H 0 EA2 εH
where H is the hoop force and εH is the hoop strain. For plane strain model H = 0.
When plasticity is considered, the maximum tensile forces can be defined:
Np,1 : The maximum force in 1-direction (in-plane).
Np,2 : The maximum force in 2-direction (out of plane, anisotropic behaviour).
A non-linear N - diagram may be specified in case of elastoplasticity:
N1 - eps1 : The N - diagram in 1-direction (in-plane).
N2 - eps2 : The N - diagram in 2-direction (out of plane, anisotropic behaviour).
A Visco-elastic (time-dependent) behaviour may be specified based on a visco-elastic
perfectly-plastic Kelvin-Voigt model in each direction. Parameters which are required for
time-dependent visco-elasticity are:
EA1,short : Elastic stiffness during initial(instantaneous) strain increment in 1-direction
(in-plane).
EA2,short : Elastic stiffness during initial(instantaneous) strain increment in 2-direction
(out of plane, anisotropic behaviour).
EA1,long : Elastic stiffness during (infinitely) long strain increment in 1-direction (in-plane).
EA2,long : Elastic stiffness during (infinitely) long strain increment in 1-direction (out of
plane, anisotropic behaviour).
Np,1 : The maximum force in 1-direction (in-plane).
Np,2 : The maximum force in 2-direction (out of plane, anisotropic behaviour).
Retardation time:
The time where a linear extrapolation of the initial creep rate intersects the
long-term displacement line.
For more information about the determination of the parameters, reference is made to
Section 6.5 of the Reference Manual.
18.4 3D GEOGRIDS
The PLAXIS 3D program allows for orthotropic as well as anisotropic material behaviour
in geogrid elements, which is defined by the following parameters:
N1 = EA1 ε1
N2 = EA2 ε2 (18.9)
Q12 = GAγ12

In the case of orthotropic behaviour EA1 = EA2 and GA = 1/2 EA1 in the general three
dimensional case.
When plasticity is considered, the maximum tensile forces can be defined:
Np,1 : Maximum tensile force in 1-direction.
Np,2 : Maximum tensile force in 2-direction.
A non-linear N - diagram may be specified in case of elastoplasticity:
N1 - eps1 : The N - diagram in 1-direction.
N2 - eps2 : The N - diagram in 2-direction.
Axial forces are calculated at the stress points of the geogrid elements. If Np is
exceeded, stresses are redistributed according to the theory of plasticity, so that the
maximum forces are complied with. This will result in irreversible deformations. Output of
axial forces is given in the nodes, which requires extrapolation of the values at the stress
points. Nodal forces are not checked against the maximum forces. Hence, it is possible
that the nodal values of the axial force may slightly exceed Np .
A Visco-elastic (time-dependent) behaviour may be specified based on a visco-elastic
perfectly-plastic Kelvin-Voigt model in each direction. Parameters which are required for
time-dependent visco-elasticity are:
EA1,short : Elastic stiffness during initial(instantaneous) strain increment in 1-direction.
EA2,short : Elastic stiffness during initial(instantaneous) strain increment in 2-direction.
EA1,long : Elastic stiffness during (infinitely) long strain increment in 1-direction.
EA2,long : Elastic stiffness during (infinitely) long strain increment in 1-direction.
Np,1 : The maximum force in 1-direction.
Np,2 : The maximum force in 2-direction.
Retardation time:
The time where a linear extrapolation of the initial creep rate intersects the
long-term displacement line.
For more information about the determination of the parameters, reference is made to
Section 6.5 of the Reference Manual.
18.5 2D PLATES
The PLAXIS 2D program allows for orthotropic elasto-plastic material behaviour in plate
elements. The elastic behaviour is defined by the following parameters:
EA1 : Normal stiffness
EA2 : Stiffness in the out of plane direction
EI : Bending stiffness
ν: Poisson's ratio

The material behaviour in plate elements is defined by the following relationship between
strains and stresses.
    
2G 2Gν 0
σ  εN
 N  1−ν 1−ν 
   
2Gν 2G 0  
 σ2  =   ε2  (18.10)
    1−ν 1−ν  
τ 0 0 kG γ
In which k is the shear correction factor, which is taken as 5/6 . For isotropic material:
E1
G= (18.11)
2(1 + ν)
For anisotropic plates, the following relationship between strains and stresses is used:
    
σN E1 0 0 εN
    
    
 σ2  =  0 E2 0  ε2  (18.12)
    
τ 0 0 kG γ
where E1 = EA1 /d and E2 = EA2 /d . Note that the Poisson's ratio (ν ) is assumed to be
zero in anisotropic case.
structural forces and strains:
N = EA1 ε (18.13)
H = EA2 εH (18.14)
kEA ∗
Q= γ (18.15)
2(1 + ν)
M = EIκ (18.16)
The modified shear strain γ ∗ takes into account the shear strain γ and some additional
terms in order to give a more accurate approximation of the problem. k is the shear
correction factor, which is taken as 5/6 . This implies that the shear stiffness is determined
from the assumption that the plate has a rectangular cross section. In the case of
modelling a solid wall, this will give the correct shear deformation. However, in the case
of steel profile elements, like sheet-pile walls, the computed shear deformation may be
too
p large. You can check this by judging the value of deq , which can be computed as
12EI/EA. For steel profile elements, deq should be at least of the order of a factor 10
times smaller than the length of the plate to ensure negligible shear deformations.
When plasticity is considered, the maximum bending moment and maximum normal
force can be defined:
Mp : Maximum bending moment
Np : Maximum normal force
The maximum bending moment is given in units of force times length per unit width. The
maximum axial force, Np , is specified in units of force per unit of width. When the

combination of a bending moment and an axial force occurs in a plate, then the actual
bending moment or axial force at which plasticity occurs is lower than respectively Mp or
Np . The relationship between Mp and Np is visualised in (Figure 18.3). The diamond
shape represents the ultimate combination of forces for which plasticity will occur. Force
combinations inside the diamond will result in elastic deformations only.
By default the maximum moment is set to 1•1015 units if the material type is set to elastic
(the default setting).
elements. When yield function is violated, stresses are redistributed according to the
Np
N1 M 1
Np,1 Mp M
Mp N2 Mp
1
Np,2
Np
Figure 18.3 Combinations of maximum bending moment and axial force
When plasticity is defined employing an user-defined moment-curvature (M-κ) diagram,

the bending behaviour of the plate is governed by the defined moment-curvature. The
curvature, κ, is specified in the unit of length and the moment, M , in the unit of force
times length per unit of width in the out of plane direction. The M-κ diagram is assumed
to govern the plate's behaviour in both positive and negative loading directions.
The first segment in the M-κ diagram determines the plate's elastic flexural rigidity EI :
EI = M(1)/κ(1)
Additional segments in the M-κ diagram define the plate's non-linear elastoplastic
behaviour. The last defined M-value is assumed to be the maximum bending moment,
Mp , at which the plate fails. Elastic bending strains are calculated from the
aforementioned EI value, whereas additional bending (following the defined M-κ
diagram) is assumed to be plastic, as long as the loading is in the same direction. Upon
unloading from an elastoplastic state, the behaviour is initially elastic, but after significant
unloading it may again generate plastic strains.
In the elastoplastic (M-κ) plates, the axial force N is considered elastic and independent
from the bending moment M . The axial force influences the stresses and displacements

Mp
Elastic
κ
Figure 18.4 M-κ diagram
of the element but without affecting the bending moment. In the elastoplastic (M-κ)
plates, the M-κ diagram is assumed to be the only one governing the plate's flexural
behaviour.
18.6 3D PLATES
The PLAXIS 3D program allows for orthotropic material behaviour in plate elements,
which is defined by the following parameters:
E1 : Young's modulus in first axial direction
E2 : Young's modulus in second axial direction
G12 : In-plane shear modulus
G13 : Out-of-plane shear modulus related to shear deformation over first direction
G23 : Out-of-plane shear modulus related to shear deformation over second
direction
p
ν12 : Poisson's ratio (ν12 < E1 /E2 )
strains and stresses, which is based on the general three-dimensional continuum
mechanics theory and the assumption that σ33 = 0.
    
ε11 1/E1 −ν12 /E1 0 0 0 σ11
    
    
 ε22   −ν12 /E1 1/E2 0 0 0  σ22 
    
    
 γ12  =  0 0 1/G12 0 0  σ12  (18.17)
    
    
 γ13   0 0 0 1/kG13 0  σ13 
    
γ23 0 0 0 0 1/kG23 σ23

In which k is the shear correction factor, which is taken as 5/6 . Inverting this relationship
and ignoring the higher order terms in ν gives the following stress-strain relationship:
    
σ11 E1 ν12 E2 0 0 0 ε11
    
    
 σ22   ν12 E2 E2 0 0 0  ε 
    22 
    
 σ12  =  0 0 G12 0 0  γ12  (18.18)
    
    
 σ13   0 0 0 kG13 0  γ13 
    
σ23 0 0 0 0 kG23 γ23
This approximation holds as long as the Poisson's ratio is small. These stress-strain
relationships can be transformed into relationships for structural forces:
    
N1 E1 d ν12 E2 d ε1
 =   (18.19a)
N2 ν12 E2 d E2 d ε2
    
Q12 G12 d 0 0 γ12
    
    ∗ 
 Q13  =  0 kG13 d 0  γ13  (18.19b)
    
∗
Q23 0 0 kG23 d γ23
   E d3 ν E d3  
1 12 2 0
M11  12 12  κ11
    
  ν12 E2 d 3 E2 d 3  
 M22  =  0  κ  (18.19c)
    12 12  22

3 
M12 0 0 G 12 d κ12
12
In which d is the thickness of the plate, which also determines the distributed weight of
the plate together with the unit weight of the plate material: γ · d . The modified shear
strain γ ∗ takes into account the shear strain γ and some additional terms in order to give
a more accurate approximation of the problem.
The local system of axes in a plate element is such that the first and the second local axis
lie in the plane of the plate whereas the third axis is perpendicular to the plane of the
plate (Figure 18.5).
When geometric orthotropy is considered rather than material orthotropy, the following
relationships for structural forces apply:
       
EA1 νEA1
N1 ε EA νEA ε
 = − ν2 1 − ν2 
 1νEA  1 ≈ 1 1
 1  (18.20a)
N2 1 EA2 ε2 νEA1 EA2 ε2
1 − ν2 1 − ν2
 
  EA12  
0 0
Q12  2(1 + ν)  γ12
    
   EA13  ∗ 
 Q13  =  0 0  γ13  (18.20b)
   2(1 + ν)  
 EA23  γ ∗
Q23 0 0 23
2(1 + ν)

2 3
N1 E1 ε1 N2 E2 ε2
Q12 G12 γ12 Q13 G13 γ13 Q23 G23 γ23
M12 κ12 M11 κ11 M22 κ22
Figure 18.5 Definition of positive normal forces (N), shear forces (Q) and bending moments (M) for
a plate based on local system of axes
   EI1 νEI1
    
0

M11
   1 − ν 2
1 − ν2  11   EI1 νEI1
κ 0

κ11

   νEI1 
 M22  = 
EI2 0  κ  
≈  νEI1 EI2 0  
   1 − ν2 1 − ν2  22  
 κ22 
 
 EI12
M12 0 0 EI12 κ12 0 0 κ12
2(1 + ν) 2(1 + ν)
(18.20c)
where the approximations hold for a small Poisson's ratio. In these relations the following
alternative parameters are used:
A1 : Effective material cross section area for axial forces in the first direction
A2 : Effective material cross section area for axial forces in the second direction
A12 : Effective material cross section area for shear forces Q12

I1 : Moment of inertia against bending over the first axis
I2 : Moment of inertia against bending over the second axis
I12 : Moment of inertia against torsion
In order to use the available plate elements for geometric orthotropy, the basic material
parameters should be chosen in such a way that the resulting normal stiffness E1 A is
equal to the normal stiffness EA1 of the plate. Here E1 is the input value for the Young's
modulus in the first direction, A is the internally calculated area of the plate, E is the
actual Young's modulus of the material and A1 is the cross sectional area of the element
to be modelled. Similar parameter choices should be made for the other normal stiffness,
flexural rigidities and shear stiffnesses. However, for a given choice of the equivalent
plate thickness d it will not be possible to match all stiffness components exactly. The
thickness d is the equivalent plate thickness such that the average distributed weight of
the plate corresponds to γ · d .
When bending is considered as the most important type of deformation, the following
choices are recommended:
E1 = 12EI1 /d 3 E2 = 12EI2 /d 3
6EI12 EA13 EA23
G12 = G13 = G23 = (18.21)
(1 + ν)d 3 2(1 + ν)d 2(1 + ν)d
ν12 = ν
In this case the resulting flexural rigidities E1 d 3 /12 and E2 d 3 /12 and shear stiffnesses
G13 d and G23 d prove to be independent of the chosen value for equivalent plate
thickness. Only the normal stiffnesses E1 A and E2 A and shear stiffness G12 d are not
independent of the chosen value of the equivalent plate thickness, and a suitable
selection for d has to be made. What is the most suitable selection for d depends on the
construction that is to be modelled. Two examples are given below.
When plasticity is considered, the maximum bending moment Mp and the maximum
normal force Np are calculated in the two axial directions (1 and 2) as:
Np,1,eq = d σy,11,eq (18.22)

Np,2,eq = d σy,22,eq (18.23)
Mp,11 = W11 σy,11 (18.24)
Mp,22 = W22 σy,22 (18.25)
where σy,11 and σy ,22 are the yield stresses, W11 and W22 are the plastic section moduli,
d is the (equivalent) thickness. In order to obtain the plastic axial forces Np , the
equivalent yield stresses are calculated:
√
σy,11,eq = σy,11 / 3
√
σy ,22,eq = σy,22 / 3
The maximum bending moments are given in units of force times length per unit width.
The maximum axial forces are computed in units of force per unit width. The yield

surfaces are a diamond shape in the N1 − M11 plane and in the N2 − M22 plane. The two
directions are treated separately. Force combinations inside the diamonds will result in
elastic deformations only.
By default the maximum moment is set to 1•1015 units if the material type is set to elastic
(the default setting).
elements. When yield function is violated, stresses are redistributed according to the
Engineering examples:
In the following, two types of applications are given that frequently occur in the
engineering practice. The first example is a sheet-pile wall, as depicted in Figure 18.6.
From the sheet-pile manufacturer, the following properties are known: t (wall thickness),
h (total height), A (per m wall width), I1 , Esteel and γsteel .
1 1
1
I1 , M11 , E1
κ11 3 3
3
2 E2 2 I2 , M22 ,
2 κ22
Figure 18.6 Example of sheet-pile wall with its major quantities
The structure is geometrically orthotropic with significant different stiffnesses in horizontal

and vertical direction. It is known that the axial stiffness in vertical direction is larger than
the effective stiffness in horizontal direction (E1 > E2 ). Moreover, the flexural rigidity
against bending over the vertical direction, I1 , is much larger than the stiffness against
bending over the horizontal direction, I2 , (I1 >> I2 say I1 ≈ 20I2 and I1 >> I12 say
I1 ≈ 10I12 ). §
Furthermore, it is assumed that the cross section area that is effective against shear
deformation over the vertical direction is about 1/3 of the total cross section area,
whereas the area that is effective against shear deformation over the horizontal direction
is about 1/10 of the total cross section area. Finally, the Poisson's ratio's for sheet pile
walls can be assumed zero. With these assumptions, the situation could be modelled by
selecting the model parameters in the following way:
§ A factor of 20 is used here to move the bending stiffness over the first direction sufficiently small compared to
the bending stiffness over the second direction, whilst the matrix condition is still OK. Note that in reality bending
stiffness differences in order of 1000 may exist.

d = h (which is considerably larger than t)
E1 = 12Esteel I1 /d 3
E2 = 12Esteel I2 /d 3 ≈ I2 /I1 E1 ≈ E1 /20
6Esteel I12 ≈ 6E 3
G12 = steel I1 /10d
(1 + νsteel )d 3
Esteel A13 ≈ E
G13 = steel (A/3)/2d ≈ Esteel A/6d
2(1 + νsteel )d
Esteel A23 ≈ E
G23 = steel (A/10)/2d ≈ Esteel A/20d
2(1 + νsteel )d
ν12 ≈ 0
γ = Aγsteel /d
The second example is a concrete T-shaped floor profile, as depicted in Figure 18.7. In
addition to the precise geometry dimensions, the following properties are known:
Econcrete , νconcrete
3 2 I2
M22 2 2
3 κ22 E2 I1
1 M11
h1 κ11
h2
w1w2 E1 1 1
Figure 18.7 Example of concrete floor profile with its major quantities
The structure is again geometrically orthotropic with significant different stiffnesses in the
two major floor directions. The flexural rigidity against bending over the second direction,
I2 , is larger than the stiffness against bending over the first direction, I1 , (I2 > I1 ), since I2
is dominated by h1 + h2 whereas I1 only depends on h1 . Furthermore, the cross section
area (per unit of width) that is effective against shear deformation over the second
direction (G23 ) is equal to the total cross section area A, whereas the area that is
effective against shear deformation over the first direction (G13 ) is equal to h1 . With these

assumptions, the situation could be modelled by selecting the model parameters in the
following way:
h1 w1 + (h1 + h2 )w2
d=
w1 + w2
E1 = 12Econcrete I1 /d 3 = 12Econcrete 1 h13 /d 3 = Econcrete h13 /d 3

12
1 3 1
h1 w1 + (h1 + h2 )3 w2
E2 = 12Econcrete I2 /d 3 where I2 = 12 12
w1 + w2
G12 = 6Econcrete I12 where I ≈ I = 1 h3

12 1
(1 + νconcrete )d 3 12 1
G13 = Econcrete A13 = Econcrete h1

2(1 + νconcrete )d 2(1 + νconcrete )d
G23 = Econcrete A23 = Econcrete d = Econcrete

2(1 + νconcrete )d 2(1 + νconcrete )d 2(1 + νconcrete )
ν12 = νconcrete
18.7 2D EMBEDDED BEAM ROW
An embedded beam in PLAXIS 2D consists of plate elements with embedded interface

elements to describe the interaction with the soil at the pile skin and at the pile foot
(bearing capacity). The material parameters of the embedded beam distinguish between
the parameters of the pile and the parameters of the skin resistance and foot resistance.
The plate elements can have an elastic or an elastoplastic behaviour. In case plasticity
can occur, the plate elements behave accordingly to a 2D plate (Section 18.5).
The elastic behaviour is defined by the following parameters:
E: Young's modulus in axial direction
A: Pile cross section area
I: Moment of inertia against bending around the pile axis
strains and stresses.
    
σN E 0 εN
 =   (18.26)
τ 0 kG γ
Where

σN : Normal stress
τ: Shear stress
G: Shear modulus
E
G=
2(1 + ν)
κ: Shear correction factor taken as 5/6
εN : Normal strain
structural forces and strains:
N = EA1 εN (18.27)
kEA ∗
Q= γ (18.28)
2(1 + ν)
M = EIκ (18.29)
The modified shear strain γ ∗ takes into account the shear strain γ and some additional
terms in order to give a more accurate approximation of the problem.
The interaction of the pile with the soil at the skin of the pile is described by linear elastic
behaviour with a finite strength and is defined by the following parameter:
Tmax : Maximum traction allowed at the skin of the embedded beam (can vary along
the pile)
The constitutive equation at the skin of the pile is defined by (see Figure 18.8):
    
ts Ks 0 usp − uss
 =   (18.30)
tn 0 Kn unp − uns
where u p denotes the displacement of the pile and u s denotes the displacement of the
soil. Ks denotes the elastic shear stiffness (against longitudinal (axial) displacement
differences) of the embedded interface elements and Kn denotes the elastic normal
stiffness (against transverse (lateral) displacement differences) of the embedded
interface elements. These values are calculated using the interface stiffness factors and
the pile spacing defined by the user:
Ks = ISFRS Gsoil
Lspacing
(18.31)
Kn = ISFRN Gsoil
Lspacing
Default interface stiffness factors are calculated based on the pile spacing (Lspacing ) in
relation to the pile diameter (Deq ):

!
Lspacing −0.75
ISFRS = 2.5 (18.32)
Deq

Lspacing −0.75
ISFRN = 2.5 (18.33)
De q
!
Lspacing −0.75
ISFKF = 25 (18.34)
Deq
Ks
Ts;max
Kn
K foot
Fbot;max
Figure 18.8 Stiffness of the embedded interface elements for piles
The normal stress tn remains elastic if the Lateral skin resistance option is set to
Unlimited. An elastoplastic behaviour is possible setting the Lateral skin resistance to
Linear or Multi-linear.
For the shear stress in axial direction ts to remain elastic it is given by:
|ts |< Tmax (18.35)
For plastic behaviour the shear force ts is given by:
|ts |= Tmax (18.36)
The interaction of the pile with the soil at the foot of the pile is described by a linear
elastic perfectly plastic interface element. The strength of the base is described by the
following parameter:
Fmax : Maximum force allowed at the foot of the embedded beam
In addition, no tension forces are allowed. In order to ensure that a realistic pile bearing
capacity as specified can actually be reached, a zone in the soil surrounding the pile foot
is identified where any kind of soil plasticity is excluded (elastic zone; Figure 18.9). The
size of this zone is determined by the embedded beam's equivalent radius Req
(Reference Manual).
The constitutive relationship at the foot of the pile and its failure criterion are defined by:
p s
Ffoot = Kfoot (ufoot − ufoot ) < Fmax (18.37)
where Kfoot denotes the stiffness of the spring which is defined in the same way as the

embedded beam (row)
Elastic zone
Figure 18.9 Elastic zone surrounding the bottom of the pile (after Sluis (2012))
stiffness of the embedded interface elements:
Gsoil Req
Kfoot = ISFKF (18.38)
Ls
In case of plastic behaviour, the foot force Ffoot is given by:
Ffoot = Fmax (18.39)
18.8 3D EMBEDDED BEAM
An embedded beam in PLAXIS 3D consists of beam elements with embedded interface

elements to describe the interaction with the soil at the pile skin and at the pile foot
(bearing capacity). The material parameters of the embedded beam distinguish between
the parameters of the beam and the parameters of the skin resistance and foot
resistance. The beam elements can be linear elastic or elastoplastic. Their behaviour
and material parameters are defined as a regular 3D beam element (Section 18.2).
The interaction of the pile with the soil at the skin of the pile is described by linear elastic
behaviour with a finite strength and is defined by the following parameter:
Tmax : Maximum traction allowed at the skin of the embedded beam (can vary along
the pile)
The constitutive equation at the skin of the pile is defined by (see Figure 18.10):
    
ts Ks 0 0 usp − uss
    
    
 tn  =  0 Kn 0  unp − uns  (18.40)
    
tt 0 0 Kt utp − uts
where u p denotes the displacement of the pile and u s denotes the displacement of the
soil. Ks denotes the elastic shear stiffness (against parallel displacement differences) of
the embedded interface elements and Kn and Kt denote the elastic normal stiffness
(against perpendicular displacement differences) of the embedded interface elements.
By default these values are defined such that the stiffness of the embedded interface

elements does not influence the total elastic stiffness of the pile-soil structure:
Ks >> Gsoil
2(1 − ν) (18.41)
Kn = Kt = Ks
1 − 2ν
Kt
Kn
Ks
s
Kt
t
Kn
Ks
n
Figure 18.10 Stiffness of the embedded interface elements at the skin of the pile
The normal stresses tn and tt always remain elastic. The transverse forces are not limited
in the special interface element that connects the pile with the soil but, in general, they
are limited due to failure conditions in the surrounding soil itself outside the elastic zone.
For the shear stress in axial direction ts , to remain elastic, it is given by:
|ts |< Tmax (18.42)
For plastic behaviour the shear force ts is given by:
|ts |= Tmax (18.43)
In case of defining a layer dependent skin resistance the shear force ts will remain elastic
as long as:
avg
|ts |< σn tan ϕi + ci πDeq and |ts | < Tmax (18.44)
where Deq denotes the diameter or the equivalent diameter (in the case alternative beam
properties have
np been specified) of theo embedded beam
p avg
(Deq = 2 max (A/π), (2Iavg /A) where Iavg = (I2 + I3 )/2) and σn is the average
lateral (perpendicular) stress of the soil around the pile:
avg 1
σn = (σxx + σzz ) (in the case of a vertical pile) (18.45)
2
The parameters ϕi and ci are the friction angle and cohesion of the embedded interface.
The strength properties of embedded interfaces with layer dependent skin resistance are

linked to the strength properties of a soil layer. Each data set has an associated strength
reduction factor for interfaces Rinter . The embedded interface properties are calculated
from the soil properties in the associated data set and the strength reduction factor by
applying the following rules:
tan ϕi = Rinter tan ϕsoil

(18.46)
ci = Rinter csoil
For plastic behaviour ts is given by:

avg avg
|ts |= σn tan ϕi + ci πD provided that (σn tan ϕi + ci )πD ≤ Tmax (18.47)
In the case of a layer dependent skin resistance where the actual bearing capacity is not
known, Tmax can be used as an ultimate cut-off value. The interaction of the pile with the
soil at the foot of the pile is described by a linear elastic perfectly plastic interface
element. The strength of the base is described by the following parameter:
Fmax : Maximum force allowed at the foot of the embedded beam
In addition, no tension forces are allowed. The constitutive relationship at the foot of the
pile and its failure criterion are defined by (see Figure 18.11):
p s
Ffoot = Kfoot (ufoot − ufoot ) < Fmax (18.48)
where Kfoot denotes the stiffness of the spring which is defined in the same way as the
stiffness of the embedded interface elements:
Kfoot >> Gsoil (18.49)
In case of plastic behaviour, the foot force Ffoot is given by:
Ffoot = Fmax (18.50)
In order to ensure that a realistic pile bearing capacity as specified can actually be
reached, a zone in the soil volume elements surrounding the beam is identified where
any kind of soil plasticity is excluded (elastic zone Figure 18.9). The size of this zone is
determined nby the embedded beam's o equivalent radius
p p
Req = max (A/π), (2Iavg /A) where Iavg = (I2 + I3 )/2. The elastic zone makes the
embedded beam almost behave like a volume pile. However, installation effects of piles
are not taken into account and the pile-soil interaction is modelled at the centre rather
than at the circumference.

Kfoot
Figure 18.11 Stiffness of the embedded interface element at the foot of the pile

19 HYDRAULIC MODELS
19.1 VAN GENUCHTEN MODEL
A Soil Water Characteristic Curve (SWCC) is introduced to describe hydraulic parameters

of the groundwater flow in unsaturated zones (usually above the phreatic surface). The
SWCC describes the capacity of the soil to keep water at different stresses. There are
many models which describe the hydraulic behaviour of unsaturated soils. The most
common in the groundwater literature is the model proposed by van Genuchten (1980),
which is used in PLAXIS. The Van Genuchten function is a three-parameter equation and
relates the saturation to the pressure head ψ :

S(ψ) = Sres + (Ssat − Sres ) 1 + (ga |ψ|) gn gc (19.1)
Where
pw
ψ = − (19.2)
γw
pw Suction pore stress.
γw Unit weight of the pore fluid.
Sres A residual saturation which describes a part of the fluid that
remains in the pores even at high suction heads.
Ssat In general at saturated conditions the pores will not be
completely filled with water as air can get trapped and the
saturation in this situation, Ssat , will be less than one. However,
the default is Ssat = 1.0
ga A fitting parameter which is related to the air entry value of the
soil and has to be measured for a specific material. It is in the
unit of 1/L and is a positive value.
gn A fitting parameter which is a function of the rate of water
extraction from the soil once the air entry value has been
exceeded. This parameter has to be measured for a specific
material.
gc A fitting parameter which is used in the general Van Genuchten
equation. In PLAXIS the following assumption is made to convert
the Van Genuchten to a two-parameter equation (Eq. (19.3)).

1 − gn
gc = (19.3)
gn
The Van Genuchten relationship provides reasonable results for low and intermediate
suctions. For very high suction values, saturation remains at the residual saturation.
Figure 19.1 and Figure 19.2 show the effect of the parameters ga and gn on the shape of
the SWCC.
Relative permeability is related to the saturation via the effective saturation. The effective

HYDRAULIC MODELS
Figure 19.1 Effect of the parameter ga on the SWCC
saturation Seff is expressed as:
S − Sres
Seff = (19.4)
Ssat − Sres
The relative permeability according to Van Genuchten now reads:
     2 
 gn  g − 1 !
    n  

krel (S) = max (Seff )gl 1 − 1 − S gn − 1  gn  , 10−4 
 (19.5)
   eff   
gl is a fitting parameter and has to be measured for a specific material. Note that using
the above expressions, the relative permeability can be related to the suction pore
pressure directly.
The derivative of the degree of saturation with respect to the suction pore pressure reads:
!
1 − 2gn
∂S(pw ) 1 − gn ga gn (gn −1) pw gn gn
= (Ssat − Sres ) gn · pw 1 + ga ·
∂pw gn γw γw
(19.6)
Figure 19.3 and Figure 19.4 present the Van Genuchten relations for a sandy material
with parameters Ssat = 1.0, Sres = 0.027, ga = 2.24 m−1 , gl = 0.0 and gn = 2.286
graphically.

Figure 19.2 Effect of the parameter gn on the SWCC
Figure 19.3 Van Genuchten pressure-saturation

HYDRAULIC MODELS
Figure 19.4 Van Genuchten pressure-relative permeability

19.2 APPROXIMATE VAN GENUCHTEN MODEL
As an alternative, the PlaxFlow program supports a linearised Van Genuchten model for
which the approximate Van Genuchten parameters can be derived. According to this
concept saturation relates to the pore pressure head as:


1 if ψ ≥ 0

ψ
S(ψ) = 1 + if ψk < ψ < 0 (19.7)

 |ψk |

0 if ψ ≤ ψk
The variable ψk is a material dependent pressure head which specifies the extent of the
unsaturated zone under hydrostatic conditions. Below this threshold value the saturation
is assumed to be zero. For saturated conditions the degree of saturation equals one. The
relation between relative permeability and pressure head is written as:


1 if ψ ≥ 0

 4ψ
krel (ψ) = (19.8)
10 |ψs |
 if ψs < ψ < 0

10−4 if ψ ≤ ψs
According to this formulation the permeability in the transition zone is described as a

log-linear relation of pressure head where ψs is the pressure head at which the relative
permeability is reduced to 10−4 . The permeability remains constant for higher values of
the pressure head. Under saturated conditions the relative permeability equals one and
the effective permeability is equal to the saturated permeability which is assumed to be
constant.
The input parameters of the “approximate Van Genuchten model” are derived from the
classical Van Genuchten model. These parameters are translated into approximately
equivalent process parameters for the numerically more robust linearised model. For ψk
the translation is as follows:
1
ψk = (19.9)
Sψ=−1.0 m − Ssat
The parameter ψs is set equal to the pressure head at which the relative permeability
according to Van Genuchten is 10−2 , with a lower limit of -0.5 m. Figure 19.5 presents
the functional relation between pressure and saturation according to the approximate Van
Genuchten model using ψk = 1.48 m. The corresponding pressure-relative saturation
relation ψs = 1.15 m is given in Figure 19.6.

HYDRAULIC MODELS
Figure 19.5 Approximate Van Genuchten pressure-saturation
Figure 19.6 Approximate Van Genuchten pressure-relative permeability

20 REFERENCES
[1] (1990). CEB-FIP model code. Fédération internationale du béton.

[2] (1992). ACI 209R-92. American Concrete Institute.
[3] (2004). Eurocode 2: Design of concrete structures. European Committee for
Standardization.
[4] Adachi, T., Oka, F. (1982). Constitutive equation for normally consolidated clays
based on elasto-viscoplasticity. Soils and Foundations, 22, 57–70.
[5] Alpan, I. (1970). The geotechnical properties of soils. Earth-Science Reviews, 6,
5–49.
[6] Andersen, K., Kleven, A., Heien, D. (1988). Cyclic soil data for deisgn of gravity
structures. Journal of Geotechnical engineering, 114, 517–539.
[7] Andersen, K.H. (2009). Bearing capacity under cyclic loading âĂŤ offshore, along
the coast, and on land. Canadian Geotechnical Journal, 46, 513–535.
[8] Andersen, K.H. (2015). Cyclic soil parameters for offshore foundation design.
Frontiers in Offshore Geotechnics III, 5–82.
[9] Andresen, L. (2002). Capacity analysis of anisotropic and strain-softening clay.
Ph.d. thesis, University of Oslo, Institute of Geology.
[10] Andresen, L., Jostad, H.P. (1999). Application of an anisotropic hardening model for
undrained response of saturated clay. Proc. NUMOG VII, 581–585.
[11] Atkinson, J.H., Bransby, P.L. (1978). The Mechanics of Soils. McGraw-Hill, Londen.
[12] Atkinson, J.H., Sallfors, G. (1991). Experimental determination of soil properties. In
Proc. 10th ECSMFE, 3, 915–956.
[13] Austin, S.A., Robins, P.J. (1995). Sprayed Concrete: Properties, Design and
Installation. Whittles Publishing, Dunbeath.
[14] Barros, J.A.O., Figueiras, J.A. (1999). Flexural behaviour of sfrc: testing and
modelling. Journal of Materials in Civil Engineering, ASCE 11, 331–339.
[15] Beaty, M.H., Byrne, P.M. (1998). An effective stress model for predicting
liquefaction behaviour of sand. Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering and Soild
Dynamics, ASCE Geotechnical Special Publication 75, 766–777.
[16] Beaty, M.H., Byrne, P.M. (2011). Ubcsand constitutive model. Itasca UDM website
904aR.
[17] Beaty, M.H., Perlea, V.G. (2011). Several observations on advanced analyses with
liquefiable materials. Thirty first annual USSD conference on 21st century dam
design-advances and adaptations, 1369–1397.
[18] Belytschko, T., Lasry, D. (1989). Localization limiters and numerical strategies for
strain-softening materials. In Proc. France-US Workshop on Strain localization and
size effect due to cracking and Damage editor= (Mazars & Bazant). 349–362.
[19] Benz, T. (2006). Small-Strain Stiffness of Soils and its Numerical Consequences.
Ph.d. thesis, Universität Stuttgart.
[20] Benz, T., Schwab, R., Vermeer, P.A., Kauther, R.A. (2007). A hoek-brown criterion

REFERENCES
with intrinsic material strength factorization. Int.J. of Rock Mechanics and Mining
Sci., 45(2), 210–222.
[21] Biarez, J., Hicher, P.Y. (1994). Elementary Mechanics of Soil Behaviour. A A
Balkema, Rotterdam, The Netherlands.
[22] Billington, E.W. (1988). Generalized isotropic yield criterion for incompressible
materials. Acta Mechanica, 72, 1–20.
[23] Bjerrum, L. (1967). Engineering geology of norwegian normally-consolidated
marine clays as related to settlements of buildings. Seventh Rankine Lecture,
Geotechnique 17, 81–118.
[24] Bolton, M.D. (1986). The strength and dilatancy of sands. Géotechnique, 36(1),
65–78.
[25] Borja, R.I., Kavaznjian, E. (1985). A constitutive model for the σ -ε-t behaviour of
wet clays. Geotechnique, 35, 283–298.
[26] Borja, R.I., Lee, S.R. (1990). Cam-clay plasticity, part 1: implicit integration of
elasto-plastic constitutive relations. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and
Engineering, 78, 48–72.
[27] Branque, D. (1997). Utilisation d'un modèle Élasto-plastique avec dilatance dans
l'interprétation de l'essai pressiométrique sur sable. Ph.d. thesis, Ecole Centrale
Paris.
[28] Brinkgreve, R.B.J. (1994). Geomaterial Models and Numerical Analysis of
Softening. Dissertation. Delft University of Technology.
[29] Brinkgreve, R.B.J. (2004). Time-dependent behaviour of soft soils during
embankment construction - a numerical study. Proc. NUMOG IX, 631–637.
[30] Brinkgreve, R.B.J., Engin, E., Engin, H. (2010). Validation of empirical formulas to
derive model parameters for sands. In T. Benz, S. Nordal (eds.), 7th European
Conference Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering. Numge 2010,
Trondheim, volume 1, 137–174.
[31] Brinkgreve, R.B.J., Kappert, M.H., Bonnier, P.G. (2007). Hysteretic damping in a
small-strain stiffness model. Proc. NUMOG X, 737–742.
[32] Brinkgreve, R.B.J., Vermeer, P.A. (1992). On the use of cam-clay models. In Proc.
IV Int. Symposium on Numerical Models in Geomechanics (eds. G.N. Pande, S.
Pietruszczak). Balkema, Rotterdam, volume 2, 557–565.
[33] Buisman, K. (1936). Results of long duration settlement tests. Proceedings 1st
International Conference on Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Mass.
Vol. 1, 103–107.
[34] Burland, J.B. (1965). The yielding and dilation of clay. Géotechnique, 15, 211–214.
(Correspondence).
[35] Burland, J.B. (1967). Deformation of Soft Clay. Dissertation. Cambridge University.
[36] Burns, N.H., Siess, C.P. (1962). Load-deformation characteristics of beam-column
connections in reinforced concrete. Civil Engineering Studies, SRS no. 234.
Universty of Illinois, Urbana.
[37] Butterfield, R. (1979). A natural compression law for soils (an advance on e-log p').

Geotechnique, 29, 469–480.

[38] Carranza-Torres, C. (2004). Elastoplastic solution of tunnel problems using the
generalized for of the hoek-brown failure criterion. Int.J. of Rock Mechanics and
Mining Sci., 41(3), 480–481.
[39] Chen, W.F. (1975). Limit analysis and soil plasticity. Elsevier, Amsterdam.
[40] Davis, E.H., Christian, J.T. (1971). Bearing capacity of anisotropic cohesive soil.
Journal of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Division, 97, 753–769.
[41] Deere, D.U. (1968). Rock mechanics in engineering practice. London: Wiley.
[42] den Haan, E.J. (1994). Vertical Compression of Soils. Thesis, Delft University.
[43] Drucker, D.C., Prager, W. (1952). Soil mechanics and plastic analysis or limit
design. Quart. Appl. Math., 10(2), 157–165.
[44] Duncan, J.M., Chang, C.Y. (1970). Nonlinear analysis of stress and strain in soil.
ASCE J. of the Soil Mech. and Found. Div., 96, 1629–1653.
[45] Fung, Y.C. (1965). Foundations of Solid Mechanics. Prentice-Hall, New Jersey,
USA.
[46] Garlanger, J.E. (1972). The consolidation of soils exhibiting creep under constant
effective stress. Géotechnique, 22, 71–78.
[47] Grimstad, G., Andresen, L., Jostad, H.P. (2010). Anisotropic shear strength model
for clay. International Journal for Numerical and Analytical Methods in
Geomechanics, (Accepted for publication).
[48] Hardin, B.O., Black, W.L. (1969). Closure to vibration modulus of normally
consolidated clays. Proc. ASCE: Journal of the Soil Mechanics and Foundations
Division, 95(SM6), 1531–1537.
[49] Hardin, B.O., Drnevich, V.P. (1972). Shear modulus and damping in soils: Design
equations and curves. Proc. ASCE: Journal of the Soil Mechanics and Foundations
Division, 98(SM7), 667–692.
[50] Hill, R. (1950). The Mathematical Theory of Plasticity. Oxford University Press,
London, U.K.
[51] Hoek, E. (1999). Putting numbers to geology-an engineers’s viewpoint. Quarterly
Journal of Engineering Geology, 32, 1–9.
[52] Hoek, E. (2006). Practical Rock Engineering. E-book.
[53] Hoek, E., Carranza-Torres, C., Corkum, B. (2002). Hoek-brown failure criterion -
2002 edition. volume 1, 267–273.
[54] Hoek, E., Diederichs, M.S. (2006). Empirical estimation of rock mass modulus.
volume 43, 203–215.
[55] Iizuka, A., Ohta, H. (1987). A determination procedure of input parameters in
elasto-viscoplastic finite element analysis. Soils and Foundations, 27, 71–87.
[56] Jaky, J. (1944). The coefficient of earth pressure at rest. J. Soc. Hung. Eng. Arch.,
1, 355–358.
[57] Janbu, N. (1963). Soil compressibility as determined by oedometer and triaxial
tests. Proc. ECSMFE Wiesbaden, 1, 19–25.

REFERENCES
[58] Janbu, N. (1969). The resistance concept applied to soils. Proceedings of the 7h
ICSMFE, Mexico City, 1, 191–196.
[59] Janbu, N. (1985). Soil models in offshore engineering (25th rankine lecture).
Géotechnique, 35, 241–280.
[60] Jostad, H.P., Torgerstrud, Engin, H. (2015). A fe procedure for calculation of fixity of
jack-up foundations with skirts using cyclic strain contour diagrams. In The 15th
International Conference: The Jack-up Platform. London.
[61] Koiter, W.T. (1953). Stress-strain relations, uniqueness and variational theorems for
elasto-plastic materials with a singular yield surface. Quart. Appl. Math., 11,
350–354.
[62] Koiter, W.T. (1960). General theorems for elastic-plastic solids. In I.N. Sneddon,
R. Hill (eds.), Progress in Solid Mechanics. North-Holland, Amsterdam, volume 1,
165–221.
[63] Kondner, R.L. (1963). A hyperbolic stress strain formulation for sands. 2. Pan. Am.
ICOSFE Brazil, 1, 289–324.
[64] Kormeling, H.A., Reinhardt, H.W. (1969). Determination of the fracture energy of
normal concrete and epoxy modified concrete. Delft University of Technology.
[65] Kulhawy, F.H., Mayne, P.W. (1990). Manual on Estimating Soil Properties for
Foundation Design. Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.
[66] Kwak, H.G., Filippou, F.C. (1996). Nonlinear fe analysis of r/c structures under
monotonic loads. Computer and Structures, 65(1), 1–16.
[67] Laera, A., Brinkgreve, B.J. (2015). Liquefaction analysis with the use of the finite
element code plaxis. In 5th. Int. Conf. IAGIG. Roma.
[68] Leroueil, S. (1977). Quelques considérations sur le comportement des argiles
sensibles. Ph.d. thesis, Laval University, Québec.
[69] Li, X.S., Dafalias, Y.F. (2000). Dilatancy for cohesionless soils. Geotechnique,
50(4), 449–460.
[70] Masing, G. (1926). Eigenspannungen und verfestigung beim messing. In In Proc.
2nd Int. Congr. Appl. Mech. Zurich.
[71] Mayne, P.W. (2001). Keynote: Stress-strain-strength-flow parameters from
enhanced in-situ tests. In In-Situ Measurement of Soil Properties and Case
Histories. Indonesia, 27–47.
[72] Meschke, G., Kropik, C., Mang, H.A. (1996). Numerical analysis of tunnel linings by
means of a viscoplastic material model for shotcrete. International Journal for
Numerical Methods in Engineering, 39, 3145–62.
[73] Mesri, G., Godlewski, P.M. (1977). Time and stress-compressibility
inter-relationship. Journal of the Geotechnical Engineering Division, ASCE,
103(GT5), 417–430.
[74] Muir Wood, D. (1990). Soil Behaviour and Critical State Soil Mechanics. Cambridge
University Press.
[75] Murayama, S., Shibata, T. (1966). Flow and stress relaxation of clays. In I.U.T.A.M.
Symp. on Rheology and Soil Mechanics. Grenoble, 99–129.

[76] Naesgaard, E. (2011). A hybrid effective stress-total stress procedure for analysing
soil embankments subjected to potential liquefaction and flow. Ph.d. thesis,
University of British Columbia.
[77] Niemunis, A., Herle, I. (1997). I.: Hypoplastic model for cohesionless soils with
elastic strain range. Mechanics of Cohesive Frictional Materials, 2(3), 279–299.
[78] Ohta, H., Hata, S. (1973). Immediate and consolidation deformations of clay. In 8th.
Int. Conf. S.M.F.E. volume 1, 193–196.
[79] Oluokun, F.A., Burdette, E.G., Deatherage, J.H. (1991). Splitting tensile strength
and compressive strength relationship at early ages. ACI Materials Journal, 88(2),
115–121.
[80] Petalas, A., Galavi, V. (2012). Plaxis liquefaction model ubc3d-plm. PLAXIS
knowledge base.
[81] Pipatpongsa, T., Iizuka, A., Kobayashi, I., Ohta, H. (2002). Fem formulation for
analysis of soil constitutive model with a corner on the yield surface. Journal of
Structural Engineering, 48, 185–194.
[82] Polling, R. (2000). Eine praxisnahe, schÃd’digungsorientierte Materialbeschreibung
von Stahlbeton fÃijr Strukturanalysen. Ph.d. thesis, Ruhr-Universität, Bochum.
[83] Prevost, J.H. (1976). Undrained stress-strain-time behaviour of clays. Journal of the
Geotechnical Engineering Division, GT12, 1245–1259.
[84] Puebla, H., Byrne, M., Phillips, P. (1997). Analysis of canlex liquefaction
embankments prototype and centrifuce models. Canadian Geotechnical Journal,
34, 641–657.
[85] Randolph, M., Gourvenec, S. (2011). Offshore Geotechnical Engineering. Spoon
Press, New York.
[86] Roscoe, K.H., Burland, J.B. (1968). On the generalized stress-strain behaviour of
“wet” clay. In In: Heyman & Leckie, Engineering Plasticity, Cambridge University
Press. 535–609.
[87] Roscoe, K.H., Schofield, A.N., Thurairajah, A. (1963). Yielding of clays in states
wetter than critical. Geotechnique, 13(3), 211–240.
[88] Rots, J.G. (1988). Computational modelling of concrete fracture. PhD Thesis. Delft
University of Technology.
[89] Rowe, P.W. (1962). The stress-dilatancy relation for static equilibrium of an
assembly of particles in contact. In Proc. Roy. Soc. A., No. 269. 500–527.
[90] Santos, J.A., Correia, A.G. (2001). Reference threshold shear strain of soil. its
application to obtain a unique strain-dependent shear modulus curve for soil. In
Proceedings 15th InternationalConference on Soil Mechanics and Geotechnical
Engineering. Istanbul, Turkey, volume 1, 267–270.
[91] Schadlich, B., Schweiger, H.F. (2014). A new constitutive model for shotcrete. In
Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering. 103–108.
[92] Schanz, T. (1998). Zur Modellierung des Mechanischen Verhaltens von
Reibungsmaterialen. Habilitation, Stuttgart Universität.
[93] Schanz, T., Vermeer, P.A. (1996). Angles of friction and dilatancy of sand.

REFERENCES
Géotechnique, 46, 145–151.

[94] Schanz, T., Vermeer, P.A. (1998). Special issue on pre-failure deformation
behaviour of geomaterials. Géotechnique, 48, 383–387.
[95] Schanz, T., Vermeer, P.A., Bonnier, P.G. (1999). The hardening-soil model:
Formulation and verification. In R.B.J. Brinkgreve, Beyond 2000 in Computational
Geotechnics, Balkema, Rotterdam. 281–290.
[96] Schütz, R., Potts, D.M., Zdravković, L. (2011). Advanced constitutive modelling of
shotcrete: Model formulation and calibration. Computers and Geotechnics, 38(6),
834–845.
[97] Schweiger, H.F. (2002). Results from numerical benchmark exercises in
geotechnics. In P. Mestat (ed.), 5th European Conference Numerical Methods in
Geotechnical Engineering. Numge 2002, Paris, volume 1, 305–314.
[98] Sekiguchi, H. (1977). Rheological characteristics of clays. In Proceedings of the 9th
ICSMFE. Tokyo, volume 1, 289–292.
[99] Sekiguchi, H., Ohta, H. (1977). Induced anisotropy and time dependency in clays.
In Proceedings of the 9th ICSMFE. Tokyo, volume 3, 542–544.
[100] Simpson, B. (1992). "retaining structures: displacement and design", the 32nd
rankine lecture. Geotechnique, 42(4), 541–576.
[101] Sluis, J. (2012). Validation of embedded pile row in PLAXIS 2D. Master’s thesis.
[102] Smith, I.M., Griffiths, D.V. (1982). Programming the Finite Element Method. John
Wiley & Sons, Chisester, U.K, second edition.
[103] Souliotis, C., Gerolymos, N. (2016). Seismic analysis of quay wall in liquefiable soil
with the ubc3d-plm constitutive model: Calibration methodology and validation. In
1th International Conference on Natural Hazards & Infrastructure. Chania.
[104] Stolle, D.F.E. (1991). An interpretation of initial stress and strain methods, and
numerical stability. International Journal for Numerical and Analytical Methods in
Geomechanics, 15, 399–416.
[105] Stolle, D.F.E., Bonnier, P.G., Vermeer, P.A. (1997). A soft soil model and
experiences with two integration schemes. In Numerical Models in Geomechanics.
Numog 1997, 123–128.
[106] Taiebat, H.A., Carter, J.P. (2008). Flow rule effects in the tresca model. Computers
and Geotechnics, 35, 500–503.
[107] Takeyama, T., Ohno, S., Pipatpongsa, T., Iizuka, A., Ohta, H. (2010). The stress
update using implicit integration for the viscid version of sekiguchi-ohta model.
Technical report, Technical report.
[108] Tsegaye, A. (2010). Plaxis liquefaction model. external report. PLAXIS knowledge
base.
[109] Ukritchon, B., Whittle, A.J., Sloan, S.W. (2003). Undrained stability of braced
excavations in clay. Journal of Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental Engineering,
129(8), 738–755.
[110] Vaid, Y., Campanella, R.G. (1977). Time-dependent behaviour of undisturbed clay.
ASCE Journal of the Geotechnical Engineering Division, 103(GT7), 693–709.

[111] van Genuchten, M. (1980). A closed-form equation for predicting the hydraulic
conductivity of unsaturated soils. Soil science society of America journal, 44(5),
892–898.
[112] van Langen, H., Vermeer, P.A. (1990). Automatic step size correction for
non-associated plasticity problems. Int. J. Num. Meth. Engng., 29, 579–598.
[113] Vermeer, P.A., Borst, R. (1984). Non-associated plasticity for soils, concrete and
rock. Heron, 29(3).
[114] Vermeer, P.A., Neher, H. (1999). A soft soil model that accounts for creep. In R.B.J.
Brinkgreve, Beyond 2000 in Computational Geotechnics, Balkema, Rotterdam.
249–261.
[115] Vermeer, P.A., Stolle, D.F.E., Bonnier, P.G. (1998). From the classical theory of
secondary compression to modern creep analysis. Proc. 9th Int. Conf. Comp. Meth.
and Adv. Geomech. , Wuhan, China, 4, 2469–2478.
[116] Vermeer, P.A., van Langen, H. (1989). Soil collapse computations with finite
elements. In Ingenieur-Archive 59. 221–236.
[117] von Mises, R. (1913). Mechanik der festen körper in plastisch deformablem
zustand. Göttinger Nachrichten Math.-Phys. Klasse, 1, 582–592.
[118] von Soos, P. (1990). Properties of soil and rock (in german). In In:
Grundbautaschenbuch Part 4. Ernst & Sohn, Berlin.
[119] Vucetic, M., Dobry, R. (1991). Effect of soil plasticity on cyclic response. Journal of
Geotechnical Engineering, ASCE, 117(1), 89–107.

APPENDIX A - SYMBOLS
A : Cross section area

c : Cohesion
csp : Current stiffness parameter
C : Correction factor for SPT value
Cα : Creep index for secondary compression
Cc : Compression index
Cr : Ricompression index
Cs : Swelling index
Cu , Su : Undrained shear-strength
d : Thickness
D : Disturbance factor
De : Elastic material matrix representing Hooke's law
e : Void ratio
E : Young's modulus
Eoed : Oedometer modulus
f : Yield function
fdens : Densification factor
fEpost : Post-liquefaction factor
g : Plastic potential function
G : Shear modulus
GSI : Geological Strength Index
Gur : Unloading/reloading shear modulus
I : Moment of inertia
kB∗e : Elastic bulk modulus factor
kG∗e : Elastic shear modulus factor
kG∗p : Plastic shear modulus factor
∗p
kG,secondary : Secondary plastic shear modulus factor
K : Bulk modulus
K0 : Coefficient of lateral earth pressure (initial stress state)
K0nc : Coefficient of lateral earth pressure for a normally
consolidated stress state
me : Power in stress-dependent relation for elastic bulk modulus
mi : Intact rock parameter
ne : Power in stress-dependent relation for elastic shear modulus
np : Power in stress-dependent relation for plastic shear modulus
M : Slope of critical state line in p' − q space
M : Bending moment
n : Porosity
nrev : Number of shear stress reversals
N : Normal force
N1,60 : Corrected SPT value
OCR : Over-consolidation ratio
p : Isotropic stress or mean stress,
negative for pressure; positive for tension
pw Pore pressure
pp : Isotropic pre-consolidation stress, negative for pressure
POP : Pre overburden pressure, positive for (over)pressure

q : Equivalent shear stress or deviatoric stress

Q : Shear force
Rf : Failure ratio
ru,σ'v : Excess pore pressure ratio in terms of vertical effective
stresses
ru,p' : Excess pore pressure ratio in terms of mean effective
stresses
RD : Relative density
sua : Undrained active shear strength
suc,TX : Undrained triaxial compressive shear strength
suDSS : Undrained direct simple shear strength
sup : Undrained passive shear strength
t : Time
u : Vector with displacement components
γ : Unit weight
γ : Various types of shear strain
α1 : dip angle
α2 : dip direction
∆ : Increment
ε : Vector with Cartesian strain components, normal
components
positive for extension; negative for compression
εq : Deviatoric strain (invariant)
εv : Volumetric strain,
negative for compression; positive for extension
κ : Cam-Clay swelling index
κ∗ : Modified swelling index
λ : Plastic multiplier
λ : Cam-Clay compression index
λ∗ : Modified compression index
µ∗ : Modified creep index
ν : Poisson's ratio
σ : Vector with Cartesian stress components, normal
components
positive for tension; negative for pressure
σψ : Confining pressure at which ψ = 0
σ ci : Uni-axial compressive strength
σp : Vertical pre-consolidation stress, negative for pressure
ϕ : Friction angle
ϕcv : Costant volume friction angle
ϕmob : Mobilised friction angle
ϕp : Peak friction angle
ψ : Dilatancy angle
ψm : Mobilised dilatancy angle
ψmax : Maximum dilatancy angle
×c : denotes creep component
×e : denotes elastic component
×p : denotes plastic component
×ref : denotes reference value (related to a reference stress)

×u : denotes undrained
×ur : denotes unloading and reloading
×m : denotes mobilised
Concrete model
a : Increase of εcp with increase of p

f : Yield stress
fxxn : Normalised strength
F : Yield function
G : Fracture energy
H : Normalised hardening/softening
J : Shotcrete strength class
kσ : Degree of concrete utilisation in compression
Leq : Characteristic length of the finite element
s : Power in time-dependent strength/stiffness relations
thydr : Time of full curing
γfx : Safety factor for strength
φcr : Creep factor
ϕmax : Maximum friction angle
ψ : Dilatancy angle
×cr : denotes creep
×shr : denotes shrinkage
×∞ : denotes a time t = ∞
×28 : denotes a value of cured concrete
×50 : denotes a time t when 50% of the phenomenon has occurred
×cp : denotes peak in uniaxial compression
×xf : denotes a uniaxial failure value

Considering different types of materials
Model Concrete Rock Gravel Sand Silt OC clay NC clay Peat (org)
Linear Elastic model C C
Mohr-Coulomb model B B C C C C C C
Hardening Soil model B B B B B
HS small model A A A A B
UBC3D-PLM model B* B* B*
Soft Soil Creep model A* A*
Soft Soil model A* A*
Jointed Rock model A**
Modified Cam-Clay model C C

NGI-ADP model A* A* A*

UDCAM-S model A* A* A*
Hoek-Brown model A**
Concrete model A
APPENDIX B - APPLICABILITY OF THE MATERIAL MODELS
A : The best standard model in PLAXIS for this application

B : Reasonable modelling
C : First order (crude) approximation
* : Soft Soil Creep model in case time-dependent behaviour is important; UBC3D-PLM model for dynamic analysis of sandy soils involving liquefaction
In this appendix, an overview of the applicability of the material models is given.
* : NGI-ADP model for short-term analysis and UDCAM-S model for cyclic analysis, in case only undrained strength is known
** : Jointed Rock model in case of anisotropy and stratification; Hoek-Brown model for rock in general
Considering different types of applications (consider also type of soil!)
Model Foundation Excavation Tunnel Embankment Slope Dam Offshore Other
Mohr-Coulomb model C C C C C C C C
Hardening Soil model B B B B B B B B
HS small model A A A A A A A A
UBC3D-PLM model* B B B B B B B B
Soft Soil Creep model B B B A A B B B
Soft Soil model B B B A A B B B
Jointed Rock model B B B B B B B B
Modified Cam-Clay model C C C C C C C C
NGI-ADP model B B B A A B A B
UDCAM-S model* A
Hoek-Brown model B B B B B B B B
Concrete model A A A A A A A A

* : UDCAM-S model for cyclic analysis, in case only undrained strength is known; UBC3D-PLM model for dynamic analysis of sandy soils involving liquefaction
* : As an alternative PM4Sand is available as a user-defined soil model upon request

APPENDIX B - APPLICABILITY OF THE MATERIAL MODELS
Considering different types of loading and soils (consider also type of soil!)
Model Primary Unloading / Shear / Deviatoric Undrained Cyclic Compression Extension
compression Reloading loading loading + Shear + Shear
Mohr-Coulomb model C B C C C C
Hardening Soil model A B B B C A A
HS small model A A A B B A A
UBC3D-PLM model* B B B B B B B
Soft Soil Creep model A B B B C A B
Soft Soil model A B B B C A B
Jointed Rock model B B B B B

Modified Cam-Clay model C C C C C C C

NGI-ADP model B B B A C B B
UDCAM-S model* B B B A A* A B
Hoek-Brown model B B B B B
Concrete model** A A A C A A

* : UDCAM-S model for cyclic analysis, in case only undrained strength is known; UBC3D-PLM model for dynamic analysis of sandy soils involving undrained cyclic loading
* : As an alternative PM4Sand is available as a user-defined soil model upon request
APPENDIX C - MODELLING OF EMBEDDED STRUCTURES
APPENDIX C - MODELLING OF EMBEDDED STRUCTURES
In this appendix, an overview of the applicability of the different modelling techniques for
embedded structures is given. In addition to displacement differences and shear forces in
axial direction, the embedded structures can undergo transverse forces due to lateral
displacements. The lateral displacements can be induced by a transverse force applied
at the top of the pile (Pile head loading) or as a consequence of the transverse distributed
load induced by the lateral displacement field of the surrounding soil (Horizontal soil
displacement).
Horizontal soil displacement
Horizontal soil displacement

Lateral behaviour
Lateral behaviour
Single pile
Single pile
B
-
-
-
-
-
-
Pile row
Pile row
C
B
-
-
-
Single pile
Single pile
Lateral behaviour
Lateral behaviour
Pile head loading
Pile head loading
C
A
-
-
-
-
-
-
Pile row
Pile row
C
B
A
-
-
-
Single pile
Single pile
A : The best modelling choice for the correspondent application

C
A
-
-
-
-
-
Axial behaviour
Axial behaviour
Pile row
Pile row
C
C
C
C
C
B
A
Wall behaviour
Wall behaviour

B
A
A
A
-
-
-
-
- : Not recommended
Embedded beam row
Node to node anchor
Node to node anchor

Volume elements
Volume elements
Embedded beam
PLAXIS 2D
PLAXIS 3D
Approach
Approach
Plate
Plate

APPENDIX D - FORTRAN SUBROUTINES FOR USER-DEFINED SOIL MODELS
In this appendix, a listing is given of the subroutines and functions which are provided by
PLAXIS in libraries and source code in the User-defined soil models directory. These can
be called by the User_Mod subroutine:
Subroutines
MZeroR( R, K ):
To initialize K terms of double array R to zero
MZeroI( I, K ):
To initialize K terms of integer array I to zero
SetRVal( R, K, V ):
To initialize K terms of double array R to V
SetIVal( I, K, IV ):
To initialize K terms of integer array I to IV
CopyIVec( I1, I2, K ):
To copy K values from integer array I1 to I2
CopyRVec( R1, R2, K ):
To copy K values from double array R1 to R2
MulVec( V, F, n ):
To multiply a vector V by a factor F , n values
MatVec( xMat, im, Vec, n, VecR ):
Matrix (xMat)-vector(Vec) operation.
First dimension of matrix is im; resulting vector is VecR
AddVec( Vec1, Vec2, R1, R2, n, VecR ):
To add n terms of two vectors; result in VecR
VecR i = R1 · Vec1i + R2 · Vec2i
MatMat( xMat1, id1, xMat2, id2, nR1, nC2,
nC1, xMatR, idR):
Matrix multiplication xMatR ij = xMat 1ik ·xMat 2kj
id1, id2, idR : first dimension of matrices
nR1 number of rows in xMat1 and resulting xMatR
nC2 number of column in xMat2 and resulting xMatR
nC1 number of columns in xMat2 =rows in xMat2
MatMatSq( n, xMat1, xMat2, xMatR ):
Matrix multiplication xMatR ij = xMat 1ik ·xMat 2kj
Fully filled square matrices with dimensions n
MatInvPiv( AOrig, B, n ):
Matrix inversion of square matrices AOrig and B with dimensions n.
AOrig is NOT destroyed, B contains inverse matrix of AOrig.
Row-pivoting is used.
WriVal( io, C, V ):

APPENDIX D - FORTRAN SUBROUTINES FOR USER-DEFINED SOIL MODELS
To write a double value V to file unit io (when io > 0)

The value is preceded by the character string C.
WriIVl( io, C, I ):
As WriVal but for integer value I
WriVec( io, C, V, n ):
As WriVal but for n values of double array V
WriIVc( io, C, iV, n ):
As WriVal but for n values of integer array iV
WriMat( io, C, V, nd, nr, nc ):
As WriVal but for double matrix V . nd is first dimension of V , nr and nc are the
number of rows and columns to print respectively.
PrnSig( iOpt, S, xN1, xN2, xN3, S1, S2, S3, P, Q ):
To determine principal stresses and (for iOpt=1) principal directions.
iOpt = 0 to obtain principal stresses without directions
iOpt = 1 to obtain principal stresses and directions
S array containing 6 stress components (XX, YY, ZZ, XY, YZ, ZX)
xN1, xN2, xN3 array containing 3 values of principal normalised directions
only when iOpt=1.
S1, S2, S3 sorted principal stresses (S ≤ S2 ≤ S3 )
P isotropic stress (negative for compression)
Q deviatoric stress
CarSig( S1, S2, S3, xN1, xN2, xN3, SNew ):
To calculate Cartesian stresses from principal stresses and principal directions.
S1, S2, S3 principal stresses
xN1, xN2, xN3 arrays containing principal directions (from PrnSig)
SNew contains 6 stress components (XX, YY, ZZ, XY, YZ, ZX)
CrossProd( xN1, xN2, xN3 ):
Cross product of vectors xN1 and xN2
SetVecLen( xN, n, xL ):
To multiply the n components of vector xN such that the length of xN becomes
xL (for example to normalize vector xN to unit length).
Functions
Logical Function LEqual( A, B, Eps ):
Returns TRUE when two values A and B are almost equal, FALSE otherwise.
LEqual = |A-B| < Eps * ( |A| + |B| + Eps ) / 2
Logical Function Is0Arr( A, n ):
Returns TRUE when all n values of real (double) array A are zero, FALSE
otherwise
Logical Function Is0IArr( IArr, n ):

Returns TRUE when all n values of integer array IArr are zero, FALSE otherwise
Double Precision Function DInProd( A, B, n ):
Returns the dot product of two vectors with length n

PLAXIS (2018) PLAXIS 2D MAterial Models Manual 2018 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PLAXIS (2018) PLAXIS 2D MAterial Models Manual 2018 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PLAXIS (2018) PLAXIS 2D MAterial Models Manual 2018 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What topics are covered in the manual?

What topics are covered in the manual?

What material models are described in the manual?

What material models are described in the manual?

PLAXIS 2D Material Models Manual 2018

2 Preliminaries on material modelling 14

3 Linear elastic perfectly plastic model (Mohr-Coulomb model) 33

4 The Hoek-Brown model (rock behaviour) 45

5 The Jointed Rock model (anisotropy) 57

6 The Hardening Soil model (isotropic hardening) 69

7 The Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness (HSsmall) 84

PLAXIS 2018 | Material Models Manual 3

7.3 Virgin (initial) loading vs. unloading/reloading 88

8 The UBC3D-PLM model 96

9 The Soft Soil model 109

10 Soft Soil Creep model (time dependent behaviour) 118

11 Modified Cam-Clay model 132

12 The Sekiguchi-Ohta model 136

13 The NGI-ADP model (anisotropic undrained shear strength) 143

4 Material Models Manual | PLAXIS 2018

13.1 Formulation of the NGI-ADP model 143

14 The UDCAM-S model 153

15 The Concrete model 159

16 Application of advanced soil models 175

17 User-defined soil models 202

18 Structural behaviour 215

19 Hydraulic Models 234

Appendix A - Symbols 247

Appendix B - Applicability of the material models 250

PLAXIS 2018 | Material Models Manual 5

Appendix C - Modelling of embedded structures 253

Appendix D - Fortran subroutines for User-defined soil models 254

6 Material Models Manual | PLAXIS 2018

1.1 ON THE USE OF DIFFERENT MODELS

Linear Elastic model (LE)

Mohr-Coulomb model (MC)

Hardening Soil model (HS)

PLAXIS 2018 | Material Models Manual 7

100 kPa (1 bar).

Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness (HSsmall)

Soft Soil model (SS)

Soft Soil Creep model (SSC)

Jointed Rock model (JR)

8 Material Models Manual | PLAXIS 2018

Modified Cam-Clay model (MCC)

NGI-ADP model (NGI-ADP)

UDCAM-S model (UDCAM-S)

Sekiguchi-Ohta model (Sekiguchi-Ohta)

Hoek-Brown model (HB)

UBC3D-PLM model (UBC3D-PLM)

PLAXIS 2018 | Material Models Manual 9

Concrete model (Concrete)

Calibration of model parameters using the SoilTest facility

Linear Elastic model

10 Material Models Manual | PLAXIS 2018

Hardening Soil model

Hardening Soil model with small-strain stiffness

Soft Soil model

PLAXIS 2018 | Material Models Manual 11